Edgar Filing: SIFY TECHNOLOGIES LTD

Form 20-F

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

¨	REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the transition period from to

¨	SHELL COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

Date of event requiring this shell Company report

Commission file number 000-27663

Sify Technologies Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation at Registrant’s name into English)

Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Tidel Park, 2nd Floor

4, Rajiv Gandhi Salai

Taramani, Chennai 600 113 India

(91) 44-2254-0770, Fax (91) 44 -2254 0771

(Address of principal executive office)

M.P.Vijay Kumar, Chief Financial Officer, (91) 44-2254-0770; vijaykumar.mp@sifycorp.com

Tidel Park, 2nd Floor, 4, Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Taramani, Chennai 600113 India

(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

Title of each class

Name of each Exchange on which registered

American Depository Shares, each represented by

One Equity Share, par value Rs.10 per share

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act


Title of each class				Name of each Exchange on which registered
None				Not Applicable

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act

Not Applicable

(Title of class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

178,513,589 Equity Shares.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ¨ No x

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:


US GAAP ¨		International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board x		Other ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell Company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

Table of Contents


Item	Page
Currency of Presentation and Certain Defined Terms		3
Forward-Looking Statements		4

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers		5
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable		5
Item 3. Key Information		5
Item 4. Information on the Company		25
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments		40
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects		41
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees		63
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions		69
Item 8. Financial Information		73
Item 9. The Offer and Listing		74
Item 10. Additional Information		75
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		90
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities		91

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies		92
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds		92
Item 15. Controls and Procedures		92
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert		95
Item 16B. Code of Ethics		95
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services		95
Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees		96
Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers		96
Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant		96
Item 16G. Corporate Governance		96

PART III

Item 17. Financial Statements		96
Item 18. Financial Statements		96
Item 19. Exhibits		194

Currency of Presentation and Certain Defined Terms

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this annual report to “we,” “us,” the “Company,” “Sify” or “Satyam Infoway” are to Sify Technologies Limited, a limited liability Company organized under the laws of the Republic of India. References to “U.S.” or the “United States” are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “India” are to the Republic of India. In January 2003, we changed the name of our Company from Satyam Infoway Limited to Sify Limited. In October 2007, we again changed our name from Sify Limited to Sify Technologies Limited. “Sify”, “SifyMax.in,”, “Sify e-ports” and “Sify online” are trademarks used by us for which we have already obtained registration certificates in India. All other trademarks or trade names used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended March 31, 2012 (the “Annual Report”) are the property of their respective owners. In this Annual Report, references to “$,” “Dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States, and references to “Rs.,” “rupees” or “Indian rupees” are to the legal currency of India . References to a particular “fiscal” year are to our fiscal year ended March 31 of such year. References to the “Group” mean Sify Technologies Limited and its subsidiaries. References to “equity shares” refer to our Indian Equity Shares, which are not traded on an exchange in India or the United States. References to “ADS’s” refer to our American Depositary Shares, which are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SIFY.”

For your convenience, this Annual Report contains translations of some Indian rupee amounts into U.S. dollars which should not be construed as a representation that those Indian rupee or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Indian rupees, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rate stated below, or at all. Except as otherwise stated in this Annual Report, all translations from Indian rupees to U.S. dollars contained in this Annual Report have been based on the reference rate in the City of Mumbai on March 31, 2012 for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), which was Rs.51.16 per $1.00.

Our financial statements are presented in Indian rupees and prepared in accordance with English version of International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounts Standards Board, or IFRS. In this Annual Report, any discrepancies in any table between totals and the sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.

Information contained in our websites, including our corporate website, www.sifycorp.com, is not part of this Annual Report.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report contains “forward-looking statements”, as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our Company, our industry, economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, and certain other matters. Generally, these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘estimate’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘will’, ‘project’, ‘seek’, ‘should’ and similar expressions. Those statements include, among other things, the discussions of our business strategy and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, liquidity and capital resources. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that may cause actual results or outcomes to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the “Risk Factors” section in this Annual Report. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that the results or outcomes referred to in any of the forward-looking statements will be achieved.

We operate in rapidly changing businesses, and new risk factors emerge from time to time. We cannot predict every risk factor, nor can we assess the impact, if any, of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us, and reflect management’s beliefs, on the date hereof, and we do not undertake to update these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances. In addition, readers should carefully review the other information in this Annual Report and in the our periodic reports and other documents filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) from time to time.

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

Selected Financial Data

Summary of Consolidated Financial Data

You should read the summary consolidated financial data below in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section entitled “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” all of which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The summary consolidated statements of income data for the five years ended March 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the summary consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of March 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes to the consolidated financial statements which were prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statement of Income

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)


	Year ended March 31,
	2012			2011 Rs			2010 Rs			2009 Rs			2008 Rs			2012 Convenience translation into US$ in thousands, except share and per share data
																(See Note1)
Revenue		7,698,949			6,886,629			6,710,188			6,162,161			6,006,215			150,487
Cost of goods sold and services rendered		(4,660,773	)		(4,209,430	)		(4,096,538	)		(3,613,349	)		(3,419,122	)		(91,101	)
Other income		37,377			72,693			131,789			89,105			46,152			731

Selling, general and administrative expenses		(2,547,209	)		(2,441,799	)		(2,482,415	)		(2,813,425	)		(2,434,715	)		(49,789	)
Depreciation and amortization		(691,560	)		(685,836	)		(656,797	)		(498,872	)		(394,337	)		(13,518	)
Impairment loss on intangibles including goodwill		—			(1,857	)		(47,269	)		(15,200	)		—			—
Income from legal settlement		—			—			561,120			—			—			—

Profit / (loss) from operating activities		(163,216	)		(379,600	)		120,078			(689,580	)		(195,807	)		(3,190	)

Finance income		59,313			45,698			27,994			122,565			161,783			1,159

Finance expenses		(306,732	)		(258,622	)		(293,873	)		(251,660	)		(57,682	)		(5,996	)

Net finance income / (expense)		(247,419	)		(212,924	)		(265,879	)		(129,095	)		104,101			(4,837	)

Share of profit of equity accounted investee (net of income tax)		27,298			73,032			91,135			64,091			181,127			534

Profit / (loss) before tax		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		(54,666	)		(754,584	)		89,421			(7,493	)
Income tax (expense) / benefit		—			—			81,479			(97,049	)		(63,975	)		—

Profit / (loss) for the year		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		26,813			(851,633	)		25,446			(7,493	)

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		17,027			(900,574	)		(4,696	)		(7,493	)
Non-controlling interest		—			—			9,786			48,941			30,142			—

		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		26,813			(851,633	)		25,446			(7,493	)

Earnings / (loss) per share
Basic earnings /(loss) per share		(3.71	)		(8.20	)		0.33			(20.77	)		(0.11	)		(0.07	)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share		(3.71	)		(8.20	)		0.33			(20.77	)		(0.11	)		(0.07	)

Particulars

(Rupees in thousands, except share and per share data)

Balance Sheet data


	March 31,															Convenience translation into US$ in thousands, except share and per share data (see note 2 )
	2012			2011			2010			2009			2008			2012
	Rs			Rs			Rs			Rs			Rs			$
Cash and cash equivalents including restricted cash		892,768			543,097			878,698			1,710,798			1,507,327			17,450

Net current assets		995,834			(36,354	)		(46,814	)		(175,993	)		1,294,199			19,464

Total assets		10,582,818			9,238,371			9,345,824			9,145,555			7,710,760			206,858

Total equity attributable to equity shareholders of the Company		5,850,654			4,665,792			4,171,092			3,851,693			4,694,984			114,359

Cash Flow Data
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities		600,214			225,359			759,802			(371,556	)		(839,869	)		11,732
Investing activities		(901,971	)		(730,650	)		(896,683	)		(1,174,156	)		(756,300	)		(17,630	)
Financing activities		536,407			551,700			(354,486	)		968,797			(585,200	)		10,485

Notes

The convenience translation to U.S. Dollars was performed at the reference rate in the City of Mumbai for cable transfers as published by Reserve Bank of India on March 31, 2012 of Rs.51.16 per $1.00, which should not be construed as a representation that those Indian rupee or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Indian rupees, as the case may be, at this rate or at all.

2.	Reference to shares and per share amounts refer to our equity shares. Our outstanding equity shares include equity shares held by a depository underlying our ADSs. Effective September 24, 2002, one ADS represented one equity share.

Exchange Rates

Our functional currency is the Indian rupee. The exchange rate between the rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables and payables.

The following table sets forth the high and low exchange rates for the previous six months and is based on the reference rate in the City of Mumbai on business days during the period for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).


Month	High Rs.		Low Rs.
July 2012		56.38		54.55
June 2012		57.21		55.14
May 2012		56.42		52.85
April 2012		52.79		50.56
March 2012		51.31		49.15
February 2012		49.64		48.68

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, information concerning the number of Indian rupees for which one U.S. dollar could be exchanged based on the reference rate in the City of Mumbai on business days during the period for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). The column titled ‘Average’ in the table below is the average of the last business day of each month during the year.


Fiscal Year Ended March 31	Period end Rs.		Average Rs.		High Rs.		Low Rs.
2012		51.16		47.94		54.23		43.94
2011		44.65		45.58		47.57		44.03
2010		45.14		47.36		50.53		44.94
2009		50.95		45.91		52.06		39.89
2008		40.02		40.13		43.05		38.48

On March 31, 2012, the reference rate in the City of Mumbai for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by RBI was Rs.51.16.

On August 10, 2012, the reference rate in the City of Mumbai for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by RBI was Rs.55.34

Capitalization and indebtedness

Not applicable.

Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable.

Risk Factors

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Risks Related to our Company and Industry

We may incur losses in the future and we may not achieve or maintain profitability.

We have a net loss of Rs. 383.34 million ($ 7.49 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012 with an accumulated deficit of Rs.13,990 million ($273.46 million) as at March 31, 2012. We may in the future incur additional net losses and suffer negative operating cash flows. We expect to increase our expenditures as we continue to expand our services, promote our brand, and invest in the expansion of our infrastructure. We have incurred and in the future may incur expenses in connection with investments in data centers and infrastructure. Accordingly, we will need to generate significant additional revenues in order to become profitable. Our business model is not yet proven in the consumer space, and we cannot assure you that we will improve our profitability or that we will not incur operating losses in the future. If we are unable to become profitable and continue to sustain losses, we will be unable to build a sustainable business and our results of operations will be adversely affected. In this event, the price of our ADSs and the value of your investment may decline.

Our profits may be impacted consequent to the withdrawal of incentive for exports availed under the Serve from India Scheme on account of changes in Indian Government policy.

The Government of India had introduced “the Served from India Scheme” (the “Scheme”) in order “to accelerate growth in export of services so as to create a powerful and unique Served from India brand, instantly recognized and respected world over.”

Under the Scheme, all service providers (the exporter of various services) are entitled to a customs duty credit called ‘Duty credit scrip’ at 10% of the foreign exchange earned during the financial year. A service provider will be eligible for such duty credit scrip only on satisfaction of two conditions: (a) the service provider should export services; and (b) the service provider should earn foreign exchange. This duty credit may be used for settling the customs duty payable to the Government of India on the import of any capital goods including spares, office equipment and professional equipment, office furniture and consumables, provided it is part of their main line of business.

The new Foreign Trade (2009-2014) policy announced by The Commerce Ministry of Government of India, on August 27, 2009 has explicitly excluded the telecom Sector, which is the sector in which we operate, from the purview of Served From India Scheme (SFIS). As a result of this new policy document, we are not eligible for the export incentive on Foreign Exchange earnings from all existing business streams other than E-learning and Infrastructure management services prospectively.

The loss of credits from the above scheme may adversely impact the financial condition and operating results. Effective August 2009 and subsequent notification in 2011, this benefit was withdrawn for our exports, which has adversely affected our results of operations.

The global economic environment, increased pricing pressure and decreased utilization rates could negatively impact our revenues and operating results.

Spending on technology products and services in most parts of the world has been rising for the past several years. However, there was a decline in the growth rate of global IT purchases due to the economic slowdown and we believe the market may not recover in near term.

With regard to the domestic Indian economy, pricing and competition continue to be under pressure. Lead times for orders or contracts have become much longer, as we have longer credit periods. These factors have affected the growth in demand for our corporate connectivity and consumer services.

Overseas economic performance also has a bearing on our Infrastructure and e-Learning businesses segments. Currency fluctuations will also lead to variations in revenue. The National Long Distance (‘NLD’) / International Long Distance (‘ILD’) business and eLearning may be affected in terms of prices and growth.

Reduction in IT spending and extended credit terms arising from or related to the economic slowdown, and any resulting pricing pressures, reduction in billing rates, increased credit risk may adversely impact our revenues, gross profits, operating margins and results of operations.

Currency fluctuations may affect the results or our operations or the value of our ADSs.

The exchange rate between the rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed significantly in recent years and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future.

We use derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange forward and option contracts, to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on accounts receivable and payable and forecast cash flows denominated in US dollar. We may not purchase derivative instruments for a sufficient amount to adequately insulate ourselves from foreign currency exchange risks, and over the past year, we have incurred significant losses as a result of exchange rate fluctuations that have not been offset in full by our hedging strategy.

For the year ended March 31, 2012, we have recognized a gain of Rs.37.65 million ($0.74 million) on foreign exchange translations. If foreign exchange currency markets continue to be volatile, such fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our results of operations in future periods. Also, the volatility in the foreign currency markets may make it difficult to hedge our foreign currency exposures effectively and make them expensive.

Further, the policies of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) may change from time to time which may limit our ability to hedge our foreign currency exposures adequately. On August 2, 2011, the RBI issued Comprehensive Guideline on Derivatives to the banks/dealers with regard to suitability and appropriateness policy for offering derivative products to users. In addition, a high-level committee appointed by the Reserve Bank of India had recommended that India move to increased capital account convertibility, and proposed a framework for such increased convertibility. Full or increased capital account convertibility, if introduced, could result in increased volatility in the fluctuations of exchange rates between the rupee and US dollar. Our US customers may leave us exposed to fluctuation in revenues based on currency fluctuations.

We may encounter legal confrontations as the Information Technology Act 2000 lacks specificity as to issues on online processes and/or Internet.

We believe that the Information Technology Act of 2000, (As amended by IT (Amendment) Act 2008 (the “ITA”), an Indian regulation, does not address all areas of online processes or the Internet. In exercise of the powers conferred by ITA 2000, the Government of India issued rules in April 2011 called Information Technology rules with stringent privacy norms for Internet Service Providers and the intermediary who is handling sensitive personal information. The ITA has mandated the service providers to maintain transactions, receipts, vouchers in specific formats. The records should be produced for inspection and audit by a government nominated agency or person. The Government of India is authorized to audit security and privacy protection measures. We are exposed to risks relating to unauthorized access, non-compliance of regulations by our franchisees for the cybercafés. Such events may negatively affect our reputation, and violations of the Information Act may result in fines, litigation or cause us to incur legal costs, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Intense competition in our businesses could prevent us from improving our profitability and we may be required to further modify the rates we charge for our services in response to new pricing models introduced by new and existing competition which would significantly affect our revenues.

Our corporate network/data services compete with well-established companies, including Bharti Airtel, Tata Communications Limited or TCL, Reliance Infocomm, HCL Infinet, Tata Teleservices, Tulip Telecom Limited and the government-owned telecom companies, Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited or BSNL, Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited or MTNL.

A significant number of competitors have entered India’s Internet service provider industry. The large players, especially the state run telecommunication companies, may enjoy significant competitive advantages over us, including greater financial resources, which could allow them to charge prices that are lower than ours in order to attract subscribers. These factors have resulted in periods of significant reduction in actual average selling prices for consumer Internet Service Provider, or ISP, services. We expect the market for Internet access and other connectivity services to remain extremely price competitive. Increased competition may result in operating losses, loss of market share and diminished value in our services, as well as different pricing, service or marketing decisions. In addition, competition may generally cause us to incur unanticipated costs associated with research and product development. Additionally, we believe that our ability to compete also depends in part on factors outside our control, such as the availability of skilled employees in India, the price at which our competitors offer comparable services, and the extent of our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients’ needs. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully compete against current and future competitors, or that we will not lose key employees or customers to such competitors, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Margin squeeze may affect the results or our operations.

Our margins have been stagnant recently due to competitive pricing pressure. Competition will continue to increase with the entry of new competitors into the enterprise service category. However, these competitors generally would prefer to operate with a few global customers who have business interest in India. They may attract customers for managed hosting services with their capability of superior network and competitive pricing. We expect the market for such services to remain extremely price competitive. Increased competition may result in the reduction of profit margin which would impact our results of operations.

Procuring power at lower costs for data centers by the competitors may put us at a disadvantage in terms of pricing for our data center operations.

The single largest operating cost in data centers is power, and if a competitor were to have a source of power at a significantly lower cost, it could be a disadvantage to us. Currently all data centers are now located in proximity to, or at the edge of major urban centers such as Mumbai, inexpensive land and labor allow companies to locate new data centers in remote locations. We may neither be in a position to develop data centers at remote locations where power is cheap nor procure power at cheaper rates for our data centers. If our competitors procure power at lower cost, they may have an advantage over us with respect to pricing. Our inability to offer competitive pricing may result in loss of customers and will impact our business and result of operations.

We have added a number of new lines of business in the past years, including the operation and licensing of public Internet cafés, as well as the provision of broadband services, security services, e-learning software development services, managed network services, infrastructure management services and cloud offerings.

The risks we face in developing Internet service market include our inability to:

•

continue to develop and upgrade our technology;

•

maintain and develop strategic relationships with business partners;

•

offer compelling online services and content;

We cannot assure you that we will successfully address the risks or difficulties described above. Failure to do so could lead to an inability to attract and retain corporate customers for our network/data services and subscribers for our Internet access services as well as the loss of advertising revenues.

Despite our best efforts to optimize costs, our future operating results could fluctuate in part because our expenses are relatively fixed in the short term while future revenues are uncertain, and any adverse fluctuations could negatively impact the price of our ADSs.

Our revenues, expenses and operating results have varied in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future due to a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. A significant portion of our investment and cost base is relatively fixed in the short term. Our revenues for the foreseeable future will depend on many factors, including the following:

•

the range of corporate network/data services provided by us and the usage thereof by our customers;

•

the number of subscribers to our ISP services and the prevailing prices charged.

•

the timing and nature of any agreements we enter into with strategic partners of our corporate network/data services division;

•

services, products or pricing policies introduced by our competitors;

•

capital expenditure and other costs relating to our operations;

•

the timing and nature of our marketing efforts;

•

our ability to successfully integrate operations and technologies from any acquisitions, joint ventures or other business combinations or investments;

•

the introduction of alternative technologies; and

•

technical difficulties or system failures affecting the telecommunication infrastructure in India, the Internet generally or the operation of our websites.

•

The range of web hosting services provided by us and the subscription thereof by our customers.

We plan to continue to expand and invest in network infrastructure. Many of our expenses are relatively fixed in the short-term. We cannot assure you that our revenues will increase in proportion to the increase in our expenses. We may be unable to adjust spending quickly enough to offset any unexpected revenues shortfall. This could lead to a shortfall in revenues in relation to our expenses and adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

You should not rely on yearly comparisons of our results of operations as indicators of future performance and operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In this event, the price of our ADSs may decline.

Security breaches could damage our reputation or result in liability to us.

Our facilities and infrastructure must remain secure, and be perceived by our corporate and consumer customers to be secure, because we retain confidential customer information in our database. Despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer hacking, computer viruses, programming errors or similar disruptive problems beyond our control. If a person circumvents our security measures, he or she could jeopardize the security of confidential information stored on our systems, misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions to our operations. We may be required to make significant additional investments and efforts to protect against or remedy security breaches. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems, systems failure or otherwise, could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The security services that we offer in connection with our business customers’ networks cannot assure complete protection from computer viruses, break-ins and other disruptive problems and the occurrence of these problems could result in claims against us or liability on our part. These claims, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could result in costly litigation and could damage our reputation and hinder our ability to attract and retain customers for our service offerings.

We face a competitive labor market for skilled personnel and therefore are highly dependent on our existing key personnel and on our ability to hire additional skilled employees.

Our success depends upon the continued service of our key personnel including our senior management team, including our Chairman, Raju Vegesna. Each of our employees may voluntarily terminate his or her employment with us. Our success also depends on our ability to attract and retain additional highly qualified technical, marketing and sales personnel. The labor market for skilled employees in India is extremely competitive, and the process of hiring employees with the necessary skills is time consuming and requires the diversion of significant resources. We may not be able to continue to retain or integrate existing personnel or identify and hire additional personnel in the future. The loss of the services of key personnel or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel could disrupt the implementation of our business strategy, upon which the success of our business depends.

The failure to keep our technical knowledge confidential could erode our competitive advantage.

Our technical know-how is not protected by intellectual property rights such as patents, and is principally protected by maintaining its confidentiality. We rely on trade secrets, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements. As a result, we cannot be certain that our know-how will remain confidential in the long run. Employment contracts with certain of our employees who have special technical knowledge about our products or our business contain a general obligation to keep all such knowledge confidential. In addition to the confidentiality provisions, these employment agreements typically contain non-competition clauses.

If either the confidentiality provisions or the non-competition clauses are unenforceable, we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality of our know-how. In the event that confidential technical information or know-how about our products or business becomes available to third parties or to the public, our competitive advantage over other companies in the wireless based IP/VPN industry could be harmed which could have a material adverse effect on our current business, future prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and NASDAQ Stock Market rules are creating uncertainty for companies like ours. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.

Further, from the year 2011, there has been an increased focus on corporate governance by the U.S. Congress and by the SEC in response to the recent credit and financial crisis in the United States. As a result of this increased focus, additional corporate governance standards have been promulgated with respect to companies whose securities are listed in the United States, including by way of the enactment of the Dodd-Frank, and more governance standards are expected to be imposed on companies whose securities are listed in the United States in the near future.

Indian regulatory authorities are increasingly focused on standards of accounting, auditing, public disclosure and corporate governance and may impose new regulations that are lead to increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

In addition, it may become more expensive and/or more difficult for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance due to increase in premium rates. Further, our board members, Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Financial Officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with their performance of duties and our SEC reporting obligations. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and executive officers, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations, our business and reputation may be harmed.

We may inadvertently fail to comply with local laws of other countries in connection with the negotiation and execution of operational agreements.

As part of our international business, we may negotiate with and enter into contracts with strategic partners, clients, suppliers, employees and other third parties in various countries. We may inadvertently fail to comply with their laws may result in lawsuits or penalties, which could adversely affect our business or results of operations.

Our financial results are impacted by the financial results of entities that we do not control.

We have a significant, non-controlling minority interest in MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited (formerly known as Man Financial Sify Securities India Private Limited) which was accounted for under IFRS using the equity method of accounting until March 23, 2012. Under this method, we generally are obligated to report as “share of profit of equity accounted investee” a pro rata portion of the net income after tax of any such Company in our statement of operations even though we do not control such Company, subject to limitations in the case of losses that exceed our cost of investment. Thus, our reported results of operations can be significantly increased or decreased depending on the results of MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited or other companies in which we may make similar investments even though we may have only a limited ability to influence these activities. Effective March 23, 2012, such investment was treated as ‘non-current asset held for sale’ and the equity method of accounting was discontinued. On August 2, 2012, we have completed the sale of our entire stake in MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited.

Our inter-city network is leased from other service providers and is dependent on their quality and availability.

We have provided inter-city connectivity for our connectivity customers through lease arrangements rather than through capital investment in assets for connectivity business. Our ability to offer high quality telecommunications services depends, to a large extent, on the quality of the networks maintained by other operators, and their continued availability, neither of which is under our control. However, the abundance of supply of inter-city connectivity provides us with the ability of switching to companies offering better services. Although we always use more than one service provider where required, there can be no assurance that this dependence on external parties would not affect our network availability. Any prolonged loss of network availability could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The legal system in India does not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the legal system of the United States, and we may be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights.

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may not be adequate. We hold no patents, and our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our services. Unauthorized parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our services or proprietary information. In addition, the laws of India do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as laws in the United States, and the global nature of the Internet makes it difficult to control the ultimate destination of our services. For example, the legal processes to protect service marks in India are not as effective as those in place in the United States. The misappropriation or duplication of our intellectual property could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenues and increase our expenses. In the future, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Any such litigation could be time-consuming and costly.

We could be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and the content and functionality of our websites or other service offerings overlap with competitive offerings. Our defenses against these claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive and divert management’s attention from operating our Company. If we become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications that contain the infringing technology. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Our current infrastructure and its scalability may not accommodate increased use while maintaining acceptable overall performance.

Currently, only a relatively limited number of customers use our corporate network, our Internet service provider services and our Internet portal. We must continue to add to our network infrastructure to accommodate additional users, increasing transaction volumes and changing customer requirements. We may not be able to project accurately the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our websites or upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such increases. Our systems may not accommodate increased use while maintaining acceptable overall performance. Service lapses could cause our users to use the online services of our competitors, and numerous customer defections may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our increasing work with governmental agencies may expose us to additional risks.

We are increasingly bidding for work with governments and governmental agencies for data centers and other projects. Projects involving governments or governmental agencies carry various risks inherent in the government contracting process, including the following:

•

Such projects may be subject to a higher risk of reduction in scope or termination than other contracts due to political and economic factors such as changes in government, pending elections or the reduction in, or absence of, adequate funding;

•

Terms and conditions of government contracts tend to be more onerous than other contracts and may include, among other things, extensive rights of audit, more punitive service level penalties and other restrictive covenants. Also, the terms of such contracts are often subject to change due to political and economic factors;

•

Government contracts are often subject to more extensive scrutiny and publicity than other contracts. Any negative publicity related to such contracts, regardless of the accuracy of such publicity, may adversely affect our business or reputation;

•

Participation in government contracts could subject us to stricter regulatory requirements, which may increase our cost of compliance; and

•

Such projects may involve multiple parties in the delivery of services and require greater project management efforts on our part. Any failure in this regard may adversely impact our performance.

•

In addition, we operate in jurisdictions in which local business practices may be inconsistent with international regulatory requirements, including anti-corruption and anti-bribery regulations prescribed under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which, among other things, prohibits giving or offering to give anything of value with the intent to influence the awarding of government contracts. Although we believe that we have adequate policies and enforcement mechanisms to ensure legal and regulatory compliance with the FCPA, and other similar regulations, it is possible that some of our employees, subcontractors, agents or partners may violate any such legal and regulatory requirements, which may expose us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, including penalties. If we fail to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, our business and reputation may be harmed.

We do not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have not paid cash dividends to date because of the accumulated losses in the previous years. We may not pay a cash dividend in the near future in anticipation of meeting the fund requirements for facilitating future expansion plans of the Company. Investors who purchase our ADS may not see immediate returns.

Risks Related to the ADSs and Our Trading Market

The interests of our significant shareholder, Mr Raju Vegesna, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer may differ from your interests.

Effective as of October 30, 2010, upon the consummation of the private placement to an entity controlled by Mr Raju Vegesna, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the company, Mr Raju Vegesna beneficially owns approximately 86.3% of our outstanding equity shares. Mr P.S.Raju serves on our Board of Directors as a nominee of Infinity Capital Ventures, LP, an entity controlled by Mr Raju Vegesna. As a result, Mr Raju Vegesna will be able to exercise control over many matters requiring approval by our Board of Directors and / or shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a sale of our company. Under Indian law, a simple majority is sufficient to control all shareholder action except for those items, which require approval by a special resolution. If a special resolution is required, the number of votes cast in favour of the resolution must not be less than three times the number of votes cast against it. Examples of actions that require a special resolution include:

•

altering our Articles of Association;

•

issuing additional shares of capital stock, except for pro rata issuances to existing shareholders;

•

commencing any new line of business; and

•

commencing a liquidation.

Circumstances may arise in which the interests of Mr Raju Vegesna could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders or holders of our ADSs. Mr. Vegesna, or the entities that he controls, could delay or prevent a change of control of our Company even if a transaction of that sort would be beneficial to our other shareholders, including the holders of our ADSs. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our ADS holders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our ADS could be adversely affected.

An investor in our ADSs may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for additional shares and may thereby suffer dilution of such investor’s equity interest in us.

Under the Companies Act, 1956, or the Indian Companies Act, a Company incorporated in India must offer its holders of equity shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless such preemptive rights have been waived by three-fourths of the shares voting on the resolution to waive such rights.

Holders of ADSs may be unable to exercise preemptive rights for equity shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. To the extent that holders of ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights granted in respect of the equity shares represented by their ADSs, their proportional interests in us would be reduced.

ADS holders may be restricted in their ability to exercise voting rights.

At our request, Citibank N.A, (the “Depository”) will mail to holders of our ADSs any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the Depository to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs. If the Depository receives voting instructions from a holder of our ADSs in time, relating to matters that have been forwarded to such holder, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by such holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. However, the ability of the Depository to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure that the holders of our ADSs will receive voting materials in time to enable such holders to return voting instructions to the Depository. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be eligible to vote.

Under Indian law, subject to the presence in person at a shareholder meeting of persons holding equity shares representing a quorum, all resolutions proposed to be approved at that meeting are voted on by a show of hands unless a shareholder present in person and holding at least 10% of the total voting power or on which an aggregate sum of not less than Rs.50,000 has been paid-up, at the meeting demands that a poll be taken. Equity shares not represented in person at the meeting, including equity shares underlying ADSs for which a holder has provided voting instructions to the Depository, are not counted in a vote by show of hands. As a result, only in the event that a shareholder present at the meeting demands that a poll be taken will the votes of ADS holders be counted. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted on a poll. Accordingly, you may not be able to participate in all offerings, transactions or votes that are made available to holders of our equity shares.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the SEC’s proxy rules, which regulate the form and content of solicitations by United States-based issuers of proxies from their shareholders. To date, our practice has been to provide advance notice to our ADS holders of all shareholder meetings and to solicit their vote on such matters through the Depository, and we expect to continue this practice. The form of notice and proxy statement that we have been using does not include all of the information that would be provided under the SEC’s proxy rules.

The market price of our ADSs has been and may continue to be highly volatile.

The market price of our ADSs has fluctuated widely and may continue to do so. Many factors could cause the market price of our ADSs to rise and fall. Some of these factors include:

•

perception of the level of political and economic stability in India;

•

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;

•

announcement of technological innovations;

•

conditions or trends in the corporate network/data services, Internet and electronic commerce industries;

•

the competitive and pricing environment for corporate network/data services and Internet access services in India and the related cost and availability of bandwidth;

•

the perceived attractiveness of investment in Indian companies;

•

acquisitions and alliances by us or others in the industry;

•

changes in estimates of our performance or recommendations by financial analysts;

•

market conditions in the industry and the economy as a whole;

•

introduction of new services by us or our competitors;

•

changes in the market valuations of other Internet service companies;

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

•

our failure to integrate successfully our operations with those of any acquired companies;

•

additions or departures of key personnel; and

•

other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

The financial markets in the United States and other countries have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations, and the market prices of technology companies, particularly Internet-related companies, have been and continue to be extremely volatile with negative sentiment prevailing. Volatility in the price of our ADSs may be caused by factors outside of our control and may be unrelated or disproportionate to our operating results, which may adversely affect the value of your investment and the price of our ADS’s.

An active or liquid market for the ADSs is not assured.

We cannot predict that an active, liquid public trading market for our ADSs will continue to exist. Although ADS holders are entitled to withdraw the equity shares underlying the ADSs from the Depository at any time, there is no public market for our equity shares in India or the United States. The loss of liquidity could increase the price volatility of our ADSs.

The future sales of securities by us or existing shareholders may reduce the price of our ADSs.

Any significant sales of our equity shares or ADSs or a perception that such sales may occur might reduce the price of our ADSs and make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. We may issue additional equity shares to raise capital and to fund acquisitions and investments, and the parties to any such future transactions could also decide to sell them.

The current capital and credit market conditions may adversely affect our access to capital, the cost of capital, and ability to execute our business plan.

Access to capital markets is critical to our ability to operate. We may require additional financing in the future for the development of our business. Declines and uncertainties in the global capital markets over the past year have severely restricted raising new capital and have affected companies’ ability to continue to expand or fund new projects. If these economic conditions continue or become worse, our future cost of equity or debt capital and access to the capital markets could be adversely affected. Our ability to obtain future financing will depend on, among other things, our financial condition and results of operations as well as the condition of the capital markets or other credit markets at the time we seek financing. In addition, an inability to access the capital markets on favorable terms due to our low stock price, or upon our delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market if we fail to satisfy a listing requirement, could affect our ability to execute our business plan as scheduled.

We can give no assurance as to the availability of such additional capital or, if available, whether it would be on terms acceptable to us. In addition, we may continue to seek capital through the public or private sale of securities, if market conditions are favorable for doing so. If we are successful in raising additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, stockholders will likely experience substantial dilution. If we are unable to enter into the necessary financing arrangements or sufficient funds are not available on acceptable terms when required, either due to market fluctuations or regulations imposed by the Indian governmental authorities, we may not have sufficient liquidity and our business may be adversely affected.

We may be required to list our Equity Shares on an Indian stock exchange. If we were to list our Equity Shares on an Indian stock exchange, conditions in the Indian securities market may require compliance with new and changing regulations framed by Securities Exchange Board of India, listing requirements of stock exchange, corporate governance, accounting and public disclosure requirements which might add uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

The Ministry of Finance of the Government of India (‘MoF’) issued a press release dated March 31, 2006, making amendments to the ‘Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme 1993’ (‘the Scheme’). The amendments included a statement that unlisted Companies which had accessed FCCBs, ADR/GDRs in terms of guidelines of May 22, 1998 and are not making profit, be permitted to comply with listing condition on the domestic stock exchanges within three years of having started making profit. Further, the press release states that no fresh issues of FCCBs, ADR/GDRs by such companies will be permitted without listing first in the domestic exchanges. These regulatory requirements may adversely affect our ability to raise further capital for funding the ongoing and future expansion plans of the company.

We may be required by the Government of India to list on Indian stock exchange. We may not be able to comply with any timeline for listing and other standards imposed on us, and we are uncertain as to the consequences to us of any non-compliance. If we were to list our equity shares on an Indian stock exchange, we have to comply with changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the SEBI rules and regulations and stock exchange listing requirements which may create uncertainty for companies like ours. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.

Risks Related to Investments in Indian Companies

We are incorporated in India, and a significant majority of our assets and employees are located in India. Consequently, our financial performance and the market price of our ADSs will be affected by changes in exchange rates, interest rates, Government of India policies, including taxation policies, as well as political, social and economic developments affecting India.

Changes in the policies of the Government of India could delay the further liberalization of the Indian economy and adversely affect economic conditions in India generally, which could impact our business and prospects.

Since 1991, successive Indian governments have pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting technology and telecom companies, foreign investment, exchange rate regime and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally, and our business in particular.

Regional conflicts in South Asia could adversely affect the Indian economy, disrupt our operations and cause our business to suffer.

South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including between India and Pakistan. In recent months, Pakistan has been experiencing significant instability and this has heightened the risks of conflict in South Asia. Military activity or terrorist attacks in the future could influence the Indian economy by disrupting communications and making travel more difficult and such political tensions could create a greater perception that investments in Indian companies involve higher degrees of risk. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including our equity shares and our ADSs, and the market for our services.

Terrorist attacks or a war could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Terrorist attacks, such as the attacks of July 25, 2008 in Bangalore, the attacks of November 26 to 29, 2008 in Mumbai, the attack at New Delhi High Court on September 7, 2011 and other acts of violence have the potential to affect us or our clients. In addition, such attacks may destabilize the economic and political situation in India. Furthermore, such attacks could cause a disruption in the delivery of our services to our clients, and could have a negative impact on our business, personnel, assets and results of operations, and could cause our clients or potential clients to choose other vendors for the services we provide. Terrorist threats, attacks or war could make travel more difficult, may disrupt our ability to provide services to our clients and could delay, postpone or cancel our clients’ decisions to use our services.

The markets in which we operate are subject to the risk of earthquakes, floods and other natural disasters.

Some of the regions that we operate in are prone to earthquakes, flooding and other natural disasters. In the event that any of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we may sustain damage to our operations and properties, suffer significant financial losses and be unable to complete our client engagements in a timely manner, if at all. Further, in the event of a natural disaster, we may also incur costs in redeploying personnel and property. In addition, if there is a major earthquake, flood or other natural disaster in any of the locations in which our significant customers are located, we face the risk that our customers may incur losses, or sustained business interruption and/or loss which may materially impair their ability to continue their purchase of products or services from us. A major earthquake, flood or other natural disaster in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to foreign investment restrictions under Indian law that limit our ability to attract foreign investors which, together with the lack of a public market for our equity shares, may adversely impact the value of our ADSs.

Currently, there is no public trading market for our equity shares in India or elsewhere nor can we assure you that we will take steps to develop one. Our equity securities are only traded on NASDAQ through the ADSs. Under prior Indian laws and regulations, our Depository could not accept deposits of outstanding equity shares and issue ADRs evidencing ADSs representing such equity shares without prior approval of the Government of India. The Reserve Bank of India has announced fungibility regulations permitting, under limited circumstances, the conversion of ADSs to equity shares and the reconversion of equity shares to ADSs provided that the actual number of ADSs outstanding after such reconversion is not greater than the original number of ADSs outstanding. If you elect to surrender your ADSs and receive equity shares, you will not be able to trade those equity shares on any securities market and, under present law, likely will not be permitted to reconvert those equity shares to ADSs.

If in the future a market for our equity shares is established in India or another market outside of the United States, those shares may trade at a discount or premium to the ADSs. Under current Indian regulations and practice, the approval of the Reserve Bank of India is not required for the sale of equity shares underlying ADSs by a non-resident Indian to a resident India as well as for renunciation of rights to a resident of India, unless the sale of equity shares underlying the ADSs is through a recognized stock exchange or in connection with the offer made under the regulations regarding takeovers. Since exchange controls still exist in India, the Reserve Bank of India will approve the price at which the equity shares are transferred based on a specified formula, and a higher price per share may not be permitted. Holders who seek to convert the rupee proceeds from a sale of equity shares in India into foreign currency and repatriate that foreign currency from India will have to obtain Reserve Bank of India approval for each transaction. We cannot assure you that any required approval from the Reserve Bank of India or any other government agency can be obtained.

The Government of India may change its regulation of our business or the terms of our license to provide Internet access services, Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and VPN services without our consent, and any such change could decrease our revenues and/or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Our business is highly regulated as per extant telecom policy of the Government of India (the “GOI”). Our ISP license issued in the year 1998 runs for a term of 15 years. If we are unable to renew the ISP license for any reason, we will not be able to carry on the said business beyond license term, which may adversely affect our business or results of operations.

The GOI has right to revoke, terminate or suspend or take over entire operations for reasons such as national security or similar reasons without compensation to us. In view of increasing cyber threats and attacks, the GOI may require telecom licensees (including ISPs) at their costs to provide monitoring facility across its network, and facilities for capture and retention of data in terms of traffic flow, usage details, etc. This would result in significant increase in costs and possible lesser usage due to perceived invasion of privacy by customers.

Certain government departments have been making queries whether use of Session Initiation Protocol, or SIP, terminal to make calls to phones abroad is permissible within ISP license. We believe that such overseas phone calls are permitted, since, SIP terminal is a “computer” as defined in Information Technology Act, 2000. We may have to make a significant investment as capital outlay in SIP terminals to make it a PC-equivalent, if the government authorities issue regulations governing SIP usage contrary to our beliefs, which would have a material effect on our results of operations.

Our profits may be impacted due to the increase in licence fee on the NLD/ILD licence and inclusion of pure internet service undersuch licence fee by the Department of Telecommunications, Government of India.

Effective July 2012, the Government of India amended the NLD/ILD/ISP licence agreements with respect to Annual Licence Fee.

Under such amendment, all services under the NLD/ILD licence shall be subject to an increased licence fee from the existing 6% to 7% from July 2012 to March 2013 and 8% from April 2013 onwards. In addition, the Government has also amended the ISP licence and brought the same under such licence fee of 7% from July 2012 till March 2013 and 8% from April 2013 onwards.

Such amendments to the NLD / ILD licence agreements will significantly impact the financials of the Company by way of additional cash outflow due to increased licence fees.

Increase in License fees paid for licensed spectrum to Department of Telecommunications (‘DoT’) may adversely affect our cost and inturn our cashflow and profitability

DoT may increase significantly the license fees to be paid for using the licensed spectrum fees. This will adversely affect our profitability. We cannot assure you that there would not be any increases of license fees in future.

In the event that the Government of India or the Government of another country changes its tax policies in a manner that is adverse to us, our tax expense may materially increase, reducing our profitability.

The statutory corporate income tax rate in India was 30% during fiscal year 2011 and was subject to a 7.5% surcharge, 2% education tax and 1% secondary and higher education tax, resulting in an effective tax rate of 33.22%. For fiscal year 2012, the statutory corporate income tax rate is still 30% and subject to a 5% surcharge and 2% education tax and 1% secondary and higher education taxes resulting in an effective tax rate of 32.445%. We cannot assure you that the surcharge will be in effect for a limited period of time or that additional surcharges will not be implemented by the Government of India. We may be subject to tax claims by the Government of India against us in the future. Defending these claims would be expensive, time consuming and may divert our management’s attention and resources from our operations.

Our working capital position may be impacted negatively consequent to the recent amendment to the Finance act levying Service tax based on negative list of services.

In the Finance Bill, 2012, the Government of India has levied service taxes based on a negative list of services. Consequently, all services are likely to become taxable, except exempted services. This may increase the outflow of funds by way of service tax which will impact the working capital funds of the Company.

Risks Related to the Internet Market in India

Our success will depend in large part on the increased use of the Internet by consumers and businesses in India. However, our ability to exploit the Internet service provider and other data service markets in India is inhibited by a number of factors. If India’s limited Internet usage does not grow substantially, our business may not succeed.

The success of our business depends on the acceptance of the Internet in India, which may be slowed or halted by high bandwidth costs and other technical obstacles in India.

Bandwidth, the measurement of the volume of data capable of being transported in a communications system in a given amount of time, remains expensive in India, especially when compared to many countries where bandwidth penetration is quite high. Although prices for international and domestic leased lines were substantially reduced recently, they are still high due to, among other things, capacity constraints and lack of competition. If the cost of bandwidth is not further reduced, or increases significantly, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

We may fail to exploit the market for WiMax services because of lack of access to spectrum.

The ability to provide fast and easy connectivity across cities will be a competitive advantage in future as more companies look to provide connectivity to their offices. WiMax, or wireless digital communications, gains significance for ubiquitous connectivity in cities, which will enable fast connectivity in the last mile to the service provider’s network. We have not participated in the spectrum auction for WiMax, given the high prices.

The Department of Telecommunications, or DoT, has auctioned and allocated Broadband Wireless Access (“BWA”) spectrum to three operators per circle, which may limit the competition and competitive advantage for the consumer. Our inability to secure BWA at cost-effective prices may adversely affect our business and results of operations,, as our competitors with greater financial resources obtain spectrum for BWA services.

We may be compelled to surrender the spectrum that was allotted to us earlier.

The Government of India has asked us to surrender 2.3GHz range of spectrum allotted to us in 2003 and the same was auctioned as BWA spectrum. The Government also has asked the company to make payment for 3.3GHz spectrum from the date of allotment or to surrender the same. The other range of spectrum that we won, 5.7 GHz, is also close to capacity utilization and will need to be augmented in future. Enterprise connectivity will need licensed bands of spectrum for assured quality and security, so the non-availability of spectrum would materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. In the event of the surrender of the spectrum 2.3 GHz and 3.3 GHz, it may hamper our future plans for expansion of services may be adversely affected, and there are no assurances that we will be able to obtain additional replacement spectrum.

We may lose our broadband services to retail segment to competitors, and we do not control the delivery of broadband services to the homes of our customers.

Our broadband business depends upon Cable Television Operators (CTOs) for delivery of services. This has proved difficult, leaving large areas uncovered and open to the competition representing a significant opportunity loss. In future, as competitors launch WiMax services, they will have extensive connectivity and will be able to offer broadband services everywhere without constraints. This will severely curb our ability to compete and may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The future of broadband services to home may revolve around WiMax wireless capability. Since WiMax capability is to be brought under the 3G spectrum in the near future, we may not be able to compete with our larger, well-financed competitors, and such competitors may gain market share and our customers may terminate their engagements with us. Our brand’s perception therefore, is directly impacted by an external party over whom we have little or no control in the matter of service delivery, and our customers may attribute usage problems to us rather than their CTOs.

Our connectivity business may stagnate with a declining contribution.

In the connectivity business, realization will be lower year on year based on the market conditions. Every year when annual contracts come up for review, customers contract for more bandwidth or more links at a lower overall unit price. This is offset somewhat by lower bandwidth costs, which we negotiate with our service providers. This impacts us in two ways: first, despite an increase in sales volume, we may not see a commensurate rise in revenues; and secondly, margins in our business are continually shrinking. Therefore, our revenue from our connectivity business may stagnate with declining bandwidth costs.

We may not be able to retain and acquire customers for our data centers.

In the field of Internet data center services, competition from data center operators may attract customers away from us or make it more difficult for us to attract new customers. If competitors are successful in the market, it could be difficult for us to retain and/or acquire customers. Furthermore, once customers cease using our services and choose another service provider, it may be difficult for us to reacquire them in future, or may require substantial costs to reacquire such customers, and we despite such customer acquisition spending, we may be unsuccessful in retaining such customers.

In order to improve our competitiveness, we are developing data centers at NOIDA in UP, India and Raballe in Mumbai. If we are unable to attract adequate customers to these centers, we will not be able to achieve the revenues initially anticipated, which could have an adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition.

Our datacenters may not be competitive enough in terms of green features.

We may fail to convert our existing Datacenters and/or build new Datacenters under the LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) Commercial Interior (CI) programme of United States Green Building Council (USGBC). LEED certification is an internationally recognized programme and is considered one of the highest standards for energy efficient constructions. The datacenter uses several green features such as site ecology, water conservation, smart energy meters and equipments, reduction of CO2 emissions, high recycle content, effective waste management and eco-friendly interiors. Increased demand for green datacenter may hamper our marketing of our existing datacenters that are not LEED certified.

We may lose relevance and revenues if we do not position our business models in line with current and future technology trends.

Technology trends, such as cloud computing and software-as-a-service, allow new business models that could replace current lines of business unless we are aware of them and positioning ourselves to take advantage of the transition. The markets for our service are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, emerging competition and frequent introduction of new services. We may not successfully identify new opportunities, develop and bring new services to market in a timely manner. Unless we are able to adopt and deploy these advances in technology and infrastructure, we may lose our competitive position in the marketplace, which would adversely affect our revenues and may lead to increased customer attrition, as our customers switch to providers that utilize such information technology infrastructure.

We may fail to augment our skills and capability to best manage our services over Internet Protocol and data networks.

We have been able to build a reputation and maintain our lead because of our expertise and capability with the delivery and management of services over Internet Protocol and data networks. As the competition builds up their capability and experience, if we do not augment our skills and capabilities to keep our qualitative lead over them, we are at the risk of losing market share. Infrastructure such as networks are considered by customers as a commodity, and the only differential that we offer is our ability to manage and monitor services over them in a superior manner.

It may not be possible for us to retain our brand equity if we do not resort to huge investments for brand development.

Our competitors offering similar services are all large telecom companies who make substantial investments in building their brand image across their services. Conversely, we are focused on IT infrastructure services over data telecom networks and we believe that we enjoy the reputation of a specialist in these services. However, if we do not build up awareness as well as our brand and reputation over time, the sheer weight of investments in brand development by the larger telecommunication providers will dilute our brand recognitions and competitive advantages.

We may not meet the selection criteria set for high value contracts by the Governments.

As we participate in bidding for large Government of India contracts, as well as business from large corporations, we increasingly come under scrutiny for the net assets value of our balance sheet as well as lack of profitability. Unless we increase capacity quickly and become profitable, we could be excluded from major government projects because we fail to meet their selection criteria, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The success of our business depends on our software development of our capability.

As we offer our enterprise application services to an increasing base of large corporations, we run the risk of not being able to meet their needs for scaling and sophistication in future if we do not build the capacity to develop applications software to meet with future needs. We may not have adequate resources to develop our capability as a result of emerging sophistication required for such services. The failure to develop such resources may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may fail to offer end-to-end managed services to sustain our position.

The telecommunications market is evolving towards service providers who offer end-to-end managed services that include managing everything down to desktops. If we are to continue to lead the market, we need to extend our library of services to ensure that our portfolio of services helps graduate the market to managed services where we can maintain leadership. It may be difficult for us to offer end-to-end managed services to sustain our leadership in managed services without significant capital expenditures which expenses would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.

We may not get repeat corporate orders to optimize the capacity utilization.

As we expand the network to small cities and towns, there is an operational cost involved in both the establishment and operation of these nodes. While the expansion is facilitated by a corporate order, we have to subsequently get additional business for capacity utilization in these nodes to make them profitable. If we are not able to do this rapidly by scaling up the business through these towns, we run the risk of overcapacity on the network in new areas, which results in a higher cost structure and lower margins.

Absence of policy support will hamper Internet and Data Services.

We have, and continue to be, subject to Indian regulations regarding the VPN license requirements, including the percentage of foreign holdings to offer VPN services as well the need for NLD/ILD licenses to offer VPN services and carrier voice services. The growth and development data and internet sector is dependent on a policy support of Department of Telecommunications Regulatory changes, as well the as continuing lack of policy initiatives to vitalize the data and Internet sector continue to be a risk.

We cannot influence enabling policies that facilitate the growth and development of data and Internet connectivity in India. The absence of policy support for internet and data services may hamper the growth of such services in future, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Constant improvement of technology standards/ skills and evolving tools and applications are essential to sustain our position in remote management of IT infrastructure.

We are relatively unknown outside India, and in comparison to other established IT players which have a large base of customers. If we are not able to constantly upgrade our technology standards and skills, and if we are unable to scale for critical mass in the near term, our competitive position would be adversely affected.

Management of IT infrastructure is dependent on sophisticated tools and applications to remotely monitor the IT infrastructure and assets of customers. If we are unable to retain our competitive advantages in terms of the evolving tools & applications, or the maturity of our processes, we may lose customers and be at a competitive disadvantage compared with our larger competitors.

The continued recession in the United States affects sales of our e-Learning and IMS services.

The continued economic recession and uncertainty in the United States may cause reduced demand for our eLearning products, as our customers may reduce their training budgets and programming. Additionally, we may not be able to acquire new customers due to the economic situation prevailing in United States. A prolonged period of reduced customer demand for our eLearning services may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Emergence of Enterprise Software Suites may hamper our growth in eLearning stream.

The emergence of competitors such as Oracle, IBM, SAP, SumTotal and SABA offering enterprise software suites for eLearning for large organizations to develop their own learning programs could be a threat to our business in future. We may lose our business to our competitors, and if we are unable to acquire new customers or retain our existing customers, our revenues and results of operations may suffer.

If we do not continue to develop and offer compelling content, products and services, our ability to attract new customers or maintain the engagement of our existing consumers could be adversely affected.

In order to increase advertising revenues , we need to continue to increase the number of users of our sports, recipes and entertainment video contents through our websites. In order to attract consumers and generate increased engagement on our website portals, we believe we must offer compelling content, products and services. If we are not able to attract and keep new users in a constantly evolving user base, we are likely to lose page views, and advertisers may reduce or cease publishing advertisements in our websites. It is important for us to provide necessary contents through our websites to attract more users. However, acquiring, developing and offering new content, products and services, as well as new functionality, features and enhanced performance of our existing content, products and services, may require significant costs and time to develop. In addition, consumer tastes are difficult to predict and subject to rapid change.

As a result of increased competition, it will be difficult for us to attract new users if we do not provide dynamic content to attract website visitors and attract new advertisers. If we are unable to increase our website views and advertising revenues, our results of operations will be affected. Even if we successfully develop and offer compelling content, products and services, we may not be able to attract new consumers and maintain or increase our existing customers’ use of our products and services.

The expected growth for broadband services to retail segment may come down.

As the economy slows down and the consumer confidence erodes, the demand for personal computers would drop significantly. We believe that a reduction in consumer confidence and the sale of consumer goods is likely to result in a drop in demand for broadband services until the cycle is reversed, as consumers delay or reduce their discretionary spending and personal computer usage. If this trend continues, reduced broadband usage may impact our revenue and result of operations. The market penetration rates of personal computers and online access in India are far lower than such rates in the United States. Alternate methods of obtaining access to the Internet, such as satellite internet and wireless internet are steadily becoming popular in metro centers and slowly replacing the wire line internet. There can be no assurance that the number or penetration rate of personal computers in India will increase rapidly. This may impact our ability to increase our revenue and may affect our results of operations.

Our pricing for broadband services to retail segment may not be competitive.

Service providers such as BSNL are frequently reducing rates so the Average Revenue Per User (ARPU) is constantly coming down .We have to continually respond with promotions and value added services to compete with such service providers. If we are unable to compete on pricing terms with our competitors, we may lose customers and fail to attract new customers, which may adversely impact our revenue and results of operations.

The high cost of accessing the Internet in India limits our pool of potential customers and restricts the amount of revenues that our Internet access services division might generate.

The growth of our consumer services is limited by the cost to Indian consumers of obtaining the hardware, software and communications links necessary to connect to the Internet in India. If the costs required to access the Internet do not significantly decrease, most of India’s population will not be able to afford to use our services. Any long term absence of affordability to access internet at reasonable cost may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The success of our business depends on the acceptance and growth of electronic commerce in India, which is uncertain, and, to a large extent, beyond our control.

Many of our existing and proposed services are designed to facilitate electronic commerce in India. The e-commerce in India is at a very early stage as compared to western world. The market potential for e-commerce is yet to be exploited. Demand and market acceptance for these services by businesses and consumers, therefore, are still remain uncertain. Many Indian businesses have deferred purchasing Internet access and deploying electronic commerce initiatives for the following reasons:

•

inconsistent quality of service;

•

the need to deal with multiple and frequently incompatible vendors;

•

inadequate legal infrastructure relating to electronic commerce in India;

•

a lack of security of commercial data, such as credit card numbers; and

•

very few Indian companies accepting credit card numbers over the Internet.

If usage of the Internet in India does not increase substantially and the legal infrastructure and network infrastructure in India are not developed further, we may not realize any benefits from our investment in the development of electronic commerce services.

Risks Related to the Internet

Our business may not be compatible with delivery methods of Internet access services developed in the future.

We face the risk that fundamental changes may occur in the delivery of Internet access services in India. Currently, Internet services are accessed primarily by computers and are delivered by modems using telephone lines. As the Internet is becoming accessible by cellular telephones, personal data assistants, television set-top boxes and other consumer electronic devices, and becomes deliverable through other means involving digital subscriber lines, coaxial cable or wireless transmission mediums, we will have to develop new technology or modify our existing technology to accommodate these developments. Our pursuit of these technological advances, whether directly through internal development or by third-party license, may require substantial time and expense. We may be unable to adapt our Internet service business to alternate delivery means and new technologies may not be available to us at all. We provide wireless connectivity on the 5.7 GHz spectrum allotted to us by the Wireless Planning Commission. The spectrum allocation may be inconsistent with industry standards. The current capacity may be insufficient to offer a breadth of services. The Government may issue instructions to release the spectrum that we hold. High cost of spectrum acquisition may be inconsistent with our revenue and cost models. We may not keep up with the pace of change that takes place in wireless technologies. The launch of DTH (Direct to Home) relay by service providers such as Tata Teleservices, Reliance, Dishnet and Sun TV may weaken the presence of Cable TV Operators (CTOs) in providing connectivity to homes through cables. Due to such competition, we may lose business from the CTOs for providing internet services through cables.

We are subject to quality of service (QOS) guidelines issued by TRAI. Failure to comply with one or more guidelines may expose us into fines/penalties.

TRAI has issued the following guidelines to the ISPs for improving the quality of service:

•

All Internet service providers shall provide adequate information to subscribers regarding Internet/broadband services being offered and marketed by them.

•

All Internet service providers shall provide information regarding contention ratios or the number of users competing for the same bandwidth, adopted by them to provide Internet/broadband service in their tariff plans submitted to TRAI, manual of practice, call centers and on their websites

•

All Internet service providers shall publish quarterly contention ratio for different Internet/broadband services on their website to facilitate subscribers to take informed decision.

•

All Internet service providers must use the contention ratios better than specified ratios for different services to ensure sufficient bandwidth for providing good quality of service to their subscribers.

Fixing up a contention ratio, may put standalone ISPs, like ours, at a disadvantage as cost of delivery of Internet bandwidth may increase. Telecom companies offering similar internet services are tempted to offer significantly lower prices and incentives as they own the last mile and at the same time by bundling telephony along with Internet enhance their otherwise idle last mile. Under such circumstances, it will be very difficult for us to compete with big Telcos which can offer broadband services by cross subsidizing with voice/other services.

In the event of our failure to comply with one or more of the above guidelines, we may expose ourselves to fines/penalties.

We may be liable to third parties for information retrieved from the Internet.

We could become liable if confidential information is disclosed inappropriately on or through our websites. Others could also sue us for the content and services that are accessible from our websites through links to other websites or through content and materials that may be posted by our users in chat rooms or bulletin boards. The laws in India relating to the liability of companies which provide Internet services, like ours, for activities of their users, are still relatively unclear. Investigating and defending these claims is expensive, even if they do not result in liability Allegations of impropriety, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation, disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, reduce our revenues and increase our expenses.

Item 4.

Information on the Company

History and Development

We were incorporated on December 12, 1995 in Andhra Pradesh, India as Satyam Infoway Private Limited, a Company under the Indian Companies Act, 1956 to develop and offer connectivity-based corporate services in India. Until December 2002, we were a majority-owned subsidiary of Satyam Computer Services Limited, an Indian information technology services Company traded on the New York Stock Exchange and the principal Indian stock exchanges. We changed our name from Satyam Infoway Limited to Sify Limited in January 2003 and from Sify Limited to Sify Technologies Limited in October 2007. We completed our initial public offering of ADSs in the United States in October 1999. We listed our ADS on the NASDAQ Global Market on October 19, 1999. In February 2000, we completed our secondary offering of ADS in the United States.

Sify Software Limited (Formerly Sify Networks Private Limited), Sify Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Hermit Projects Private Limited, Pace Info Com Park Private Limited and Sify International Inc. are our wholly owned and controlled subsidiaries.

The address of our principal executive office is Tidel Park, 2nd Floor, 4, Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Taramani, Chennai 600 113 India, and our telephone number is 91-44-2254-0770. Our agent for Investors Relations in the United States is Grayling Global, phone +1-646-284-9400. Our website address is www.sifycorp.com and the information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

From December 1995 through 1997, we focused on the development and testing of our private data network. In 1997, we began forming strategic partnerships with a number of leading technology and electronic commerce companies, including UUNet Technologies, in order to broaden our service offerings to our corporate customers. In March 1998, we obtained network certification for conformity with Indian and international network operating standards from the Technical Evaluation Committee of India. In April 1998, we began offering private network services to businesses in India. Our initial services included electronic data interchange, e-mail and other messaging services, virtual private networks and related customer support.

We started development of www.sify.com, our online portal, and other related content sites for news, travel, finance, health and shopping with the goal of offering a comprehensive suite of websites offering content specifically tailored to Indian interests worldwide.

On November 6, 1998, the Indian government opened the Internet service provider (ISP) market to private participation. Capitalizing on our existing private data network, we launched our Internet service provider business, SifyOnline (formerly known as SatyamOnline), on November 22, 1998 and became the first private national Internet service provider in India. We began offering SifyOnline Internet access and related services to India’s consumer market as a complement to the network services offered to our business customers. Our SifyOnline service was the first in India to offer ready-to-use CD-ROMs enabling online registration and immediate usage.

In March 2000, we launched our network of public Internet cafés called iways to cater to the needs of Indians who do not have access to the Internet. In September 2000, we commenced our hosting services from our India’s first Tier-III data center at Vashi, Mumbai to provide co-location and managed services to our clients. In June 2001, we obtained permission to provide wireless connectivity on the 5.7 GHz spectrum from the Wireless Planning Commission. This enabled us to convert all our iways from Integrated Services Digital Network, or ISDN, connectivity on the last mile to wireless connectivity. This technology also enabled us to commence our high-speed/broadband access to homes, which began in March 2003. To enable quicker access to homes, we developed a model of partnering with Cable Television Operators, or CTOs, who already interface with households for providing cable television facilities to millions of households in India.

In April 2002, ISP’s were permitted to provide restricted VoIP limited to outbound calls to International destinations and personal computer to personal computer calls in India. We started providing this service through our network of cybercafés, and later on through VoIP booths located in large commercial areas and corporate office complexes across major cities in India.

From the time we launched our corporate services in 1997, we have continually upgraded our technology to provide data services to corporate clients. We were the first Internet service provider in India to make our entire network IP-based and subsequently Multi Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)-enabled, which permitted us to continue to grow our corporate customer base. As of March 31, 2012, we provide data connectivity services to around 3000 corporate clients in industries ranging from information technology, manufacturing, banking and financial services industry, pharmaceuticals, retail distribution and the government.

Initial Public Offering and Subsequent Financing Transactions

In October 1999, we completed our initial public offering on the NASDAQ National Market and issued 4,801,250 ADSs at a price of $18.00 per ADS. We received proceeds of approximately $79.2 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and other offering costs. In connection with our initial public offering, we received the benefit of exemptions from the NASDAQ corporate governance rules relating to shareholder meeting quorum, solicitation of proxies and shareholder approval for issue of shares other than in a public offering under NASDAQ rules. We will continue to avail of the exemptions from the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

In February 2000, we completed a secondary offering and issued 467,175 ADSs at a price of $320.00 per ADS. We received proceeds of approximately $141.2 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and other costs.

In October 2002, we agreed to sell an aggregate of 7,558,140 ADSs to SAIF for consideration of $13.0 million and to sell an aggregate of 2,034,883 equity shares to VentureTech for consideration of $3.5 million. This transaction was approved by our shareholders at our Extraordinary General Meeting held on December 9, 2002. In December 2002, we completed the sale of the ADSs to SAIF and the sale of 2,034,883 equity shares to VentureTech. In April 2003, we sold an additional 1,017,442 equity shares to VentureTech. In July 2003, we sold an additional 1,017,441 ADSs to an affiliate of Venture Tech.

On November 10, 2005, Infinity Capital Ventures, LP (“Infinity Capital”) acquired 11,182,600 ADS of our Company from Satyam Computer Services Limited (“Satyam”) for US $5.60 per share in cash through a Sponsored ADR Programme arranged by the Company. The total purchase price for the Satyam shares was approximately US $62.6 million.

In a separate transaction, also on November 10, 2005, Infinity Capital entered into a Subscription Agreement with us pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Infinity Capital agreed to purchase from us approximately 6.7 million newly-issued equity shares or ADSs at a purchase price of US $5.60 per share in cash. The total purchase price for the newly issued shares was approximately US $37.5 million. This transaction was approved by our shareholders at our Extraordinary General Meeting held on December 23, 2005. In January 2006, we completed the transaction. Also on November 10, 2005, Sify, Infinity Capital and Mr. Raju Vegesna entered into a Standstill Agreement pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Infinity Capital agreed not to purchase more than 45% of our fully diluted equity. The Board of Directors waived the above clause in the standstill agreement passed through a Board resolution dated January 22, 2008.

Following the transactions, Mr. Raju Vegesna of Infinity Capital was appointed as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. Mr. P. S. Raju is the second nominee of Infinity Capital to our Board of Directors.

On March 24, 2008, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement with Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited (Infinity Satcom Universal), a private limited Company in India which is controlled by Ananda Raju Vegesna and brother of Raju Vegesna, Chairman and Managing Director, for issuance of 12,817,000 Equity Shares of the Company with face value of Rs.10/- per share at a premium of Rs.165/-. It was approved by the Company’s shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting held on March 17, 2008.

On March 24, 2008, we received a sum of Rs 112.14 million (comprising of Rs 12.81 million towards face value and Rs 99.33 million towards securities premium). Subsequently, Infinity Satcom Universal communicated to the Company that they would focus their attention on the business of Sify Communication Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) and hence shall not contribute the balance money towards the subscription of 12,817,000 Equity Shares on call. On August 29, 2008, the Board of Directors, forfeited the shares allotted and the application monies collected (Rs. 112.14 million including sums towards capital and premium).

On October 30, 2010, we consummated the issuance and sale of 125,000,000 of our equity shares in a private placement to Raju Vegesna Infotech & Industries Private Limited, our promoter group, and an entity affiliated with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr Raju Vegesna. See note 42 in the notes to the financial statements in this Annual Report.

Acquisition of Minority Interest in Subsidiary

In January 2008, our Board of Directors of Sify approved the merger of our subsidiary, Sify Communications Limited (“Sify Comm”) with our Company. The Boards of each of Sify and Sify Comm determined that a merger would produce cost savings efficiencies and, as a combined entity, benefit all shareholders. The Board then submitted the proposed merger to the shareholders and to the High Court of Madras for approval. In August 2008, while approval for the merger was pending, the Indian government proposed new regulations regarding the delivery of internet services and was expected to announce changes to the policy governing the spectrum for the delivery of wireless data. The Board reviewed these regulatory changes and determined that it would be in the best interest of each Company to remain as separate entities, as opposed to combining the entities as contemplated by the proposed merger. The Company submitted a petition to the High Court of Madras to withdraw the merger, and such petition was approved.

In October 2008, the Company again evaluated the feasibility of a merger between Sify and Sify Comm and the Board of Directors of the Company at their meeting held on November 24, 2008 approved the merger of Sify Comm with retrospective effect from April 1, 2008, subject to approval by the Shareholders, the Honourable High Court and other statutory authorities. The Board considered the deterioration of the Indian and global economy, and its effect on the Company’s performance during the first half of fiscal 2009 as well as the impact of a prolonged economic downturn on the Company during the third and fourth 2009 fiscal quarters. The Board evaluated these issues and determined that a combined entity would provide cost savings and increased cash flow, and strengthen the Company’s ability to borrow additional funds, if necessary. Accordingly, the Board of Sify determined that the merger should again proceed and sought shareholder approval, and submitted the merger to the High Court of Madras for approval. The Honourable High Court approved the merger on 26th June, 2009. In connection with such merger the Company has issued 10.53 million equity shares to Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited, a 26% stake holder in the erstwhile Sify Communications Limited prior to merger.

On July 15, 2009, Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited has acquired 4,000,000 shares of the Company from Infinity Capital LP, USA in a private transaction.

Principal Capital Expenditures

In fiscal year 2012, 2011 and 2010, we spent Rs.952 million (US $18.60), Rs.395.27 million, Rs 979.74 million respectively, on capital expenditures. As of March 31, 2012, we had contractual commitments of approximately Rs.721.51 million (US $ 14.10 million) for capital expenditure towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment. These commitments included approximately Rs.717.27 million (US $ 14.02 million) in domestic purchases and Rs.4.24 million (US $ 0.08 million) in imports and overseas commitments for products and spares. All our capital expenditures were financed out of cash generated from operations, equity infusion and borrowings from banks.

Investment Strategy

In evaluating investment opportunities, we consider important factors, such as strategic fit, competitive advantage and financial benefit, through a formal net present value evaluation.

Sify Software Limited (formerly Sify Networks Private Limited)

In March 2004, we acquired E Alcatraz Consulting Private Limited, a Company engaged in the business of providing security services to corporate customers, for a consideration of Rs.32.7 million.

During October 2009, Sify Technologies transferred eLearning, Software Development and other related businesses, which are non-telecom businesses, to the subsidiary Company for a consideration of Rs.450 million, which was discharged by way of issue of 4.5 million ordinary shares in Sify Software Limited. Consequently, the name of E Alcatraz Consulting Private Limited was changed to Sify Software Limited in order to reflect the activities relating to Software Development business.

Globe Travels, USA.

In April 2006, we acquired Globe Travels, USA engaged in the business of selling online airline tickets in the U.S. with a special focus on the U.S.-India sector along with its Indian outfit for a consideration of USD $2.50 million, apart from 125,000 stock options and some conditional earn out payments. On account of continued decline in business, the company has ceased its travel business operations.

Due to the decline in business travels on account of global economic environment, the company tested impairment for goodwill and intangibles, and has recorded Rs.1,857, Rs.47,269 and Rs.15,200 as impairment charge during the years 2010-11, 2009-10 and 2008-09 respectively.

India World Communication Limited

India World Communications Limited filed an application with the Registrar of Companies, Tamil Nadu in 2008 for the winding up of its business under section 560 of the Indian Companies Act,1956. The Registrar had struck off its name from the register. Hence, India World Communications Limited ceased to exist from the date of order of the ROC.

Sify International Inc

Sify International Inc incorporated in the United States of America (US) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Sify. Sify International registered a revenue of USD 0.25 million and a marginal loss of USD 0.002 during the fiscal year 2011-12. Subsequently on July 18, 2012, the Company filed a Certificate of Dissolution with Secretary of the State, State of California, USA for winding up and dissolving the wholly owned subsidiary in US, which does not have any material financial implication.

Hermit Projects Private Limited & Pace Info Com Park Private Limited

In November 2011, we acquired Hermit Projects Private Limited for the implementation of a state-of-art Data Center Project at Noida, U.P, through its wholly owned subsidiary Pace Info Com Park Private Limited, the original allottee of the land at Noida, U.P. for a consideration of Rs.114 crores.

Business Overview

We are one of the largest integrated Internet, network and electronic commerce services companies in India, offering end-to-end solutions with a comprehensive range of services delivered over a common Internet backbone infrastructure. Our services enable our business and consumers to communicate, transmit and share information, access online content and conduct business remotely using our private data network or the Internet. Our Internet and network services include the following:

•

Enterprise Services. These primarily include our network services and IT services offering, end-to-end network services, hosting and security services that provide our corporate customers with comprehensive Internet and private network access. Our services enable our corporate customers to offer a full range of business-to-business and electronic commerce related services. We provide NLD (National Long Distance) and ILD (International Long Distance) services through our network. We carry voice traffic, both national and international, using the IP back-bone and deliver voice traffic to Direct Inter-connect Operators. We also provide managed infrastructure services and managed security services in all aspects of infrastructure services, network security and hosting, with digital certificates based authentication service and VPN solutions. We have launched system integration service during the year 2009-10. We are the first service provider in India to be ISO 9001:2000 certified in network operations, data center operations and customer relationship management.

•

Commercial and consumer services: We offer public Internet access to consumers through a retail chain of e-ports (formerly iway) cybercafés. We also have agreements with certain cable television operators through which we offer Internet access through cable. We also operate online portals, such as www.sify.com, www.samachar.com and www.sifymax.in, that function as principal entry points and gateway for accessing the Internet by providing useful web-related services and links. We also offer related content sites specifically tailored to Indian interests worldwide. On account of franchisees moving out of business due to higher costs, there has been change in business focus towards enterprise services segment.

•

Software Services. We facilitate web based learning for various organizations by digitizing and uploading content to facilitate the same. We also provide application services such as Mailing, web-application and online assessment.

We began providing corporate network/data services to businesses in April 1998, and as of March 31, 2012 we had around 3000 corporate customers located principally in India. We launched our Internet service provider business in November 1998, becoming the first private Internet service provider to begin service after the Indian government opened the market to private competition. We also operate online portals, www.sify.com, www.sifymax.in, www.samachar.com, and related content sites specifically tailored for Indian interests worldwide. Sify.com is one of India’s leading portals with services in areas such as news, travel, finance, health and shopping in addition to e-mail, chat and search. SifyMax.in is a broadband portal offering live streaming and on demand video and audio content, news clips, TV reality shows and highlights of cricket matches.

We are providing NLD (National Long Distance) and ILD (International Long Distance) services through our network from August 2008. We have made tie-ups with international and domestic carriers to carry their traffic into India. We carry voice traffic, both national and international, using the IP back-bone and deliver voice traffic to direct inter-connect operators.

During the year 2009-2010, following the merger of Sify Communications Limited with the Company, we obtained the approval of Department of Telecommunications for the transfer of NLD / ILD licences from Sify Communications to the Company.

We currently operate a large national private data network in India. Our network utilizes Internet protocol, which is an Internet industry standard for tracking Internet addresses, routing outgoing messages and recognizing incoming messages. In February 2002, we became the first Indian Company to be certified ISO 9001:2000 for network services, data center operations and customer relationship management. The ISO 9001:2000 certification from Det Norske Veritas (DNV), Netherlands under the RvA accreditation scheme provides recognition for self-defined benchmarks against international companies with respect to facilities, metrices, processes and practices. In fiscal year 2003, our Enterprise Solutions division was also certified ISO 9001:2000 for provisioning of corporate VPN’s, Internet bandwidth, VoIP, and integrated security solutions including pre-sales, sales, order processing and project management.

As of March 31, 2012, we operated 729 points of presence serving more than 710 towns and cities across India. Points of presence are telecommunications facilities located in a particular market which allow our customers to connect to the Internet through a local telephone call. Although our Internet service provider license permits us to establish and maintain our own direct connection to the international Internet, we no longer maintain satellite gateways. We provide international bandwidth by leasing capacity from large telcos.

We continue to seek to be the premier integrated Internet, network and electronic commerce solutions provider to businesses and consumers in India. We believe that demand for our services is significant in India and growing rapidly as businesses and consumers seek alternatives to the communications services offered by telecom providers that were formerly controlled by the Government of India. We intend to continue to focus on providing superior network performance and high levels of customer service and technical support to increase our customer base and maximize customer satisfaction.

Industry Overview

Development of the Internet. We believe that the large and increasing number of home and office computers linked to the Internet, advances in network design, increased availability of Internet-based software and applications, the emergence of useful content and electronic commerce technologies, and convenient, fast and inexpensive Internet access will continue to drive Internet growth and usage in the near future.

Special Communications Needs of Businesses. As the Internet is now easily available and more reliable, businesses are increasingly utilizing the Internet for functions critical to their core business strategies, such as sales and marketing, customer service and project coordination. The Internet presents a compelling profit opportunity for businesses by enabling them to reduce operating costs, access valuable information and reach new markets. To maintain a significant presence on the Internet, businesses typically purchase Internet access services and establish a website. Internet access provides a Company with its basic gateway to the Internet, allowing it to transfer e-mail, access information and connect with employees, customers and suppliers. A website provides a Company with a tangible identity and an interactive presence on the Internet. Many corporations are also converting their legacy information systems and databases to web-enabled systems.

The Opportunity in India. The resulting internet service remains inferior to service in developed countries. At the same time, however, the Indian economy continues to modernize and expand, particularly in sectors such as software development that are dependent on a reliable communications network. The growth of these industries is leading to an increasing base of personal computers and wired and wireless homes and businesses in India with a resulting increased demand for Internet services. We believe these trends, which mirror those in more mature economies, will continue to develop in India.

We believe that the ability to exploit the Internet service provider and other data service markets in India is currently inhibited by the government policies and regulatory controls on the provision of Internet based services. Generally, bandwidth remains very expensive in India, despite falling prices for international and domestic leased lines and the recent emergence of private players, and liberalization measures have brought an increase in supply and a consequent downtrend in prices respectively. Ceilings for bandwidth prices are set by the DoT and the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, or TRAI, plays the advisory role to the DoT.

We expect the growth in personal computers and Internet users to increase the demand for Internet content directed towards domestic Indian consumers as well as the amount of electronic commerce in India.

We believe that private market participants historically have not been able to exploit the market opportunities in India because the regulatory environment in India largely prevented any competition with the national government-controlled telecom providers. Until November 1998, the only Internet service provider permitted in India was Tata Teleservices, which began providing Internet access on August 15, 1995. On November 6, 1998, the government opened the Indian Internet service provider market to private competition and granted Internet service provider licenses. The licensees include cable television operators and joint ventures between local companies and large international telecom providers. Internet service provider licenses are granted for 15 years, with only nominal license fees. Currently, pricing of Internet service is not regulated by the Government of India, although it has the power to do so through policy directives. However, the interconnection charges between service providers are regulated by the TRAI.

Sify Business Model

We believe that the growth of the Internet and other network services in India has been inhibited by relatively high costs for certain market segments and poor user experiences caused by an inadequate telecommunications infrastructure and slow network connection speeds. We are committed to expanding and enhancing our private network backbone and to providing high quality technical support to attract users to our services. We believe that our services provide our customers with the ability to exchange information, communicate and transact business over the Internet with speed, efficiency, reliability and security superior to other Internet service providers.

Key advantages of the Sify business model include:

•

End-to-end network solutions for business customers. We provide our business customers with a comprehensive range of Internet, connectivity, security and consulting, hosting and managed service solutions complemented by a broad base of web-based business applications. Our corporate services range from dedicated Internet access, virtual private networks, security, web implementation, electronic commerce solutions and web hosting. Our end-to-end solutions enable our corporate customers to address their networking and data communication needs efficiently without having to assemble products and services from different value-added resellers, Internet service providers and information technology firms.

•

National private Internet protocol network backbone and Wireless delivery on the last mile. We operate a large national Internet protocol data network in India. As of March 31, 2012, we owned and operated 729 points of presence serving more than 710 towns and cities across India. Our network provides the platform to deliver Internet access and the backbone to provide a full range of corporate network/data services to consumers. A significant portion of our last mile delivery for corporates, and almost the entire e-port cybercafé network and hi–speed / broadband delivery to homes, is on the wireless mode, thereby enabling us to implement and deliver superior services compared to the wire line medium.

•

Internet content and electronic commerce websites customized for the Indian market. We view the Indian market as a series of specific market segments with unique cultural and topical interests, rather than an extension of a homogeneous, worldwide Internet market. We have assembled a team of India-based employees familiar with the local culture, language and business environments in our markets to develop Internet content and electronic commerce websites tailored for the Indian market. We regularly incorporate new and original third-party content suited to our local and regional audiences to enhance our customers’ online experience and to attract new users both within India and abroad. As a result of our local market knowledge, we are able to place contents in our websites which will attract more users to our websites and to create brand awareness for our online access service.

•

Managed Infrastructure services and Managed Security Services. We have customer engagements in all aspects of infrastructure services, networks security and hosting, with digital certificates based authentication service. We have experience in providing information assurance and compliance certification in accordance with frameworks such as Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) / Control Objectives for Information and related Technology (COBIT). We believe that our managed infrastructure and security services utilise our experience and skill sets to provide constant value to our customers, better service levels and reduced costs. We constantly look at ways to efficiently manage customer assets remotely thus providing focused superior service at lower cost.

Strategy

Our goal is to become the premier integrated Internet, network and electronic commerce solutions provider to businesses and consumers in India. Our principal business strategies to accomplish this objective are discussed below:

•

Invest in the continued enhancement and expansion of our network infrastructure to support customer growth, enter into new markets and accommodate increased customer usage. We intend to continue to increase the capacity and geographic reach of our network in order to support subscriber growth, enter new markets and accommodate increased customer usage. We are committed to using proven technologies and equipment and to providing superior network performance. Our network is based on Internet Protocol, or IP, and we are the first Indian service provider to have made our network Multi Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) compliant. As of March 31, 2012, we have acquired adequate capacity of bandwidth lines, all from major telecommunications companies, which ensures that there is an assured supply of bandwidth service being provided to Sify’s customers without any disruptions. We have also leased intercity links from multiple suppliers including BSNL, Bharti, TATA, Railtel and Power Grid Corporation, such that each one of our nodes is accessible from at least two other nodes, if not by two long distance operators. We believe that as the size and capacity of our network infrastructure grows, its structure and national coverage will create economies of scale. Being vendor neutral, we are able to procure bandwidth in a cost effective manner. Over the past five years we have designed and built four data centers in Mumbai, Chennai, Bangalore and Airoli. We intend to invest in additional data centers, and are currently building a data center at Noida near New Delhi.

•

Increase penetration in our existing markets by expanding awareness of the “Sify” brand name to capitalize on our first mover advantage in India. We intend to capitalize on our first-to-market advantage in India to establish national service and a brand name in advance of other private competitors. As of March 31, 2012, we had approximately 0.1 million retail Internet subscribers across 203 cities in India. We believe that increased focus by GOI on delivery of broadband services , availability of broadband content, reduced cost of personal computers coupled with increased purchasing capacity of the middle class in India will drive this business forward in the future. We are also continuously working on better alternative technologies to overcome the last mile challenges and to offer superior connectivity to homes. We have also started offering premium broadband connection, branded platinum services to SOHO market segment.

•

Expand our services with new technologies to enable our customers to use the Internet more effectively. We continually seek to expand the breadth of our service offerings with new technologies. We have previously introduced a number of other services, including VoIP, video conferencing, e-mail designed for regional Indian dialects, a user customized portal site and micro-payments.

•

Provide more value added services by leveraging on the rapid growth of wireless Internet and mobile services in India and strengthen our Internet portal with more content tailored to Indian interests worldwide. Our portals www.sify.com and www.samachar.com, function as initial gateways to the Internet, the user’s starting point for web browsing and other Internet services, for our consumer Internet service provider subscribers and cybercafé users. We believe that our portals are media rich and user friendly, and the portals are interactive websites offering hyperlinks to a wide variety of websites and services, including our own websites. Our websites cater to a variety of Indian interests within and outside of India. To achieve our goal of developing the premier Internet portal focused on the Indian market, we intend to continue to expand and improve the quality of www.sify.com, and are developing additional content oriented towards topical and cultural interests of Indians worldwide.

•

Expand our customer distribution channels through strategic alliances to take advantage of the sales and marketing capabilities of our strategic partners. We intend to continue to expand our customer acquisition channels, for both our consumer Internet access and corporate network/data services. We have arrangements with leading personal computer manufacturers to bundle our SifyOnline Internet access service with the sale of their personal computers in India.

•

Pursue selective strategic investments, alliances and acquisitions to expand our customer base, increase utilization of our network and add new technologies to our service mix. We believe that our growth can be supplemented by selective acquisitions of complementary businesses. We may seek to expand our market presence in our corporate network business through the acquisition of data center, web implementation and/or systems integration companies serving India, the United States or other markets. We will also consider acquisitions of Internet service providers that have a significant or growing customer base in our current or targeted markets.

•

Expand into international markets for providing managed network services. Our network and application level support can be provided remotely with a minimum of on-site presence. We are seeking to provide these services to international markets. The tools utilized to provide these services were developed in-house on Linux/open source platforms, and we plan to upgrade these tools in the future to meet customer requirements. We expect our expertise in network management, to enable us to perform these services to international customers at lower costs. We also intend to provide managed security solutions, including monitoring and vulnerability assessment, in addition to managed firewall and intrusion detection services.

•

Superior end-user performance and customer support. We believe that we provide a high level of customer service, network performance and technical support to maximize customer satisfaction. A significant number of our employees are engaged in our customer service or technical support departments, which operate 24 X 7. Our network engineers continually monitor network traffic and congestion points to deliver high quality consistent network performance. Our backend processes are ISO 9001:2000 compliant for network operations, data center operations and customer care. Our strategy of providing superior network performance and customer service is designed to result in significant customer growth from referrals and industry recognition.

Service Offerings

Enterprise Services. Thse primarily consist network service and IT services which addresses the network, security and application services needs of Indian enterprises by leveraging our national Tier 1 IP network infrastructure. The services include a comprehensive range of Internet protocol based Virtual Private Network, or IPVPN, offerings, including intranets, extranets and remote access applications to both small and large corporate customers. There is a strong focus on industry verticals such as IT/ITES (IT enabled services), banking and financial services industry (BFSI), government, manufacturing, pharmaceutical and FMCG. We were the one of the first service provider in India to provide MPLS-enabled IPVPN’s on its entire network. We have entered into a strategic partnership with leading Telcos for providing last mile connectivity to customers. Our entire network is MPLS enabled with built in redundancy with world class design and service standards.

SecureConnect ^(TM) is our comprehensive offering of secure, reliable and scalable IPVPN solutions that meet both mission- critical data networking and converged voice, video and data connectivity needs. It offers a variety of intranet and extranet configurations for connecting offices, remote sites, traveling employees and business partners, whether in India or abroad. Our platform of services includes:

•

SiteConnect ^(TM) which offers site-to-site managed MPLS-enabled IPVPN solutions for securely connecting regional and large branch offices within India to the corporate Intranet.

•

GlobalSite Connect, an international site-to-site managed MPLS-enabled IPVPN solution, is used for securely connecting international branch offices to the corporate offices. It provides connectivity anywhere in the world through Sify’s alliances and partnerships with global overseas service providers such as Global Crossing (GC), KDDI, and PCCW Global to name a few.

•

ExpressConnect, which offers a premium range of high-performance Internet bandwidth solutions for connecting regional offices, branch offices and remote locations to the corporate network. These solutions complement our SiteConnect range of MPLS enabled IPVPN solutions, provide high-speed bandwidth in those situations where basic connectivity and cost are the top concerns.

•

RoamConnect, is our national and international remote access VPN, which is used for securely connecting employees, while they are traveling, to the corporate intranet. Roam Connect features “single number access” to SifyNet from anywhere in the country and provides access from anywhere in the world through Sify’s alliances with overseas service providers.

•

PartnerConnect is our remote access VPN offering, for providing secure and restricted dial-up access to business partners such as dealers, distributors and suppliers to the corporate extranet.

In February 2002, we became the first Indian Company to be certified ISO 9001:2000 for network services, data center operations and customer relationship management. The ISO 9001:2000 certification from Det Norske Veritas (DNV), Netherlands under the RvA accreditation scheme provides recognition for self-defined benchmarks against international companies with respect to facilities, metrices, processes and practices. Our corporate network/data services were also certified 9000:2001 compliant for pre-sales, sales, project management and backend operations in September 2003.

We also offer a suite of security solutions, including security design, audit, procurement and integration. Our enterprise solutions portfolio includes a range of application services, such as enterprise class e-mail platforms, audio and video conferencing solutions and business web services. Contracts for these services are negotiated on an individual basis to provide specifically tailored network/data services to each customer.

Software Services. We offer value-added services to organizations such as website design, development, content management, search engine optimization, , including domain name management, secure socket layer (SSL) certificate for websites, and server space in required operating system and database. We provide state of the art messaging and collaboration services and solutions such as e-mail servers, LAN mail solutions, anti-spam appliances, bulk mail services, instant messaging, and also offer solutions and services to enable data & access security over the Internet. We also offer web-applications such as online merchandising with on-line payment gateways, sales force automation, supply chain management, intranet and extranets, workflow engine and knowledge management systems. We also provide infrastructure-based services on demand, including on-line testing engine and network management. On-line testing services include test management software, required servers and proctored examination facilities at Sify’s e-port cybercafés. On-line exam engine offered allows a secure and flexible way of conducting examinations involving a wide range of question patterns.

System integration, Security and Assurance Services. During the recent years, we have launched system integration services to offer DC built and infrastructure sizing and supply. We offer a comprehensive suite of security solutions including security design, procurement and integration services for infrastructure security, vulnerability assessment and penetration testing. Implementation services include implementation of security products, such as firewalls, intrusion detection systems, content security, authentication tools and VPN services. We also provide assurance services covering Information systems(IS) Audit, Risk Assessment, and Business Continuity/Disaster Recovery Planning.

Data Centers. We operate 4 Data centers of which two are located in Mumbai (Bombay), one each at Chennai (Madras) and Bangalore, which are designed to act as reliable, secure and scalable facilities to host mission-critical applications. We offer co-location services which allow customers to bring in their own rack-mountable servers and house them in shared racks, or they could hire complete racks, and even rent ‘secure cages’ at the hosting facility as per their application requirements. We also offer a wide variety of managed hosting services, such as storage, back-up and restoration, performance monitoring and reporting hardware and software procurement and configuration, network configuration as well as spares and replacement. Our Fort Knox platform for security management of hosted servers offers Service Level Agreement (SLA)-based security services to protect servers. Our Infrastructure Data Management Services (IDMS) service provides specific services related to building data centers, leveraging on our proven expertise to build world-class infrastructure.

Cloud service. We launched recently on-demand hosting (cloud) services to end-customers with strategic a tie-up with global partner. We have joined the global program, designed for service-providers who offer on-demand cloud services giving them the option to “rent” software licenses on a monthly “pay as you go” basis. This model is aimed at helping Indian companies, both large and small, to safely tap computing capacity inside and outside their firewalls to help ensure quality of service for any application they want to run, internally or as a service.

On Demand Storage. We have recently launched innovative SLA driven utility-based On-Demand storage service to manage the complete lifecycle of enterprise information, from its inception to its final disposal. The fully managed, utility based, On-Demand, scalable storage platform is powered by global major in Data Systems. Sify’s On-Demand storage service reduces the complexities of deploying and managing multiple storage tiers, and lowers operational costs by automating management with flexible need based pricing.

Digital Certification. In technical collaboration with Verisign, a leading provider of Internet trust services, we formed a subsidiary, Sify Communications Limited, to provide managed digital certificate-based authentication services in India. Sify Communications Limited was the principal affiliate of Verisign in India and was a member of Verisign’s Global Affiliate Network. Sify Communications Limited was accredited as the first Certifying Authority for issuance of Certificate for Digital Signature by the Ministry of Information Technology, Government of India. Sify Communications Limited merged with Sify Technologies Limited during 2009-2010. Consequent upon the merger, Sify Technologies Limited now provides digital certificate-based authentication services which were provided by its erstwhile subsidiary, Sify Communications Limited.

Remote Management Services. This service provides continuous proactive management and support of customer operating systems, applications and database layers through deploying specialized monitoring tools and infrastructure experts to ensure that our customers’ infrastructure is performing optimally.

Our Enterprises services division accounted for approximately, 79% 84% and 87% of our revenues in fiscal years 2010, 2011 and 2012 respectively. We believe that corporate services will continue to be the largest part of our business for the immediate future.

VOIP Services. We offer comprehensive VoIP services covering Managed Voice for Enterprises particularly in IT/ITES segment to meet their international business communications. As part of the service, our Hosted dialer platform is also provided to enable BPOs to use this infrastructure as a service.

ILD Voice & hubbing, During the year 2008, we have launched Voice NLD/ILD services under the Telecom licence. We provide high quality voice origination and termination services with interconnects directly with both mobile and fixed line operators in India. Currently we handle millions of minutes of global voice traffic for our enterprise and retail customers. Our MPLS enabled packet-switched network deploys a carrier class soft switch with redundancy to provide routing, as well as control, in real time. We have established strategic tie up with many global carriers . Our voice services has grown well over the last two years and we have established credibility and repute. During the year 2009-10, based on the experience of voice services and success in the ILD India termination business, we have launched Hubbing business to leverage the experience.

Internet Access Services. We offer public Internet access to consumers through a retail chain of e-ports (formerly iway) cybercafés. We also have agreements with certain cable television operators through which we offer Internet access through cable. As of March 31, 2012, we had approximately 0.1 million retail Internet access subscribers.

Our Internet access services for retail consumers include high-speed/broadband access to homes over cable, public Internet access from our network of e-ports (formerly iway cybercafés) and VoIP. Currently, we have also started offering the premium broadband connection, branded Platinum to the SOHO market segment and wireless service to homes at select cities.

Public Internet Access. We provide public Internet access to the large segment of the Indian population that does not own a personal computer through our network of e-ports (formerly iway cybercafés). We operate these cybercafés on a franchisee model on a B2C model and other on a B2B2C model, where Café buys connectivity from Sify and offers the same to the end customer. As of March 31, 2012, we had 1,124 operational e-ports (formerly iways) in 226 towns and cities.

In connection with our franchised e-ports (formerly iways), we grant each franchisee a non-exclusive license to operate the cybercafé using our logo, brand and trade names. We enter into an agreement with the franchisee establishing the rights and obligations of each party. In connection with the establishment of a franchised e-port (formerly iway), we receive an initial franchise fee that covers the following upfront services rendered by our Company:

The cybercafés e-ports are owned and operated by the franchisees. The franchisee procures the retail space, invests in furniture, interior decor, personal computers, point of sale signage and employs/trains the staff. The franchisee is responsible for the maintenance of the premises and interface with customers. We provide the complete back-end support, including bandwidth, the authentication/usage engine and the billing/collection system. The prices to be charged to the customers and the services that can be rendered are controlled by Sify. On average, these e-ports (formerly iways) have about seven personal computers and operate in an area of about 250 square feet. All e-ports operate on a prepaid subscription model, and the end customer has the ability to browse from any of the e-ports using the roaming facility that we provide. The billing system allows us the option of charging different prices based on the services used, time of usage and the place of use.

Sify e-port. The iways cyber café chain was re-branded as “sify e-port”. Sify e-port is today the largest chain of branded retail outlets in the country, empowering every user to reap the benefit of internet and its applications. As of March 31, 2012, we had approximately 1,124 operational e-ports. We have launched a model of e-port Xpress with a single PC with value added services as a kiosk chain offering services like travel ticket booking, bill payment, mobile recharge and e-commerce transactions in addition to internet browsing, chat, email and gaming.

The connectivity based model is seated on a cloud platform called ‘Sify Mylife’. Sify Mylife supports multiple VAS providers on a plug and play platform. This is also India’s first consumer cloud offering. The advantage is that the platform is extendable to any number of VAS providers and is not binding in terms of usage.

Broadband Internet for SOHO / SMB Category: We at Sify understand the changes in requirements for different set of customers. The Small Office Home broadband Office (SOHO) segment which is large and continuously growing in India, has requirements which are different from the regular retail customers. our platinum broadband connection included a bundle of services which includes domain names, e mail Ids, static IP and a website builder along with wireless connectivity.

Voice over Internet Protocol. VoIP can be used in India for making International calls. We have leveraged on our extensive network of e-ports to offer VoIP. We provide these services through standalone VoIP booths at various strategic locations in major cities. We use MPLS enabled technology that ensures voice clarity.

Broadband/High Speed Internet to Home: We believe that our Broadband Business Model, over the past few years, has emerged as the most unique and cost-efficient model for scaling up broadband across the country. It leverages our brand, marketing and technical abilities of Sify as an ISP and the strengths of cable operators in having right of way and the network required to connect customers at a marginal cost. Apart from the innovative “night unlimited” products, we have also launched a set of unique “Double your speeds” in night products. We believe that appealing price points and optimum value has been the key of all our offers.

We believe that the combination of cable to homes through cable operator and wireless services will enable us to successful operate as a broadband operator. We believe that our primary biggest strength as a broadband operator lies in our marketing. We have built our reputation through our focused and targeted investment and business development strategy. Due to our relations with cable operators, we can utilize our substantial network available to provide our service on cable networks and also offer broadband services to SME and SOHO.

We have recently introduced “Direct Renewal Facility”, which allows our broadband subscriber to renew his connection at anytime of the day or night from the comfort of his home. Users whose validity has expired or pack amount is not available can login and re-charge their account. The subscriber gets full freedom to recharge according to the needs, convenience and at any time of the day-the recharge amount can be paid conveniently within three days from the time of recharge. Based on Voice over Internet Protocol, this facility will be available to our Broadband subscribers as a Closed User Group service.

Our Commercial and consumer division accounted for approximately 13%, 8% and 5% of our revenues in fiscal years 2010, 2011 and 2012 respectively.

Internet Access Services. BSNL, MTNL the leading PSU Telecom brands together hold large marketshare of the broadband subscribers in India. We expect the market for broadband Internet services to grow more rapidly in the future due to additional telecom providers emerging as competitors. We expect the market for consumer Internet access to remain extremely price competitive as late market entrants attempt to acquire customers.

Currently, the market is highly fragmented and dominated by individual entrepreneurs who own Internet cafés, with a few personal computers connected to the Internet through a leased line or ISDN line. With considerably lower overheads, these individuals are able to offer Internet access at lower rates. We compete by offering faster browsing speeds, improved overall ambience at our e-ports, convenient billing systems and a host of value added services ranging from entertainment and travel to utility payments.

Online Portal Services. We operate online portals, such as www.sify.com, www.samachar.com, that function as principal entry points and gateway for accessing the Internet by providing useful web-related services and links. We also offer related content sites specifically tailored to Indian interests worldwide.

Sify.com provides a gateway to the Internet by offering communication and search tools such as email, chat, travel, online portfolio management and channels for personal finance, astrology, lifestyle, shopping, movies, sports and news.

•

The finance channel of Sify http://sify.com/finance/ covers the entire spectrum of equity markets, business news, insurance, mutual funds, loans, SME news and a host of paid and free financial services.

•

The sports channel http://sify.com/sports/ covers the entire gamut of Indian and international sports with special focus on cricket.

•

We also host WWE updates as a standalone service http://wwe.sify.com/ for users.

•

The food channel www.bawarchi.com focuses on Indian recipes and cooking and is especially popular among non-resident Indians (NRIs) audiences with over 90% of its content being user generated

•

Our NRI news portal, www.samachar.com, focuses on Indian news and allows NRIs to stay connected to India by aggregating news from across all popular newspapers and other news portals. This portal provides a range of news in English and five Indian languages. Apart from Samachar we have another India targeted news channel http://sify.com/news/ which offers national and international general, political and offbeat news.

•

The online shopping mall http://shopping.sify.com/, stocks products from India’s leading brands and products. We believe that it offers competitive prices and a secure and convenient method of payment. Users can buy using their credit or debit card, pay cash on delivery or send a check.

•

Movies channel on Sify http://sify.com/movies/ is one of the key channels which offer updates from Bollywood/ Hollywood and all regional film industries. The content includes movie reviews, industry news, video galleries, photo galleries, downloads (photos) etc.

•

Games channel of Sify http://games.sify.com/ offers multiple scoring non scoring games. Games include cricketing games, racing games, football specific games etc

Corporate Customers

We have established a diversified base of corporate customers in a variety of data intensive industries, including information technology enabled services (ITES), banking financial services and Insurance (BFSI), publishing, retail, pharmaceuticals and manufacturing. Our corporate customer base has grown to over 3000 customers. The increased scope of the services we offer, particularly the provision of broadband services to our existing customers and International IPVPN services along with the increased reach of our network, has increased our market base.

Customer Service and Technical Support

We believe that excellent customer support is critical to our success in attracting and retaining subscribers. We currently provide customer service and technical support via a local telephone call in most of the cities in which we have a point of presence. Our web-based help desk and MIS system provide online information to our clients. Subscribers can also e-mail their questions directly to a customer service and technical support address at our Company. Our customer service and technical support staff handles all questions regarding a subscriber’s account and the provision of our services and is available 24-hours-a-day, seven-days-a-week.

Sales and Marketing

Enterprise Offerings. The principal focus of our sales and marketing staff is to acquire new customers and maintain cordial relationship with the existing corporate customers. We seek to penetrate this market through trade publication ads, industry trade shows and seminars for the benefit of industry associations and potential customers. As of March 31, 2012, we had around 500 employees dedicated to sales and marketing exclusively for our corporate offerings.

Consumer Offerings. A key element of our business strategy is to increase our brand awareness and market penetration among consumers through a number of means including an expanded advertising campaign focused primarily on print advertising, direct mail and free software to consumers who become subscribers.

Technology and Network Infrastructure

We operate a national IP / MPLS data network with 729 points of presence serving more than 710 cities and towns across India. We operate our network facilities and customer service operations, which gives us greater control over the utilization and quality of our network. We have designed and built our network using advanced technologies and equipment which will enable us to continue to expand the geographic range of our network, integrate improved data processing technologies and enhance speed and capacity with little or no disruption to our customers.

Services Offered: We offer the following services to our Enterprise and consumer customers using our network.

•

Internet access services,

•

IP/ MPLS Virtual private networks,

•

Internet based Voice services

Geographic Coverage. Through our national network of points of presence, our business and consumer customers are able to access their application through our network in India via our wireless local loop, local leased lines or a local phone call on dial-up or through our cybercafé chain. We have 729 points of presence, or POPs. These points of presence, or primary nodes, reside at the core of a larger Internet protocol network with a Star and meshed topology architecture. Each point of presence contains data communications equipment housed in a secure facility owned, leased or operated on an infrastructure co-location basis by our Company. The last mile connecting to the customer can be a leased line, ISDN or point-to-multipoint radio link in the 5.7, 2.5 or 3.3 gigahertz range which we have licensed from the Wireless Planning Commission. We also use 2.4 ghz radios, which do not require an operating license, in some locations. Our larger corporate customers access the point of presence directly through leased lines or wireless links.

Network Architecture. We ensure network reliability through several methods and have invested in proven technologies. We use Cisco routers to route traffic between nodes interconnected using a high speed interface. Most of our applications and network verification servers are manufactured by IBM, Sun and Hewlett-Packard.

The primary nodes on the backbone network are connected by multiple high-speed fiber optic lines that we lease from long distance operators. The secondary nodes are connected by lower speed leased lines. A number of nodes are accessible from at least two other nodes, if not, by two long distance operators, allowing us to reroute traffic in the event of failure on one route. We reduce our exposure to failures on the local loop by usually locating our points of presence within range of service providers switching equipment and purchasing connectivity from multiple providers. To further maximize our network uptime, we are almost completely connected on fiber optic cables to the switching points of our service providers from our POPs.

In addition to a fundamental emphasis on reliability and security, our network design philosophy has focused on compatibility, interoperability, scalability and quality of service. We use Internet protocol with Multi Protocol Label Switching, or MPLS, to transmit data, thus ensuring that our network is completely interoperable with other networks and systems and that we may port any application onto our network. The modular design of our network is fully scalable, allowing us to expand without changing the network design or architecture, thus ensuring little or no service disruption.

Network Operations Center. We maintain a network operation center located in Chennai (Madras) and a backup secondary facility in Mumbai (Bombay). The Chennai facility houses our central network servers as well as our network staff which monitors network traffic, service quality and equipment at all our points of presence to ensure a reliable Internet service. These operation centers are staffed 24-hours-a-day, seven-days-a-week. We have backup power generators and software and hardware systems designed to prevent network downtime in the event of system failures. In the future, we may add additional facilities to supplement or add redundancy to our current network monitoring capability.

Data Centre Infrastructure. We operate four level 3 Internet Data Centres, two in Mumbai, one each at Chennai and Bangalore. We offer managed hosting, security and infrastructure management services from these facilities. These data centres are completely integrated with our IP / MPLS network which provides seamless connectivity for our customers from their premise to their applications hosted in the data centers. The data centers conform to the Level 3 standards to cater to the security consideration of our customer servers.

Competition

General. We face competition in each of our markets and expect that this competition will intensify as the markets in India for corporate network/data services, Internet access services and online content develop and expand. We compete primarily on the basis of service, reliability and customer support. Price and ease of use are also competitive factors.

Enterprise services. Our competitors for many private network services include government services companies that have built and operate their own private data networks. For Internet access, our main competitors are Bharti, Reliance and Tata, and our main competitors for domestic VPN includes terrestrial network providers, such as Bharti, Reliance and Tulip.

Commercial and consumer services. BSNL & MTNL, the leading PSU Telecom brands together hold large marketshare of the broadband subscribers in India. The land phone penetration is used to build on the base for broadband connections. We expect the market for consumer Internet access to remain extremely price competitive as late market entrants attempt to acquire customers.

There are several other companies in India that have developed websites, including rediff.com. Our major competitors include In.com, Google, Indiatimes.com and Yahoo.co.in. All the above mentioned portals are competing for a share of the online services market in India, which is dominated by online advertising, mobile telephone short code revenues and e-commerce. We are the leaders in the online market. However, we lag behind our competitors in mobile telephony short code and e-commerce services.

Most of our online portal competitors enjoy the following advantages:

•

Larger production and technical staff;

•

Greater name recognition and larger marketing budgets and resources; and

•

Substantially greater financial, technical and other resources.

To be competitive, we must constantly innovate and introduce new services to the market quickly. We also need to keep pace with rapidly changing technology in this area. Increased competition could result in loss of market share, reduced prices or reduced margins, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of copyright and trademark laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. We have filed approximately 200 trademark and service mark applications in India for registering our product and service offerings.

We could be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and the content and functionality of our websites or other service offerings overlap with competitive offerings. Defending against these claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive and divert management’s attention from operating our Company. If we become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and forced to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease selling the applications that contain the infringing technology. We may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

We also rely on a variety of technologies that are licensed from third parties. We use software developed by these and other companies to perform key functions. These third-party licenses may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms in the future. The loss of any of these licenses could delay the introduction of software enhancements, interactive tools and other features until equivalent technology could be licensed or developed. Any such delays could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Government Regulation

Our business is subject to comprehensive regulation by the Ministry of Communications through the Telecom Commission and the DoT, pursuant to the provisions of the Indian Telegraph Act of 1885, or Telegraph Act, the India Wireless Telegraphy Act, 1933, or Wireless Act, the Information Technology Act, 2000 or IT Act and the terms of our Internet service provider license issued by the DoT under which we operate. Pursuant to the Telegraph Act, the provision of any telecommunications services in India requires a license from the Government of India, obtained through the DoT. While the Telegraph Act sets the legal framework for regulation of the telecommunications sector and the Wireless Act regulates the possession of wireless telegraphy equipment, much of the supervision and regulation of our Company is implemented more informally through the general administrative powers of the DoT, including those reserved to the DoT and other governmental agencies under our license.

In March 1997, the Government of India established the TRAI, an independent regulatory authority, under the provisions of the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India Act. The TRAI is an autonomous body consisting of a chairperson and at least two and not more than four members.

Under the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India Act, the functions of the TRAI are to:

•

make recommendations on (i) the need and timing for the introduction of new service providers, (ii) the terms and conditions of licenses granted to service providers, (iii) the revocation of licenses for non-compliance, (iv) measures to facilitate competition and promote efficiency in the operation of telecommunications services so as to facilitate growth in such services, (v) technological improvements in the services provided by service providers, (vi) the type of equipment to be used by service providers, (vii) measures for the development of telecommunications technology and the telecommunications industry and (viii) the efficient management of the available spectrum;

•

discharge the following functions: (i) ensure compliance of the terms and conditions of licenses, (ii) fix the terms and conditions of interconnectivity between service providers, (iii) ensure technical compatibility and effective interconnection between service providers, (iv) regulate revenue sharing arrangements between service providers, (v) establish standards of quality of service, (vi) establish time periods for providing local and long distance telecommunications circuits between service providers, (vii) maintain and keep for public inspection a register of interconnect agreements and (viii) ensure effective compliance of universal service obligations;

•

levy fees and other charges at such rates and in respect of such services as may be determined by regulation; and

•

perform such other functions as may be entrusted to it by the Government of India or as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India Act.

The TRAI also has the authority to, from time to time, set the rates at which domestic and international telecommunications services are provided in India. The TRAI does not have authority to grant licenses to service providers or renew licenses, functions that remain with the DOT. The TRAI, however, has the following powers:

•

to call on service providers to furnish information relating to their operations;

•

to appoint persons to make official inquiries;

•

to inspect the books of service providers; and

•

to issue directives to service providers to ensure their proper functioning.

Failure to follow TRAI directives may lead to the imposition of fines. Decisions of the TRAI may be appealed to the Telecom Disputes Settlement and Appellate Tribunal.

In December 2004, the Government of India through DOT imposed new requirements on Internet Service Providers wishing to offer Internet Protocol—Virtual Private Network (IP-VPN) services. Consequently, we applied for permission to offer IP-VPN services, and the DOT, Government of India issued a letter of intent to us on December 30, 2004 regarding amendment of our existing ISP license to include provision of IP-VPN services. In January 2005, we paid a Rs.100 million onetime entry fee and submitted a financial bank guarantee of Rs.10 million as required by the letter of intent.

On November 10, 2005, the GOI issued guidelines for obtaining National Long Distance (“NLD”) and International Long Distance (“ILD”) licenses including the terms and conditions for the licenses. These guidelines eliminated the IP-VPN license, entitling the Company to a full refund of the Rs.100 million entry fee, and permitting existing IP-VPN license holders to migrate to the NLD and ILD service licenses effective January 1, 2006.

As the NLD and ILD licenses were under the regime of Department of Telecommunications, the notification of the GOI dated 7 November 2005 was required to be complied with to obtain NLD and ILD licenses. The primary condition set out in the notification among other conditions was that, the total composite foreign holding by the applicant should not exceed 74 %. Given that the foreign shareholding in Sify was higher than the aforesaid threshold limit, Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) decided to obtain the NLD and ILD licenses in its name and made necessary applications in this regard. To facilitate this, Sify divested its stake in Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) to the extent of 26% of its holding in Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary), or 4.680 million shares, to Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited, a related party, for a sale consideration of Rs.139,810 during the quarter ended December 31, 2005. Infinity Satcom Universal, a Company incorporated under the laws of India, was then owned by Ananda Raju Vegesna, who is the brother of Raju Vegesna, Chairman of Sify’s Board of Directors and the principal of Infinity Capital Ventures, LP (“Infinity Capital”). Infinity Satcom is currently controlled by Raju Vegesna, Our Chief Executive Officer.

On November 21, 2006, Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) executed two License Agreements with GOI, for NLD and ILD services respectively, which enabled Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) to provide IP-VPN services. Accordingly, the Company transferred its IP VPN business to Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) effective November 22, 2006 and the latter commenced the said services on the same day. Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) also furnished bank guarantees for Rs.200,000 each for NLD and ILD licenses to GOI. These licenses are valid for an initial period of 20 years and can be renewed for another 10 years at one time, upon request of the licensee made during the 19th year of license.

Pursuant to the shareholders approval at the meeting held on 12th February, 2009 which was convened as per the Orders of the Honorable High Court of Judicature at Madras (Court) and its Order in Company Petition Nos.30 and 31 of 2009 on 26th June 2009 sanctioning the Amalgamation Scheme, the assets and liabilities of Sify Communications Limited, whose principal business was providing IP-VPN services, corporate / individuals and consultancy services to companies / Firms intending to set-up security systems for e-commerce transactions, were transferred to and vested in the Company with effect from the appointed date viz. 1st April 2008 in accordance with the Amalgamation Scheme so sanctioned. Effective upon the merger, NLD and ILD licenses of Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) have been transferred to the Company to provide IP-VPN services. Immediately following the merger, Infinity Capital and Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited held 26.06% and 27.24% of our outstanding equity shares, ,respectively. This has resulted in resident share holding of 27.24% post merger. Currently, Infinity Capital and Infinity Satcom hold approximately 8% of our outstanding shares.

Organizational Structure

We are not part of any group. A list of subsidiaries and relevant information about them is provided in Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report.

Property, Plant and Equipment

We own approximately 100,000 square feet corporate headquarters located in Chennai (Madras), India and an approximately 20,000 square feet regional office in Mumbai (Bombay). We have leased approximately 3,500 square feet network operations center in Chennai, a 27,000 square feet data center in Vashi, Mumbai, and 95,250 square feet data center in Airoli and 46,600 square feet in Bangalore Data Centre. In November 2011, we acquired 175,000 square feet of building space for construction of a Data Center space in Noida, UP on acquisition of Pace Info Com Park Private Limited, through Hermit Projects Private Limited, its holding company.

Our Chennai facility houses our central network servers as well as our network staff which monitors network traffic, service quality and equipment at all our points of presence, or POPs, to ensure a reliable Internet service. We have POPs in 729 towns/cities across India. Most of our POPs are staffed 24-hours-a-day, seven-days-a-week. Our POPs average approximately 750 square feet at each location. We have backup power generators and software and hardware systems designed to prevent network downtime in the event of system failures. In the future, we may add additional facilities to supplement or add redundancy to our current network monitoring capability. Our property, plant and equipment are pledged towards obtaining loans / working capital facilities from banks.

Item 4A.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with English version of International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by International Accounting Standards Board. The information set forth in Operating and Financial Review and Prospects is also for the Company’s three recent fiscal years. The discussion, analysis and information presented in this section should be read in conjunction with our financial statements included herein and the notes thereto.

Operating Results

This information is set forth under the caption entitled ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’ below. Further, information relating to any governmental, economic policies or other factors which have materially affected, or could materially affect, directly or indirectly, the company’s operations is set forth under the caption entitled ‘Risk Factors’ above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

This information is set forth under the caption entitled ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’ below.

Research and Development

This information is set forth under the caption entitled ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’ below.

Trend Information

This information is set forth under the caption entitled ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’ below.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are one of the leading Internet service provider in India engaged in Internet, Networking and e-Commerce services. We provide integrated end-to-end solutions for both corporate customers and consumers, with a range of products and services delivered over a common Internet backbone infrastructure, such as, Internet, connectivity, security and consulting, hosting and managed service solutions; Internet access services to homes and through e-ports; online portal services and content offerings; web services, mass market products, e-learning software and infrastructure management services. Our clients rely on our solutions/products to enhance their business performance and/or secure their information systems.

Our professionals deliver high quality solutions by leveraging our delivery model through which we divide projects into components that we execute simultaneously at client sites and at our development centers in India . We seek to optimize our cost structure by maintaining the flexibility to execute project components where it is most cost effective. Our sales, marketing and business development teams are organized to focus on specific regions and market segments and this helps us to customize our service offerings to our client’s needs. Our primary markets are India and to a limited extent in the US. We serve clients in financial services, manufacturing, telecommunications, retail, utilities, logistics and other industries.

Enterprise services

The demand for services / products of our corporate network/data services division is in the process of recovering from the economic slowdown. We have launched our NLD/ILD voice services in August 2008 and this stream has the potential to provide a sizable momentum to our business. The opening of our new data centre in Mumbai (Airoli) has facilitated us to enhance our position in the market. The bandwidth cost has reduced substantially during the previous years on account of market conditions. The reduction in bandwidth prices in India has led us to revise bandwidth rates to connectivity clients over the last few years and this trend is likely to continue in future . On account of prevailing market conditions, we experienced excessive pressure from our Corporate clients for price reduction in the current fiscal. Certain of our Hosting services clients may opt out for total outsourcing arrangements to reduce their operating costs and if this happens, our business may be affected. The reduced IT spending by our corporate clients exists during the last 12 to 18 months.

Market opportunity for remote infrastructure management services is growing. Sify over the last couple of years has been offering this service to global corporate. Sify enjoys higher brand equity in the international markets for consistency and quality of delivery in this market. We wish to capitalize on this trend by evaluating our pricing and engagement models.

Commercial and consumer services—Internet access services

Broadband business has been impacted due to severe competition from the existing operators. The customer base is reducing on account of competition. We have reduced our prices and have also launched flexible products.

There are changes in the regulatory environment. The Indian Government has introduced stringent KYC (Know Your Customer) norms on cybercafé users. The overall number of cybercafe’s has declined in India due to regulatory norms, higher rental costs for the cybercafés run by the franchisees and the migration of cybercafe users to Home Broadband.

To overcome this, we have launched connectivity based model which is seated on a cloud platform called ‘Sify Mylife’. Sify Mylife supports multiple VAS providers on a plug and play platform. This is also India’s first consumer cloud offering. The advantage is that the platform is extendable to any number of VAS providers and is not binding in terms of usage.

Commercial and consumer services—Online portal services and content offerings

Advertising revenues continued to remain at same level despite spending by corporate clients and increased competition and an improvement in general market conditions.

Software services—eLearning Services

As the business environment continues to be challenging in the international markets, there will be pricing pressures on pricing from customers and increased competition. We have introduced a learning infrastructure proposition on a services model. While the underlying need for eLearning products and services remains strong, there will be cutbacks and pressure on customer learning budgets. Our key customers have experienced contraction in their business due to global economic slowdown and there are positive signs for recovery. To compensate the business loss from such customers, we are adopting a new strategy of expanding our client base through new verticals, segments and geographies such as Europe, China and Japan, while improving cost efficiency with business process knowledge management.

There are numerous risks and challenges affecting the business. These risks and challenges are discussed in detail in the section entitled ‘Risk Factors’ and elsewhere in this Annual Report.

As of March 31, 2012, we had 2,117 employees, as compared to approximately 1,950 employees as at March 31, 2011.

Revenues

Enterprise services

These primarily include revenue from connectivity services, NLD/ILD services and to a lesser extent, revenues from the installation of the connectivity link. In certain cases, these elements are sold as a package consisting of all or some of the elements. We sell hardware and software purchased from third party vendors to our high value corporate clients. Our connectivity services include IPVPN services, Internet connectivity, last mile connectivity (predominantly through wireless), messaging services, security services and web hosting for businesses. We provide these services for a fixed period of time at a fixed rate regardless of usage, with the rate for the services determined based on the type of service provided, scope of the engagement and the Service Level Agreement, or SLA. Our web hosting service revenues are primarily generated from co-location services and connectivity services. Our security services revenues include revenue from consulting services, vulnerability assessment and penetration testing. We provide NLD (National Long Distance) and ILD (International Long Distance) services and carry voice traffic for Inter-connect Operators. Revenue is recognized based upon metered call units of voice traffic terminated on our network.

Commercial and consumer services—Internet access services

Internet access services revenues are generated from the Internet connectivity we provide to our retail customers through public access and home access services. Home access services are provided through broadband connectivity, which is provided through arrangements with CTOs. Our public access services are provided through franchised and company-owned cybercafés. Additionally, we generate revenue by providing Internet telephony services, allowing customers to make international telephone calls over the Internet. Our new launches include wireless connectivity to home customers at select cities and to small offices (SOHO).

Commercial and consumer services—Online portal services and content offerings

Online portal services revenues include advertising revenues from the various channels of our Internet portal, www.sify.com. We enter into contracts with customers to serve advertisements in the portal, and we are paid on the basis of impressions, click-throughs or leads. Revenues also accrue from commissions earned on products and services rendered through www.sifymall.com, and also from value-added services that are rendered using our mobile telephone short code, 54545.

Software services

Software services include revenue from Application services and e-learning. We develop and upload content for e-learning to facilitate web-based learning in various organizations. We provide e-learning services on time-and-materials or on a fixed-price basis. The revenue from Application Services include revenue from online assessment, document management services, web development, mailing solutions and supply chain software.

In Note 34 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report, we provide supplemental segment data, which provides separate revenue and operating income (loss) information for each of these business segments. This information is available in Item 18 — Financial Statements of this Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Expenses

Cost of goods sold and services rendered

Enterprise services

Cost of goods sold and services rendered for the corporate network/data services division consists of telecommunications costs necessary to provide services, customer support costs, and cost of goods in respect of communication hardware and security services sold, the cost of voice termination for voice and VoIP services and other direct costs. Telecommunications costs include the costs of international bandwidth procured from TELCOs and are required for access to the Internet, providing local telephone lines to our points of presence, the costs of using third-party networks pursuant to service agreements, leased line costs and costs towards spectrum fees payable to the Wireless Planning Commission or WPC for provision of spectrum to enable connectivity to be provided on the wireless mode for the last mile. Other costs include cost incurred towards our Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC), the cost of installation in connectivity business and the costs incurred in providing Hosting services.

In addition, the Government of India has imposed an annual license fee of 6% of the adjusted gross revenue generated from IP-VPN services and Voice services under the NLD/ILD license.

Commercial and consumer services—Internet access services

Cost of goods sold and services rendered for the internet access services division consists of primarily recurring telecommunications costs necessary to provide service to subscribers, the cost of goods sold and services rendered include commission paid to franchisees and cable television operators, voice termination charges for VoIP services. The Government of India imposed an annual license fee of 6% of the adjusted gross revenue from the provision of VoIP services.

Commercial and consumer services—Online portal services and content offerings

Cost of goods sold and services rendered for the online portal services and content offerings includes the cost of procuring and managing content for the websites and cost of ringtones downloaded by using our mobile telephone short code 54545 and the cost of procuring merchandise for e-commerce sales such as gist articles and coupons.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consists of salaries and commissions for sales and marketing personnel, salaries and related costs for executive, financial and administrative personnel, sales, marketing, advertising and other brand building costs, travel costs, and occupancy and overhead costs.

Depreciation and amortization

We depreciate our tangible assets on a straight-line basis over the useful life of assets, ranging from three to eight years and, in the case of buildings, 28 years.

Impairment

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at December 31.

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”). The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing, is allocated to cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Corporate assets for the purpose of impairment testing are allocated to the cash generating units on a reasonable and consistent basis.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash-generating units are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amount of the other assets in the unit or group of units on a pro rata basis.

Inventories

Inventories comprising traded hardware and software are measured at the lower of cost (determined using first-in first-out principle) and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and associates to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill, as the same is not deductible for tax purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

Deferred taxation arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates is recognized except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred taxation arising on the temporary differences arising out of undistributed earnings of the equity method accounted investee is recorded based on the managment’s intention. If the intention is to realize the undistributed earnings through sale, deferred tax is measured at the capital gains tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse. However, when the intention is to realize the undistributed earnings through dividend, the Group’s share of the income and expenses of the equity method accounted investee is recorded in the statement of income, after considering any taxes on dividend payable by the equity method accounted investee and no deferred tax is set up in the Group’s books as the tax liability is not with the group.

Stock compensation expense

A total of 5.73 million equity shares are reserved for issuance under our Associate Stock Option Plans (ASOPs). Our ASOP 2007 was adopted at the Eleventh Annual General Meeting held on September 24, 2007. As of March 31, 2012, we had outstanding an aggregate of 601,168, options (net of 27,995 options forfeited by employees) under our ASOP with a weighted average exercise price equal to approximately Rs.152.26 ($2.98) per equity share. The unamortized stock compensation expense related to these grants amounted to Rs.0.67 million as of March 31, 2012.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain financial information as a percentage of revenues:


	Fiscal
	2012			2011			2010
	%			%			%
Revenues		100			100			100
Cost of goods sold and services rendered		60.54			61.12			61.05
Other income/(expense)		0.49			1.06			1.96
Selling, general and administrative expenses		33.09			35.46			36.99
Depreciation and amortization expenses		8.98			9.96			9.79
Impairment loss on intangibles including goodwill		—			0.03			0.70
Income from legal settlement		—			—			8.36
Profit /(loss) from operating activities		(2.12	)		(5.51	)		1.79
Finance income		0.77			0.66			0.42
Finance expenses		(3.98	)		(3.76	)		(4.38	)
Net finance income/(Loss)		(3.21	)		(3.10	)		(3.96	)
Share of profit of equity accounted investee		0.35			1.06			1.36
Profit before tax		(4.98	)		(7.54	)		(0.81	)
Income tax (expense)/ benefit		—			—			1.21
Net profit/(loss) for the year		(4.98	)		(7.54	)		0.40

Results of year ended March 31, 2012 compared to year ended March 31, 2011

Revenues. We recognized Rs.7,698.95 million ($150.49 million) as revenues for the year ended March 31, 2012, as compared to Rs.6,886.63 million for the year ended March 31,2011, representing an increase of Rs.812.32 million ($15.88 million), or 11.79%. This is primarily driven by increase in revenues of Rs 922.61 million ($18.03 million) or 16.03 % from our Enterprise Services and increase in revenues of Rs. 25.93 million (0.51 million) or 4.27 % from Software services .The revenue growth has been impacted by Rs 136.22 million ($2.66 million) or 25.89 % decrease from our Commercial and Consumer services comprising of internet access services, online portals and content offerings.

Revenue from Enterprise Services has increased by Rs 922.61 million ($18.03 million), or 16.03%, from Rs. 5752.93 million for the year ended March 31,2011 to Rs 6,675.55 million for the year ended March 31,2012 primarily due to increase of Rs.404.32 million ($7.90 million) in Network services and increase of Rs.518.30 million ($ 10.13 million) in IT services.

The revenue from Network services has increased by Rs. Rs.404.32 million ($7.90 million), or 11.22% from Rs.3,603.46 million for the year ended March 31,2011 to Rs.4,007.78 million ($ 78.33 million) for the year ended March 31,2012. This increase is attributable to an (i) increase of Rs.104.43 million ($2.04 million), or 4.88% from Connectivity services due to increase in number of corporate links from 14,154 in March 31, 2011 to 19,178 in March 31, 2012 (ii) increase of Rs 297.09 million ($ 5.81 million) , or 20.95% revenue from ILD (International Long Distance) and (iii) increase of Rs.2.81 million ($0.05 million) , or 5.97 % in Hardware sales. The increase in ILD (International Long Distance) is on account of increase in volume by 449 million minutes contributing to an increase of Rs.275.18 million ($5.38 million) and increase in revenues from VoIP services by Rs.22.11 million ($0.43 million).

Our IT services revenues increased to Rs.2,667.76 million ($52.14 million), for the year ended March 31,2012 from Rs.2,149.46 million for the year ended March 31,2011 showing an increase of Rs.518.30 million ($10.13 million), or 24.11%. The increase is on account of (i) an increase of Rs.416.49 ($8.14 million), or 76.84% in System integration primarily on account of a one-time large SI deal and (ii) the increase of Rs.201.61 million ($3.94 million), or 23.56% revenue from Hosting services on account of higher occupancy of datacenters at an overall utilization ratio of 90% in March 31,2012.The increase is partially offset by a decrease of Rs 99.80 million ($1.95 million), or 13.28% in International managed services.

Revenue from Commercial and Consumer Services has decreased by Rs 136.22 million ($2.66 million), or 25.88% from Rs.526.32 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs. 390.10 million ($7.63 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012. The decrease is primarily due to decrease of (i) revenues from Broadband service to the extent of Rs.77.43 million ($1.51 million) or 27.32 %, due to loss of subscribers. (ii) revenues from e-Port service to the extent of Rs 76.20 million ($1.49 million) or 75.76% due to drop in operational e-Ports and active subscribers (iii) Rs 6.30 million ($0.12 million) or 79.05 % from voice revenue due to lower voice call minutes and (iv) decrease in portals business by Rs.6.33 million ($ 0.12 million), or 5.15% . The above decreases are partially offset by an increase of Rs. 29.98 million ($0.59 million) or 250 % from the SMB and SOHO services.

Revenue from Software Services has increased by Rs.25.93 million ($0.51 million),or 4.27% from Rs.607.39 for the year ended March 31,2011 to Rs. 633.32 million ($ 12.38 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase is on account of (i) Increase of Rs 59.89 million ($ 1.17 million), or 22.36% from Application management service which is offset by a decrease of (i) Rs.12.38 million ($ 0.24 million), or 4.46% in e-learning revenues and (ii) Rs.21.57 million ($ 0.42 million), or 34.61% in hardware and software sales. The increase in Application management services is primarily on account of (i) increase in revenues by Rs 34.61 million ($ 0.68 million),or 93.03% from online assessment (ii) increase in revenues by Rs 28.40 million ($ 0.56 million),or 31.48% from Web Application Services, (iii) increase in revenues of Document Management Services by Rs.4.60 million ($ 0.09 million), or 9.79% and (iv) increase of Rs.5.70 million ($ 0.11 million) , or 11.78% in forum services. The increase is partially offset by decrease of Mail Management services by Rs.13.60 million ($ 0.27 million), or 29.96%. The decrease in e-learning revenues is on account of reduction in engagement from existing customers.

Other income. Other income was Rs. 37.38 million ($0.73 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to Rs. 72.69 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, representing a decrease of Rs.35.31 million ($0.69 million) or 48.58% mainly on account of decrease in income interest received on Income Tax refund and from duty credit entitlements under the “Served from India Scheme” (issued by the Government of India) in respect of the foreign exchange earnings from export of services.

Cost of goods sold and services rendered. The cost of goods sold and services rendered was Rs.4,660.29 million ($ 91.09 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to Rs.4,209.43 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, representing an increase of Rs.450.86 million ($8.81 million), or 10.71 %. This increase is due to (i) a Rs.443.69 ($8.67 million), or 12.24% increase in Enterprise services and (ii) a Rs.109.65 million ($2.14 million) , or 29.17 % increase in Software services cost. These increases are partially offset by a decrease in the cost of Commercial and Consumer services by Rs.102.48 million ($ 2 million), or 48.83%.

The increase in the cost of Enterprise services by Rs. 443.69 million ($ 8.67 million), or 12.24% from Rs.3,623.59 million for the year ended March 31,2011 to Rs. 4,067.28 million ($ 79.50 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012 is primarily on account of (i) increase in Network services cost by Rs. 264.38 million ($ 5.17 million), or 10.56% and (ii) increase in IT services cost by Rs.179.31 million ($3.50 million), or 16.02%. Increase in Network costs by Rs. 264.38 million ($ 5.17 million) is due to (i) increase of Rs. 213.16 million ($4.17 million), or 17.48% in Voice IUC and termination costs (ii) an increase of Rs.51.91 million ( $1.01 million) , or 6.51% in bandwidth costs (iii) Rs. 11.55 million ($.23 million),or 11.61% in Revenue share payable to TRAI and (iv) Rs.2.97 million ($.06 million), or 21.20% increase in other direct costs. These increases are partially offset by (i) a decrease of Rs.11.35 million ($ .22 million),or 3.45% in technology manpower costs and (ii) a decrease of Rs. 3.86 million ($ .08 million), or 8.45% in Cost of hardware and software.

The cost of goods and services rendered by IT services business have increased by Rs.179.31 million ($ 3.50 million), or 16.02% from Rs.1,119.17 for the year ended March 31,2011 to Rs.1,298.47 million for the year ended March 31,2012. The increase is on account of (i) increase of Rs.161.42 million ($ 3.16 million),or 26.04% in cost of System integration and (ii) increase in SDC direct costs by Rs.36.71 million ($0.72 million), or 14.5%. These increases are partially offset by (i) a decrease of Rs.7.72 million ($ 0.15 million), or 5.38% in direct resource costs and a decrease of Rs.10.59 million ($ 0.21 million), or 23.71% in technology manpower cost.

The cost of services rendered by Software business has increased by Rs.109.65 million ($ 2.14 million) from Rs.375.95 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs.485.60 million for the year ended March 31,2012. The increase is primarily on account of increase in technology manpower cost by (i) Rs.95.77 million ($ 1.87 million),or 71.43% , (ii) increase of Rs.23.66 million ($ 0.46 million), or 21.56% in direct resource costs of e-learning and (iii) increase of Rs. 12.55 million ($0.25 million),or 16.39% in other direct costs. These increases are partially offset by a decrease of Rs.22.33 million ($ 0.44 million),or 40.18% in cost of hardware and software .

The cost of goods and services rendered by our Commercial and Consumer business have decreased by Rs.102.48 million ($2 million) , or 48.83% from Rs.209.89 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 to Rs.107.41 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 due to (i) decrease in Broadband revenue share by Rs.79.32 million ($ 1.55 million), or 59.58%, (ii) decrease in Line maintenance charges by Rs.13.06 million ($ 0.26 million ),or 93.75 %,(iii) decrease in voice termination costs by Rs.3.36 million ($ 0.07 million), or 61.44%, (iv) decrease in manpower costs by Rs.5.66 million ($ 0.11 million), or 32.49% and decrease in other expenses by Rs.6.49 million ($ 0.13 million), or 79.75%. The decreases are partially offset by (i) increase in content costs by Rs.4.76 million ($ 0.09 million), or 21% and increase in other direct costs by Rs.1.59 million ($ 0.03 million), or 20.33%.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses were Rs.2,547.21 million ($ 49.79 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to Rs. 2,441.80 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, representing a increase of Rs.105.41 million ($2.04 million) or 4.32% . The increase is primarily on account of increase in (a) operating costs by Rs. 190.09 million ($3.72 million),or 26.18% due to increase in power cost(b) man power costs by Rs 60.05 million ($1.17 million), or 8.64% (c) legal and professional expenses by Rs 14.63 million ($0.29 million), or 18.27% (d) Rs 21.18 million ($0.41 million)in ESOP amortization cost. These increases are partially offset by decreases in (i) Selling and marketing expenses by Rs. 16.21 million($.32 million), or 12.47% (ii) Rs.10 million($0.21 million), or 6.73% on account of travel expense (iii) Rs.51.03 million ($1 million) on account of foreign exchange loss (iv) Rs.62.35 million ($1.22 million), or 39.53% in provision for doubtful debts against doubtful debtors and Rs.42.18 million ($0.83 million), or 10.91% in other indirect costs.

Depreciation and Amortization expenses: Depreciation and amortization expenses were Rs.691.56 million ($13.52 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to Rs. Rs.685.84 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, representing an increase of Rs.5.72 million ($0.11 million), or (0.83%). The increase is attributable to an increase of Rs.5.72 million ($0.11 million) in depreciation due to addition of fixed assets.

Net finance income / expense. The net finance expense was Rs.247.42 million ($4.84 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to an expense of Rs.212.92 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, representing a increase of Rs.34.50 million ($0.67 million), or (16.20 %). The finance income was Rs 59.31 million ($1.16 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to Rs. 45.70 million for the year ended March 31,2011, representing an increase of Rs.13.61 million ($.27 million). The finance expense was Rs.306.73 million ($ 6 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to Rs. 258.62 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, representing an increase of Rs.48.11 million ($0.94 million), or 18.60%. This was caused by higher utilization of borrowing limits.

Share of profit of investment in associate. The share of profit of investment in associate was Rs.27.30 million ($0.53 million) for the year ended March 31, 2012, compared to Rs. 73.03 million for the year ended March 31,2011, representing a decrease of Rs. 45.73 million ($0.89 million), or 62.61%. The decrease was due to unfavorable market conditions for MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited.

Results of year ended March 31, 2011 compared to year ended March 31, 2010

Revenues. We recognized Rs.6,886.63 million in revenues for the year ended March 31, 2011, as compared to Rs.6710.19 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, representing an increase of Rs.176.44 million, or 2.63%. This is primarily driven by an increase in revenues of Rs 484.40 million or 9.19% from our Enterprise Services and Rs. 10.50 million or 1.76% % from Software services. The revenue growth has been impacted by Rs.318.45 million or 37.70 % decrease from our Commercial and Consumer services comprising of internet access services, online portals and content offerings.

Revenue from Enterprise Services has increased by Rs.484.40 million, or 9.19%, from Rs.5,268.53 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs 5,752.93 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 primarily due to increase of Rs.382.51 million, or 11.88% in Network services and increase of Rs.101.89 million, 4.98% in IT services. Increase in Network services of Rs.382.51 million, 11.88% from Rs.3,220.95 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs. 3603.46 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 is due to (i) the increase of Rs 429.34 million,or 43.42% from ILD (International Long Distance) and (ii) increase of Rs.1.44 million in connectivity revenues. The increase in ILD (International Long Distance) is on account of increase in volume by 1,118.43 million minutes contributing to an increase of Rs.440 million and decrease in revenues from VoIP services by Rs. 11 million.The increase in connectivity services is due to increase of corporate links from 12,214 in March 31, 2010 to 14,544 in March 31,2011. The increase in revenues in network services is offset by a decrease in hardware and software sales by Rs.48.27 million, or 50.66%.

Revenues from our IT services have increased by Rs.101.89 million, or 4.98% from Rs.2,047.58 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs.2,149.47 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The increase is due to (i) the increase of Rs.151.35 million , or 21.49% revenues from Hosting services on account of higher occupancy of datacenters at an overall utilization ratio of 80% as of March 30, 2011 and (ii) the increase of Rs 331.40 million, or 78.86% from managed services. These increases are partially offset by a decrease of Rs 380.86 million, or 41.27% in System Integration business. The reduction in System Integration is due to lower hardware sales during the year ended March 31, 2011.

Revenue from our Commercial and Consumer Services has decreased by Rs.318.45 million, or 37.70% from Rs.844.77 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs. 526.32 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The decrease is attributable to decrease in revenues of (i) Broadband services to the extent of Rs.189.63 million or 40.09 %, due to loss of subscribers. (ii) e-Port service to the extent of Rs.114.32 million or 53.19 % due to drop in operational e-Ports and active subscribers and (iii) decrease of Rs.18.06 million or 69.46 % from voice revenue due to lower voice call minutes and (iv) decrease of Rs.8.41 million, or 6.42% in portals. The above decreases are partially offset by an increase of Rs.11.97 million from SMB and SOHO services.

Revenue from Software Services has increased by Rs.10.50 million, or 1.76% from Rs.596.88 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs.607.38 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 due to(i) increase of Rs.23.92 million, or 9.81% from web application services and (ii) Rs.36.27 million, or 15.05% increase in e-learning revenues. The increases are partially offset by a decrease of Rs.49.68 million, or 44.36% in hardware and software sales. The increase in web application services is primarily on account of (i) increase of Rs.24.50 million, or 37.46% from Web Services and (ii) increase of Rs.15.00 million, or 67.57% from online exam revenues. The increase is partially offset by (i) decrease in mail management services by Rs.7.70 million, or 14.50% (ii) decrease of Rs. 6.40 million or 11.99% in Document Management Services and (iii) decrease of Rs. 1.45 million or 2.81% in forum services.

Other income. Other income was Rs.72.69 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to Rs. 131.79 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, representing a decrease of Rs.59.01 million or 44.8% mainly on account of decrease in income derived from duty credit entitlements under the “Served from India Scheme” (issued by the Government of India) in respect of the foreign exchange earnings from export of services.

Cost of goods sold and services rendered. The cost of goods sold and services rendered was Rs.4,209.43 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 compared to Rs. 4,096.54 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, representing an increase of Rs.112.89 million, or 2.76 %. This increase is due to (i) a Rs.149.17 million, or 4.29% increase in Enterprise services and (ii) a Rs.70.23 million or 22.97 % increase in Software services cost. These increases are partially offset by a decrease in the cost of Commercial and Consumer services by Rs.106.52 million, or 33.66%.

The cost of Enterprise services by Rs. 149.17 million,or 4.29% from Rs.,3474.42 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs.3,623.59 million for the year ended March 31,2011.The increase is primarily on account of (i) increase in Network services cost by Rs. 141.92 million or 6.01% and (ii) increase in IT services cost by Rs.7.25 million, or 0.65%. Increase in Network costs by Rs. 141.92 milion, or 6.01%, from 2,362.50 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs.2,504,42 million for the year ended Marh 31, 2011 is due to (i) increase of Rs. 402.31 million or 49.24% in Voice IUC and termination costs and (ii) Rs. 4.75 million,or 5.02 % in Revenue share payable to TRAI. These increases are partially offset by (i) a decrease of Rs.169.43 million, or 17.53% in bandwidth costs, (ii) a decrease of Rs. 52.90 million, or 13.85% in technology manpower costs,(iii) decrease of Cost of hardware and software by Rs. 36.52 million , or 44.42% and decrease in other direct costs by Rs.6.29 million, or 30.98%.

There was an increase of Rs.7.25 million, or 0.65% in IT services cost from Rs. 1,111.92 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs. 1,119.17 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 on account of (i) increase of Rs.149.43 million, or 144.26% in SDC direct costs ,(ii) increase in direct resource costs by Rs.17.13 million , or 13.55% and (iii) an increase of Rs.8.84 million, or 24.68% in technology manpower costs. These increases are partially offset by (i) a decrease of Rs.139.85 million, or 18.41% in costs of System integration and a decrease of Rs.28.29, or 32.73% million in third party costs of international business.

The cost of Software services has increased to Rs.375.95 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 from Rs. 305.72 for the year ended March 31,2010 thereby showing an increase of Rs. 70.23 million , or 22.97% ,which is primarily on account of increase in technology manpower cost by Rs.104.08 million and (ii) increase of Rs.6.23 million, or 3.46% in direct resource costs – e learning. These increases are partially offset by a decrease of Rs.40.07 million, or 41.89 % in cost of hardware and software services.

Commercial and consumer costs have decreased by Rs.106.52 million or 33.66%, from Rs. 316.41 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 to Rs.209.89 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, due to (i) decrease in Iway and boradband revenue share by Rs.120.14 million, (ii) decrease in voice termination costs by Rs.8.79 million, or 61.68% ,(iii) decrease in cost of equipment sold by Rs.4.02 million and (iv) decrease in other direct costs by Rs.4.25 million,. The decreases are partially offset by (i) increase in line maintenance charges by Rs.8.43 million (ii) increase in other expenses by Rs. 8.14 million and increase in technology manpower costs by Rs.17.42 million.

Selling, general and administrative expenses: Selling, general and administrative expenses were Rs.2,441.80 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to Rs.2,482.41 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, representing a decrease of Rs.40.61 million or 1.64%. The decrease is primarily on account of decrease in (a) manpower costs by Rs. 146.19 million due to manpower right sizing (b) marketing and selling expenses by Rs 25.14 million on account of cost effective marketing activities (c) legal and professional expenses by Rs 48.70 million due to reduction in legal costs (d) Rs52.95 million in other costs including ESOP amortisation and other indirect costs. These decreases are partially offset by an increase of (i) Operating costs by Rs. 167.01 million on account of commencement of operations and achieving full scale at new facility(ii) Rs.22.61 million on account of travel expense and (iii) Rs.309.43 million in provision for doubtful debts against doubtful debtors and foreign exchange loss.

Depreciation and Amortization expenses: Depreciation and amortization expenses were Rs.685.84 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to Rs. 656.78 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, representing an increase of Rs.29.04 million or (4.40%). The increase is attributable to an increase of Rs.29.04 million in depreciation due to addition of fixed assets

Impairment loss: In May 2006, the Group acquired travel business for a consideration of US$2.5 million (Rs. 112,220) in cash along with an option to purchase 125,000 shares of Sify Technologies Limited and certain earn out payments aggregating to USD 0.5 million (Rs. 22,444). The assets acquired consist of system software, customer contracts and goodwill which collectively were considered as a cash generating unit (CGU) by management. The said business operates from India and United States.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, triggered by certain adverse market conditions such as decrease in revenue and increase in the cost of services, and other technological matters, the Group tested the carrying value of the above business for impairment. The recoverable amount of these intangibles including goodwill were determined based on the higher of the value in use (using discounted cash flow approach) and fair value less cost to sell. Fair value less cost to sell, being the higher of the two was determined as the recoverable amount of the CGU. Based on this assessment, the carrying value of the CGU was higher than its recoverable amount and as a result of the above, the group has recorded an impairment of the above intangibles including goodwill amounting to Rs 47,269 (US$987) and adjusted the carrying value of these intangibles accordingly. The above impairment relates to online portal services segment.

During the year ended March 2011, due to further decrease in revenue and continued losses in its travel business, the Group has tested the carrying value of the remaining intangibles and the recoverable amount of these intangibles were determined as Nil. Hence an impairment charge was recorded for Rs. 1,857 (US $42) equal to the carrying value of the remaining intangibles.

The above impairment charges relate to online portal services segment.

Net finance income / expense. The net finance expense was Rs.212.92 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to an expense of Rs. 265.88 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, representing a decrease of Rs.52.96 million,or (20.00 %). The finance income was Rs 45.70 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to Rs.27.99 million for the year ended March 31,2010, representing an increase of Rs.17.71 million .The finance expense was Rs.258.62 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to Rs.293.87 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, representing a decrease of Rs.35.25 million . This was caused by lesser utilization of borrowing limits due to availability of cash generated through internal accruals and equity infusion during the year.

Share of profit of investment in associate. The share of profit of investment in associate was Rs.73.03 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to Rs.91.14 million for the year ended March 31,2010, representing a decrease of Rs. 18.11 million, or 19.87%. The decrease was due to unfavorable market conditions for MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited.

Income tax expense. The income tax was Rs. Nil for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to benefit of Rs.81.48 million for the year ended March 31, 2010. The benefit for the year ended March 31, 2010 was due to merger of Sify Communications Limited with the company.

Profit. The net loss for fiscal 2011 is Rs.519.49 million compared to a net profit of 26.81 million for fiscal 2010 and is attributable to (i) due to one time income from legal settlement amounting to Rs 561 million which was received during the year 2009-10. (ii) an increase in Cost of Goods and Services by 112.89 million, (iii) an increase of Rs. 29.03 million in depreciation and amortization, (iv) decrease of Rs.59.09 million in other income.

Results of year ended March 31, 2010 compared to year ended March 31, 2009

Revenues. We recognized Rs. 6,710.19 million in revenues for the year ended March 31, 2010, as compared to Rs.6162.16 million for the year ended March 31, 2009, representing an increase of Rs.548.03 million, or 8.89%. This is primarily driven by an increase in revenues of Rs 1,023.87 million or 24.12% from our Enterprise Services and has been impacted by Rs.460.74 million, or 35.29 % decrease from our Commercial and Consumer services comprising of internet access services, online portals and content offerings and decrease of Rs.15.10 million or 12.47% from Software Services.

Revenue from Enterprise Services has increased by Rs.1,023.87 million, or 24.12%, from Rs.4,244.66 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs 5,268.53 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 primarily due to increase of Rs.954.70 million , or 87.36% in IT services and increase of Rs.69.16 million, or 2.19 % in Network services. Increase in IT services of Rs.954.70 million from Rs.1,092.87 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs. 2,047.58 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 is due to (i) the increase of Rs.671.91 million, revenue from System integration and (ii) increase in data center services of Rs.262.75 million, 59.48% on account of higher occupancy of datacenters at a utilization ratio of 75% and (iii) increase of Rs.20.04 million, or 5% from international managed services.

Network services of Rs.69.16 million, or 2.19% from Rs.3,151.79 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs.3,220.95 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 is due to (i) the increase of Rs 615.39 million revenue from ILD (International Long Distance) .The increase ILD (International Long Distance) is on account of increase in volume by 1,219 million minutes contributing to an increase of Rs.61.40 million and increase in revenues from VoIP services by Rs.1.39 million The increase in revenues in network services is offset by a decrease in hardware sales by Rs.228.72 million, 70.59% and decrease in connectivity revenues by Rs.317.52 million ,or 12.94% inspite of increase in corporate links from 11,093 in March 31, 2009 to 12,214 in March 31,2010.

Revenue from Commercial and Consumer Services has decreased by Rs.460.74 million, or 35.39% from 1,305.51 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs. 844.77 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 . The decrease is due decrease in revenues of (i) Broadband services to the extent of Rs.247.14 million or 34.32 %, due to loss of subscribers. (ii) e-Port service to the extent of Rs.138.70 million or 39.22 % due to drop in operational e-Ports and active subscribers and (iii) decrease of Rs.26.50 million or 50.47 % from voice revenue due to lower voice call.

Revenue from Software Services has decreased by Rs.15.10 million, or 2.47% from Rs. 611.99 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs. 596.88 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 due to a decrease of (i) Rs.65.21 million, or 21.29% from E-learning revenues and decrease of Rs. 10.89 million, or 4.28% in web application services. These decreases are offset by an increase of sale of hardware and software by Rs.61 million. The decrease in web application services is primarily on account of (i) decrease of Rs.54.10 million, or 50.33% in Document Management Services .The decrease is partially offset by ,(i) increase of web services by Rs.24.50 million, 59.90% (ii) increase of Rs.9.40 million in mail management services, 21.51% (iii) increase in online exams by Rs.4.45 million, or 24.72% and (iv) increase in forum services revenue by Rs.4.86 million, or 10.67%

Other income . Other income was Rs.131.79 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to Rs. 89.10 million for the year ended March 31,2009, representing an increase of Rs.42.69 million or 47.9% mainly on account of increase in income derived from duty credit entitlements under the “Served from India Scheme” (issued by the Government of India) in respect of the foreign exchange earnings from export of services. Increase in duty credit entitlement is primarily on account of increase in export revenues during the current year as compared to the previous year ended March 31, 2009.

Income from legal settlement. During the year, the Company received Rs 561,120 in connection with settlement of legal matters. The said receipt has been recorded as income from legal settlement in the consolidated statement of income during the year ended March 31, 2010.

Cost of goods sold and services rendered. The cost of goods sold and services rendered was Rs. 4096.54 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to Rs.3,613.35 million for the year ended March 31, 2009, representing an increase of Rs.483.19 million, or 13.37 %. This increase is due to (i) a Rs.635.61 million, or 22.39% increase in Enterprise services and (ii) a Rs.35.83 million or 13.27 % increase in Software services cost. These increases are partially offset by a decrease in the cost of Commercial and Consumer services by Rs.188.24 million, or 37.30%.

The cost of goods and services rendered by Enterprise services business has increased by Rs. 635.61 million,or 22.39% from Rs.2,838.81 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs. 3,474.42 million for the year ended March 31,2010.The increase is primarily on account of increase in IT services cost by Rs. 679.86 million or 157.36% which is offset by a decrease in cost of network services by Rs.44.25 million, or 1.84%. Increase in IT services costs by Rs. 679.86 milion from Rs.432.05 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs. 1,111.92 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 is due to (i) increase of Rs. 553.50 million in cost of System integration,(ii) increase of Rs.89.39 million in the SDC direct costs, (iii) an increase of Rs.35.82 million in technology manpower cost and (iv) an increase of Rs. 19.28 million, or 28.71% in international direct costs. These increases are partially offset by (i) a decrease of Rs.18.13 million, or 12.54% in direct resource costs.

The cost of goods and services rendered by Network services has decreased by Rs.44.25 million, or 1.84% from Rs. 2,406.76 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 to Rs. 2,362.50 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 on account of (i) decrease of Rs.257.36 million or 21.03 % in bandwidth costs ,(ii) decrease in cost of hardware and software sold by Rs.229.95 million , or 73.66%, (iii) an decrease in manpower costs by Rs.132.75 million, or 25.79%,(iv)decrease of Rs.12.45 million , or 11.63% in revenue share payable to TRAI and (iv) decrease in other direct costs by Rs.17.23 million, or 45.34%. These increases are partially offset by (i) an increase of Rs.605.50 million in Voice IUC and termination costs on account of higher volumes.

The cost of Software services has increased to Rs.305.72 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 from Rs. 269.89 million for the year ended March 31,2009 thereby showing an increase of Rs. 35.83 million, or 13.27% which is primarily on account of (i) increase in cost of hardware and software by Rs.55.61 million and increase in technology manpower cost by Rs.30 million . These increases are partially offset by a decrease of Rs.49.79 million in direct costs of e-learning business.

Commercial and consumer costs have decreased by Rs.188.24 million,or 37.30%, to Rs. 316.41 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 from Rs.504.65 million for the year ended March 31, 2009, due to (i) decrease in Iway and voice revenue share by Rs.87.33 million or 38.82%, (ii) decrease in broadband revenue share by Rs.63.31 million, or 35.64%(iii) decrease in cost of gift vouchers and corporate orders by Rs.15.69 million (iv) decrease of voice termination costs by Rs. 9.18 million, 39.18% (v) decrease in content costs by Rs.6.39 million ,or 20.42% (vi) decrease in line maintenance charges by Rs.3.53 million, 39.11% and (vii) decrease in cost of equipment sold by Rs.3.85 million, or 48%. . The decreases are partially offset by (i) increase in other direct costs by Rs. 9.78 million.

Selling, general and administrative expenses: Selling, general and administrative expenses were Rs.2,482.41 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to Rs. 2,813.42 million for the year ended March 31, 2009, representing a decrease of Rs. 331.01 million or 11.77%. The decrease is primarily on account of decrease in (a) manpower costs by Rs. 242.52 million due to manpower right sizing (b) facilities and other indirect expenses by Rs. 39.08 million due to optimization and integration of offices (c) marketing and selling expenses by Rs 125.76 million on account of cost effective marketing activities (d) legal and professional expenses by Rs 68.67 million due to reduction in legal costs (e) Rs.234.95 million in other costs including travel, contract payments and other indirect costs. These increase is partially offset by an increase of (i) Operating costs by Rs. 196.42 million on account of an expansion to more locations, New Data Center facilities created in Mumbai (ii) Rs.11.95 million foreign exchange loss on account of rupee depreciation,(iii) Rs.37.64 million in provision for doubtful debts against doubtful debtors.

Depreciation and Amortization expenses: Depreciation and amortization expenses were Rs.656.78 million for the year ended March 31,2010, compared to Rs.498.87 million for the year ended March 31,2009, representing an increase of Rs.157.91 million, or (31.65%). The increase is attributable to an increase of Rs.151.08 million in depreciation due to addition of fixed assets as well as an increase of Rs.20 million in amortization expense due to addition of system software.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, triggered by certain adverse market conditions such as decrease in revenue and increase in the cost of services, and other technological matters, the Group tested the carrying value of the above business for impairment. The recoverable amount of these intangibles including goodwill were determined based on the higher of the value in use (using discounted cash flow approach) and fair value less cost to sell. Fair value less cost to sell, being the higher of the two was determined as the recoverable amount of the CGU. Based on this assessment, the carrying value of the CGU was higher than its recoverable amount and as a result of the above, the group has recorded an impairment of the above intangibles including goodwill amounting to Rs 47,269 and adjusted the carrying value of these intangibles accordingly. The above impairment relates to Commercial and consumer segment.

Fair value less cost to sell was determined by discounting the future cash flows generated from the continuing use of the unit and was based on the following key assumptions:

•

Cash flows were projected based on a 5 year business plan. Cash flows were arrived at as an excess of revenue over the related costs for the same period after giving due effect to non-cash charges and finance charges, if applicable, together with changes in working capital.

•

Management believes that this forecast period is justified due to the long term nature of the travel business.

•

The projected revenue growth included in the cash flow projections was 10% during the projected period. Management believes that this growth percentage was reasonable and is in line with the average trend of the industry.

•

The projected increase in cost was 5% for call center cost and 10% for administrative costs.

•

A pre-tax discount rate of 22.26% was applied in determining the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit. The discount rate was estimated based on an industry average weighted average cost of capital.

•	In view of the expected long term market conditions, a terminal year end growth rate of 2% is estimated.

The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the industry and are based on both external sources and internal sources.

Net finance income. The net finance expenses was Rs.265.88 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to an expense of Rs.129.10 million for the year ended March 31, 2009, representing a increase of Rs.136.78 million, or (106.00 %). The finance income was Rs.27.99 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to Rs.122.57 million for the year ended March 31,2009, representing a decrease of Rs.94.58 million caused by closure of bank deposits. The finance expense was Rs.293.87 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to Rs.251.66 million for the year ended March 31, 2009, representing an increase of Rs.42.21 million caused by an increase in interest and bank charges on account of increased borrowings, and renewal / additional fund based working capital facilities and non-fund based limits.

Share of profit of investment in associate. The share of profit of investment in associate was Rs.91.14 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to Rs.64.09 million for the year ended March 31,2009, representing a increase of Rs. 27.05 million, or 42%. The increase was due to better financial performance of MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited during the year.

Income tax expense. The income tax benefit was Rs.81.48 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to expense of Rs. 97.05 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 due to merger of Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) with the company.

Profit. The net profit for fiscal 2010 is Rs.26.81 million compared to a net loss of Rs.851.63 million for fiscal 2009 and is attributable to (i) an decrease of Rs.331.01 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, (ii) an increase of Rs. 189.99 million in depreciation/amortization/impairment expenses, (iii) a increase of Rs.136.78 million from net finance expenses, (iv) a increase of Rs.27.05 million from the share of profit of equity accounted investee, (v) Income tax credit of Rs 81.48 million due to merger of Sify Communication Limited as against an income tax expenses of Rs. 97.05 million during the previous year and (vi) one time legal settlement of Rs 561.12 million.

Foreign Exchange Fluctuations and Forwards

We enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash flows denominated in U.S. dollars. We enter into forward contracts where the counter party is a bank. These contracts generally mature between one to six months. These contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS. Foreign exchange contracts are marked to market as at the balance sheet date and recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Liquidity and capital resources

The following table summarizes our statements of cash flows for the periods presented:


	2012			2011			2010			2012
	Rs. In ‘000			Rs. In ‘000			Rs. in ’000			US $ in ’000
Profit / (loss) before tax		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		26,813			(7,493	)

Other adjustments for non-cash items		1,061,744			1,000,310			952,486			20,753
Income taxes paid		(121,676	)		(42,440	)		(164,455	)		(2,379	)
Net decrease (increase) in working capital		43,483			(213,019	)		(55,042	)		851
Net cash from / (used in) operating activities		600,214			225,359			759,802			11,732
Net cash from / (used in) investing activities		(901,971	)		(730,650	)		(896,683	)		(17,630	)
Net cash from / (used in) financing activities		536,407			551,700			(354,486	)		10,485
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(4,258	)		(627	)		(2,934	)		(83	)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		234,650			46,409			(491,367	)		4,587

Our growth has been financed largely by cash generated from operations and bank borrowings and, to a lesser extent, from the proceeds from the issuance of equity.

As of March 31, 2012, we had a cash and cash equivalents of Rs.94.58 million ($1.85 million), including a working capital of Rs.266.03 million ($$ 5.20 million), cash and bank balances of Rs.892.77 million ($17.45million), and bank borrowings of Rs.798.18 million ($15.60 million). Based on the projected cash flows, available lines of credit and promoter group capital infusion, we will have sufficient resources to meet capital expenditure needs and working capital requirements over the course of the next 12 months.

On October 22 2010, the company entered into a subscription agreement with Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, acting as representative (the “Representative”) of the purchasers in connection with the offering. Pursuant to the terms of this subscription agreement, the company issued and allotted 125,000,000 equity shares to an entity affiliated and controlled by Raju Vegesna, our Chief Executive Officer. In accordance with Indian law, the purchase price is to be paid at such time as determined by Board of Directors of the company. During the fiscal year 2012, the Company has received an aggregate of Rs. 1500 million, in connection with this private placement, resulting in an aggregate of Rs.2,500 million received till date. Although all 125,000,000 shares are deemed issued and outstanding, the unpaid portion of the equity shares issued pursuant to the subscription agreement do not have any voting rights and are not entitled to dividends, if declared. As of the date of this Annual Report, Mr. Vegesna has paid for half of the shares of the subscription. The Board of Directors has the sole discretion as to the timing to require Mr. Vegesna to pay the balance of the subscription price.

The balance of the proceeds from the sale of the equity shares to our promoter group, or Rs. 1,500 million, will take place in tranches over the next 18 months as per our funding requirements. See note 42 in the notes to the financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Our principal sources of liquidity are our borrowings from banks. Our cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash and bank deposits. The restricted cash balance Rs.150.53 million ($2.94 million) primarily represents fixed deposits pledged for availing bank borrowings.

Our external sources of credit include facilities sanctioned to us by Indian banks. We have working capital facilities in the form of short term loans, cash credit and overdraft facilities of an aggregate of Rs.1000 million ( $ 19.55 million) which fully unutilized as of March 31, 2012. Further, we were provided non-funded limits of Rs.1760.00 million ($ 34.40 million) (primarily in the form of bank guarantees and letters of credit) out of which Rs.39.00 million ($ 0.76 million) remained unutilized as of the reporting date. Our ongoing working capital requirements are significantly affected by the profitability of our operations and we continue to periodically evaluate existing and new sources of liquidity and financing.

We are taking steps to improve the cash position to meet our currently known requirements at least over the next twelve months. In light of the highly dynamic nature of our business, however, we cannot assure you that our capital requirements and sources will not change significantly in the future.

Net cash generated from operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2012 was Rs.600.21 million ($11.73 million). This is mainly attributable to cash generated during the year and partially offset by increase in trade and other receivables by Rs. 105.44 million ($2.06 million), increase in other assets by Rs. 326.01 million ($ 6.37 million), due to acquisition of leasehold land at Noida, India, increase in inventories by Rs.4.62 ($0.09 million) and increase in trade and other payables by Rs. 472.44 million ($ 9.23 million) due to extended credit from Vendors.

Net cash generated from operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2011 was Rs.225.36 million. This is mainly attributable to cash generated during the year and partially offset by increase in trade and other receivables by Rs.153.56 million, increase in other assets by Rs.34.08 million and decrease in trade and other payables by Rs.30.36million.

Net cash generated from operating activities for the year ended March 31, 2010 was Rs.759.80 million. This is mainly attributable to one time legal settlement amounting to Rs.561.12 million, increase in trade and other receivables by Rs.585.80 million, decrease in inventories by Rs.17.60 million, increase in other assets by Rs.64.11 million, Increase in trade and other payables by Rs.517.48 million, decrease in employee benefits by Rs.3.98 million and increase in deferred revenue by Rs 63.72 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2012 was Rs.901.97 million ($17.63 million) primarily on account of expenditure on data center construction at Noida, India and purchase of routers, modems, ports, servers, other capital equipments for our ongoing expansion plans and advance payments towards undersea cable arrangement with EIG amounting to Rs.460 million ($8.99 million). The increase was partly offset by increase in finance income by Rs.48.73 million ($0.95 million).

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2011 was Rs.730.65 million primarily on account of advance paid for purchase of ordinary shares in Hermit Projects Private Limited amounting to Rs.400 million (Refer note 37 to the consolidated financial statement) and purchase of routers, modems, ports, servers, other capital equipments for our ongoing expansion plans and advance payments towards undersea cable arrangement with EIG amounting to Rs.395 million . The increase was partly offset by increase in finance income by Rs.61.67 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2010 was Rs.896.68 million primarily on account of purchase of routers, modems, ports, servers, other capital equipments for our ongoing expansion plans and advance payments towards undersea cable arrangement with EIG.

Net cash generated from financing activities for fiscal year 2012 was Rs.536.41 million ($10.49 million) mainly on account of capital infusion from promoter group amounting to Rs.1,500 million ($ 29.32 million). This was partly offset by decrease in bank borrowings by Rs. 600.59 million ($11.74 million) and payment of finance expenses of Rs.312.93 million ($6.12 million).

Net cash generated from financing activities for fiscal year 2011 was Rs.551.70 million mainly on account of capital infusion from promoter group amounting to Rs.1,000 million. This was partly offset by decrease in bank borrowings and servicing of borrowings by Rs.397.13 million.

Net cash used by financing activities for fiscal year 2010 was Rs.354.49 million mainly on account of servicing borrowings from banks and increase in payment on account of lease financing of capital and other purchases.

Capital expenditure

We incurred Rs.952 million ($18.60 million) towards capital expenditure for the year ended March 31, 2012. We anticipate incurring further expenditure during the current fiscal of approxiamately Rs.1500 million (US$29.32 million) mainly on data centers and expansion of current facilities. This will be funded out of internal accruals, capital infusion from promoter group and through low cost debts like lease financing by strategic vendors.

Research and development

The Company does not have research and development activities and has also not undertaken any sponsored research and development activities.

Trends

The information is set forth under the caption ‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’—‘Operating and Financial review and Prospects’.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by SEC Final Rule 67 (FR-67), “Disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis about Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations”.

Contractual obligations

Set forth below are our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2012:


Payments due by period (Rs 000s)
Contractual Obligations	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Long Term Debt Obligations		186,312		—		160,915		25,397		—
Short Term Borrowings		543,031		543,031		—		—		—
Finance Lease Obligations		176,926		75,785		88,282		12,859		—
Non-cancellable Operating Lease obligations		1,778,851		109,711		230,174		384,154		1,054,812
Europe India Gateway Obligations		4,243		4,243		—		—		—
Purchase Obligations		717,266		717,266		—		—		—

Total		3,406,629		1,450,036		479,371		422,410		1,054,812

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

(i)

In October 2010, the IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 7 “Disclosures—Transfers of financial assets”. The purpose of the amendment is to enhance the existing disclosures in IFRS 7 when an asset is transferred but is not derecognized and introduce new disclosures for assets that are derecognized but the entity continues to have a continuing exposure to the asset after the sale. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after July 1, 2011. Earlier application is permitted.

(ii)

In December, 2011, the IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 7 “Disclosures—offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”. The amended standard requires additional disclosures where financial assets and financial liabilities are offset in the balance sheet. These disclosures would provide users with information that is useful in (a) evaluating the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position and (b) analyzing and comparing financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs and U.S. GAAP. The amendment is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Earlier application is permitted.

(iii)

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: In November 2009, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 9, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, to reduce the complexity of the current rules on financial instruments as mandated in IAS 39. The effective date for IFRS 9 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015 with early adoption permitted. IFRS 9 has fewer classification and measurement categories as compared to IAS 39 and has eliminated the categories of held to maturity, available for sale and loans and receivables. Further it eliminates the rule-based requirement of segregating embedded derivatives and tainting rules pertaining to held to maturity investments. For an investment in an equity instrument which is not held for trading, IFRS 9 permits an irrevocable election, on initial recognition, on an individual share-by-share basis, to present all fair value changes from the investment in other comprehensive income. No amount recognized in other comprehensive income would ever be reclassified to profit or loss. IFRS 9, was further amended in October 2010, and such amendment introduced requirements on accounting for financial liabilities. This amendment addresses the issue of volatility in the profit or loss due to changes in the fair value of an entity’s own debt. It requires the entity, which chooses to measure a liability at fair value, to present the portion of the fair value change attributable to the entity’s own credit risk in the other comprehensive income. The company is required to adopt IFRS 9 by accounting year commencing April 1, 2015.

(iv)

IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements and IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: In May 2011, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12. The effective date for IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent company. IFRS 10 replaces the consolidation requirements in SIC-12 Consolidation of Special Purpose Entities and IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. The standard provides additional guidance for the determination of control in cases of ambiguity such as franchisor franchisee relationship, de facto agent, silos and potential voting rights.

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements determines the nature of an arrangement by focusing on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures and SIC-13 Jointly-controlled Entities-Non-monetary Contributions by Venturers. IFRS 11 addresses only forms of joint arrangements (joint operations and joint ventures) where there is joint control whereas IAS 31 had identified three forms of joint ventures, namely jointly controlled operations, jointly controlled assets and jointly controlled entities. The standard addresses inconsistencies in the reporting of joint arrangements by requiring a single method to account for interests in jointly controlled entities, which is the equity method.

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles. One major requirement of IFRS 12 is that an entity needs to disclose the significant judgments and assumptions it has made in determining:

(a)

whether it has control, joint control or significant influence over another entity; and

(b)

the type joint control when the joint arrangement is structured through a separate vehicle.

IFRS 12 also expands the disclosure requirements for subsidiaries with non-controlling interest, joint arrangements and associates that are individually material. IFRS 12 introduces the term “structured entity” by replacing Special Purpose entities and requires enhanced disclosures by way of nature and extent of, and changes in, the risks associated with its interests in both its consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.

(v)

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement: In May 2011, the International Accounting Standards Board issued IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement to provide specific guidance on fair value measurement and requires enhanced disclosures for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value, and not restricted to financial assets and liabilities. The standard introduces a precise definition of fair value and a consistent measure for fair valuation across assets and liabilities, with a few specified exceptions. The effective date for IFRS 13 is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The company is required to adopt IFRS 13 by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013.

(vi)

IAS 1 (Amended) Presentation of Financial Statements: In June 2011, the International Accounting Standard Board published amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements. The amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, require companies preparing financial statements in accordance with IFRS to group items within other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to the profit or loss separately from those items which would not be recyclable in the profit or loss section of the income statement. It also requires the tax associated with items presented before tax to be shown separately for each of the two groups of other comprehensive income items (without changing the option to present items of other comprehensive income either before tax or net of tax).

The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in other comprehensive income and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statement or two consecutive statements. This amendment is applicable to annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The company is required to adopt IAS 1 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013. The company has evaluated the requirements of IAS 1 (Amended) and the company does not believe that the adoption of IAS 1 (Amended) will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

(vii)

IAS 19 (Amended) Employee Benefits: In June 2011, International Accounting Standards Board issued IAS 19 (Amended), Employee Benefits. The effective date for adoption of IAS 19 (Amended) is annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, though early adoption is permitted.

IAS 19 (Amended) has eliminated an option to defer the recognition of gains and losses through re-measurements and requires such gain or loss to be recognized through other comprehensive income in the year of occurrence to reduce volatility. The amended standard requires immediate recognition of effects of any plan amendments. Further it also requires assets in profit or loss to be restricted to government bond yields or corporate bond yields, considered for valuation of Projected Benefit Obligation, irrespective of actual portfolio allocations. The actual return from the portfolio in excess of or less than such yields is recognized through other comprehensive income.

These amendments enhance the disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans by requiring information about the characteristics of defined benefit plans and risks that entities are exposed to through participation in those plans. The amendments need to be adopted retrospectively. The company is required to adopt IAS 19 (Amended) by accounting year commencing April 1, 2013.

(viii)

In December, 2011, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 32 “Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”. The purpose of the amendment is to clarify some of the requirements for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities on the balance sheet. This includes clarifying the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off” and also the application of the IAS 32 offsetting criteria to settlement systems (such as central clearing house systems) which apply gross settlement mechanisms that are not simultaneous. The amendment is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. Earlier application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact these amendments will have on our consolidated financial statements.

The company is currently evaluating the requirements of above pronouncements and has not yet determined the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies affecting our financial condition and results of operations are more fully described in Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of judgment by management in selecting appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates, which inherently contain some degree of uncertainty. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the reported carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that may not be readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following are the critical accounting policies and related judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Management has discussed the application of these critical accounting estimates with our Board of Directors and Audit Committee.

Revenue Recognition

Various streams of revenue are described below:

•

Enterprise services, which provides Internet, connectivity, security and consulting, hosting and voice ;

•

Commercial and consumer services, which includes, Internet access services, from homes and through cybercafés (e-ports); SOHO / SMB and Online portal services and content offerings; and

•

Software services such as development of e-learning software and application Services.

Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns, trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. Transfers of risks and rewards vary depending on the individual terms of the contract of sale.

Revenue from services rendered is recognized in the consolidated income statement in proportion to the stage of completion of the transaction at the reporting date. Revenue is recognized when the following conditions are met:

•

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

•

it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the seller;

•

the stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably; and

•

the costs incurred, or to be incurred, in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

The revenue recognition in respect of the various streams of revenue is described below:

(i) Enterprise services

Enterprise services revenue broadly consist revenue from Network services and IT services.

(a) Revenue from Network Services: These primarily include connectivity services including installation of a connectivity link, and to a lesser extent, sale of hardware and software (purchased from third party vendors). In certain cases, these elements are sold as a package consisting all or some of the elements. In these cases the Group applies the recognition criteria to the separately identifiable components of a single transaction in order to reflect the substance of the transaction with different revenue allocations for each component. These multiple element arrangements are recognized as separable elements because each element constitutes a separate earnings process, each element has a fair value that is reliable, verifiable and objectively determinable, and the undelivered element is not essential to functionality of the delivered elements. In this arrangement involving delivery of multiple elements, the units of accounting are determined based on whether the delivered items have a value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, whether there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered elements and if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Group. The arrangement consideration is allocated to the units of accounting based on their relative fair values. Revenue on delivered items is recognized when the revenue recognition criteria applicable to that unit of accounting are met.

The Group provides connectivity for a fixed period of time at a fixed rate regardless of usage. Connectivity is the last element that is provided in the case of a bundled contract. The connectivity charges are the same when sold alone or as part of a package. The revenue attributable to connectivity services is recognized ratably over the period of the contract.

In circumstances where there is multi element arrangement that includes hardware or software sales and last mile connectivity services, revenue from sale of hardware/software is recognized only upon completion of the services relating to last mile connectivity. Installation consists of commissioning of the last mile connectivity to the customer premises either through the Group’s wireless mode of delivery or through the carrier exchange. When the customer has such last mile connectivity, the Group does not charge any installation fee. Due to the short duration, the revenue attributable to the installation of the link is recognized on completion of the installation work. All revenues are shown exclusive of sales tax and service tax.

The Company provides NLD (National Long Distance) and ILD (International Long Distance) services through the Company’s network. The Company carries international voice traffic using the IP back-bone and delivers voice traffic to Direct Inter-connect Operators. Revenue is recognized based upon metered call units of voice traffic terminated on the Company’s network.

(b) Revenue from IT services: Web hosting service revenues primarily includes co-location services. In certain cases, the Group also sells related hardware/software to its web hosting customers. This hardware as well as software are purchased from outside vendors and are freely traded in the market. The Group treats each element as a separate component of the arrangement which have separate earnings process. The value of the hosting service is determined based on fair value from similar services provided separately by the Group. When hardware and/or software is also included with hosting services and sold as a package, the revenue is allocated to the respective element based on their relative fair values. Revenue from hosting services is recognized over the period during which the service is provided.

The Company also deals in hardware and software. These are standard products that are freely traded in and purchased from the market, have standard specifications and are not otherwise customized for the specific needs of a customer. The software sold by the Group is off-the-shelf software, such as antivirus utilities and firewalls. The fair value for the hardware and software is available from the market. The revenue attributable to hardware/software is recognized on delivery. Trading transactions relating to standard hardware and software and involving arrangement of purchases from suppliers and sales to customers are reported on a gross basis or on net basis, by carrying out a fact-specific evaluation of such transactions.

The Company generates revenue from construction of data centers. Revenue from such contracts includes the initial amount agreed in the contract plus any variations in contract work, claims and incentive payments, to the extent that it is probable that they will result in revenue and can be measured reliably. As soon as the outcome of a construction contract can be estimated reliably, contract revenue is recognized in profit or loss in proportion to the stage of completion of the contract. Contract expenses are recognized as incurred unless they create an asset related to future contract activity. The stage of completion is assessed by reference to the cost incurred until date to the total estimated costs. When the outcome of a construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenue is recognized only to the extent of contract costs incurred that are likely to be recoverable. An expected loss on a contract is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

The Group remotely manages the Information Technology infrastructure of global enterprises from India. The contracts are on time and material basis. Revenue in relation to ‘time’ is measured as the agreed rate per unit of time multiplied by the units of time expended. The element of revenue related to materials is measured in accordance with the terms of the contract. The revenue from on-demand storage / cloud offering is recognized based on the class of offering and usage of services.

(ii) Commercial and consumer services

This stream of revenue includes revenues from internet access services and online portal services

(a) Internet access services: Such services include Internet access at homes and businesses through dial-up or cable operator and internet access through a network of cybercafés. Such services also include revenues from Voice over Internet Protocol (‘VoIP’) or Internet telephony.

Dial-up Internet access is sold to customers either for a specified number of hours or for an unlimited usage within a specified period of time. Customers purchase “user accounts” or “top-ups” that enable them to access the Internet for a specified quantum of usage or for a specified period of time all within a contracted period. The amount received from customers on the sale of these user accounts or top-ups are not refundable. The revenue from sale of user accounts or top-ups is measured based on usage (where access is for a specified quantum of usage) or based on the time of usage (where access is for a specified period of time) by the customer. Any unused hours at the end of the contracted period are recognized as revenue.

VoIP services are mainly provided through Internet Telephony Booths at e-ports (formerly iway’s) cybercafés and to a smaller extent through Cable TV operators, (CTOs). The user purchases the packs that enable them to use the Internet telephone facility through CTOs and revenue is recognized on the basis of usage by the customer. The customers use Internet telephony facilities at the iway cybercafés and make the payment to the extent of usage of the facility.

Internet access at homes and businesses through cable networks is provided through a franchised network of cable operators in India. Customers buy “user accounts” for a specified usage or volume of data transfer or for a specified period of time all within a contracted period. Revenues are recognized on actual usage by customer (where access is for a specified quantum of usage) and based on time (where access is for a specified period of time). Any unused hours at the end of the contracted period are recognized as revenue.

In the case of franchised cybercafé operators, the Group enters into an agreement with the franchisee that establishes the rights and obligations of each party and grants each franchisee a non-exclusive license to operate the cybercafé using the Group’s logo, brand and trade names. The cybercafés are owned and operated by the franchisees. The franchisee procures the retail space, invests in furniture, interior decor, PCs, and point of sale signage and employs and trains the franchisee staff. The franchisee is responsible for the maintenance of the premises and interface with customers. The Group provides the complete backend support, including bandwidth, the authentication/usage engine and the billing and collection system.

In the case of franchised cable network operators and franchised cybercafé operators, the Group enters into a standard arrangement with franchisees that provides for the payment to the Company, of an initial non-refundable franchisee fee in consideration for establishing the franchisee relationship and providing certain initial services. The fee covers the following upfront services rendered by the Group:

•

conducting a market survey and deciding on the best location for the cybercafé or cable head end;

•

installing the broadband receiver equipment on the roof top of the cybercafé or the cable head end and connecting it to one of Sify’s broadcasting towers;

•

obtaining the regulatory approvals for clearance of the site for wireless transmission at the allotted frequency range;

•

installing the wiring from the receiver unit to the individual PCs in the cybercafé or the transmitting equipment in the cable head end;

•

assisting in obtaining facilities, including computers and interiors for the cybercafés; and

•

providing the operations manual with instructions and guidelines for running the cybercafé or distributing Internet access through cable network.

The initial franchisee fee revenue is recognized as revenue when all of the obligations required of the Group have been substantially accomplished or provided. Internet access revenue and Internet telephony revenues are recognized based on usage by the customer.

After the commencement of the franchisee operations, the Company renders subsequent services to the franchised cybercafés in the form of providing bandwidth for establishing connectivity through supply of Sify cybercafé cards (typically called as ‘user accounts’ or ‘top ups’), providing backend support, the authentication/usage engine and the billing and collection system. The cybercafé cards enable the users to access the internet for a specified quantum of usage within a contracted period. As revenue from these subsequent services constitute continuing services, the revenue from such services are recognised based on the usage as the access is for a specified quantum of usage within a specified time. Any unused hours at the end of the contracted period are recognised as revenue.

The Company, along with provisioning of bandwidth on a recurring basis, renders other services on an integrated basis including backend support, authentication / usage engine and the billing and collection system to the franchisees. In such services, the Company, through application software, helps the franchisee to keep online track of the usage of Sify cybercafé cards by customers and also helps in authenticating customer log-ins at different Cyber cafes. Such services to the franchisees are billed and recorded as deferred revenue when the customer purchases the card and revenue is recognised over the period of provisioning of such services (i.e when the bandwidth is used by the customers).

(b) Online portal services: The Group enters into contracts with customers to serve advertisements in its portal and the Group is paid on the basis of impressions, click-throughs or leads and in each case the revenue is recognized based on actual impressions/click-throughs/leads delivered. Revenue from advertisements displayed on portals is recognized ratably over the period of contract

In the case of electronic commerce transactions, there are no performance obligations or minimum guarantees. The Group acts in the capacity of an agent rather than as the principal for these transactions, and the revenue recognized to the extent of the commission earned by the Group, i.e, on a net basis, except for transactions relating to gift articles which are accounted on a gross basis.

In the case of value-added services that are rendered using Sify’s mobile telephone short code 54545, revenue is recognized upon delivery of the content/ring tones to the end subscriber and confirmation by the mobile phone service provider.

(iii) Software services

The Group provides e-learning software development services to facilitate web-based learning in various organizations. The contracts executed by the Company are not similar i.e. the efforts required to execute these contracts at each stage of development process differ from customer to customer and the contract is executed based on specific requirements regarding content/information of the customer. Thus the e-learning packages are specifically designed for the customer and accordingly, are accounted for as customized programmes. These services include information presentation, structured content delivery, content digitization and simulation based training. These services are generally provided on a fixed price basis. Revenue under such contracts is recognized when the outcome of the transaction can be estimated reliably by reference to the stage of completion of transaction at the reporting date. The stage of completion is being determined based on the actual time spent to the total estimated time. The revenue from Application Services such as online assessment, document management services, web development, mailing solutions and supply chain software are recognized over the period of the contract.

Accounting Estimates

While preparing financial statements we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses for the reporting period.

Our estimate of liability relating to pending litigation is based on currently available facts and our assessment of the probability of an unfavorable outcome. Considering the uncertainties about the ultimate outcome and the amount of losses, we re-assess our estimates as additional information becomes available. Such revisions in our estimates could materially impact our results of operations and our financial position. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are prudent and reasonable. The actual results could differ from these estimates.

Allowance for accounts receivable

The receivables primarily constitute dues from corporate connectivity, hosting and system integration. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make contractually agreed payments. We also make allowances for a specific account receivables if the facts and circumstances indicate that such account receivable is unlikely to be collected.

We estimate the amount of uncollectible receivables each period and establish an allowance for uncollectible amounts. The amount of the allowance is based on the age of unpaid amounts, information about the creditworthiness of customers, current economic trends and other relevant information. The assessments reflect management’s best assumptions and estimates. Significant management judgment is involved in estimating these factors, and they include inherent uncertainties. Management periodically evaluates and updates the estimates based on the conditions that influence these factors. The variability of these factors depends on a number of conditions, including uncertainty about future events, and thus our accounting estimates may change from period to period. Estimates of uncollectible amounts are revised each period, and changes are recorded in the period they become known.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Business combinations are accounted for using IFRS 3 (Revised), Business Combinations. IFRS 3 requires the identifiable intangible assets and contingent consideration to be fair valued in order to ascertain the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. Significant estimates are required to be made in determining the value of contingent consideration and intangible assets. These valuations are conducted by independent valuation experts.

Business combinations have been accounted for using the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3(Revised). The cost of acquisition is measured at the fair of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. The cost of acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition.

Transactions costs that the group incurs in connection with a business combination such as finder’s fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, and other professional and consulting fees are expenses as incurred.

We amortize intangible assets on straight line basis over their respective individual estimated useful lives. Our estimates of the useful lives of identified intangible assets are based on a number of factors including the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and other economic factors (such as the stability of the industry, and known technological advances), and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset.

Estimated Useful Lives of Property, Plant and Equipment

In accordance with IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment, we estimate the useful lives of plant and equipment in order to determine the amount of depreciation expense to be recorded during any reporting period. If technological changes were to occur more rapidly than anticipated or in a different form than anticipated, the useful lives assigned to these assets may need to be shortened, resulting in the recognition of increased depreciation expense in future periods. Likewise, if the anticipated technological or other changes occur more slowly than expected, the useful lives could be extended. This could result in a reduction of depreciation expense in future periods.

Impairment

Financial assets:

A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired and impairment losses are recognized if objective evidence indicates that one or more events such as a loss event, the significant financial difficulty of the issuer, a breach of contract, the disappearance of an active market, which have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. The remaining financial assets are assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost:

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate.

Available-for-sale financial assets:

Significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost and the disappearance of an active trading market for the security are objective evidence that the security is impaired. An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value. The cumulative loss that was recognized in the equity is transferred to the income statement upon impairment.

Loans and receivables:

Impairment loss in respect of loans and receivables measured at amortized cost are calculated as the difference between their carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. Such impairment loss is recognized in the income statement.

Reversal of impairment loss:

An impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized. For financial assets measured at amortized cost and available-for-sale financial assets that are debt securities, the reversal is recognized in profit or loss. For available-for-sale financial assets that are equity securities, the reversal is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity.

Non-financial assets:

Reversal of impairment loss:

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Income taxes:

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

Deferred taxation arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates is recognized except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred taxation arising on the temporary differences arising out of undistributed earnings of the equity method accounted investee is recorded based on the management’s intention. If the intention is to realize the undistributed earnings through sale, deferred tax is measured at the capital gains tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse. However, when the intention is to realize the undistributed earnings through dividend, the Group’s share of the income and expenses of the equity method accounted investee is recorded in the statement of income, after considering any taxes on dividend payable by the equity method accounted investee and no deferred tax is set up in the Group’s books as the tax liability is not with the Group.

Item 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each director and senior management executive officer of our Company as of March 31, 2012:


Name	Age		Designation
Raju Vegesna		52	Chairman, CEO and Managing Director
Ananda Raju Vegesna		52	Executive Director
C B Mouli (1)		65	Director, Chairman & Financial Expert of Audit Committee
S K Rao (1) (2) (3)		68	Director
T H Chowdary (2) (3)		80	Director & Chairman of Compensation & Nominating Committees
P S Raju (2)		58	Director
S R Sukumara (1) (2) (3)		67	Director
M P Vijay Kumar		42	Chief Financial Officer
C V S Suri		52	Chief Operating Officer
Natesh Mani		52	President - Consumer Infrastructure Business
Baskar R Sayyaparaju		45	President - International Business
Venkata Rao Mallineni		44	Head- Software Services
Pranesh Babu		46	Chief Technology Officer
C R Rao		52	Vice President - Head HR & Administration

(1)	Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)	Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3)	Member of the Nominating Committee.

Raju Vegesna, Chairman, CEO and Managing Director, has served as a Director of our Company since November 2005. He was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of the Company effective July 18, 2006. Mr. Vegesna is a Silicon Valley entrepreneur who founded several leading edge technology companies, including Server Works Corporation, acquired by Broadcom in 2001. After that acquisition and he had a brief stint with Broadcom. He holds a BS in Electrical Engineering from the University of Bangalore and holds an MS in Computer Engineering from Wayne State University, USA, and holds several patents in Microprocessor and Multiprocessor technology. He is also a Director of Sify Software Limited, Server Engines LLC, Nulife Corp, USA. and Raju Vegesna Infotech & Industries Private Limited.

Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, brother of Mr Raju Vegesna, Chairman and Managing Director, has served as an Executive Director of our Company since June 2007. He is the Managing Director of Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited and a Director of Sify Software Limited, Village Inns (India) Limited, Raju Vegesna Infotech & Industries Limited, Raju Vegesna Developers Private Limited, Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Limited, Hermit Projects Private Limited, Pace Info Com Park Private Limited and Server Engines India (Private) Limited.

C.B. Mouli has served as a Director of our Company since July 2005. Mr. Mouli is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and also holds a Bachelor of Law Degree. Mr Mouli, a partner of C.B. Mouli & Associates, a Chartered Accountants firm. . He is a Director of Ammana Bio Pharma Limited and Ammana Equity Fund Private Limited.

S.K. Rao has served as a Director of our Company since July 2005. Mr Rao, currently is the Director General, Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad. Mr Rao previously worked at the Commonwealth Secretariat in London in various diplomatic capacities. He also acted as the Consultant for the United Nations and represented the Commonwealth Secretariat as an Observer at the meetings of the UN General Assembly. Mr. Rao holds a MA and a PhD in Economics from Trinity College, Cambridge, U.K.

T.H. Chowdary has served as a Director of our Company since February 1996. Dr. Chowdary retired as the Chief Executive Officer of VSNL. He has held key positions in the ITU, Intelsat and other international telecommunications organizations during the course of his career, and was involved in the establishment of the Centre for Telecommunications Management Studies (CTMS) at Hyderabad. Dr. Chowdary is also a director in Softsol India Limited and Tera Software Limited.

P. S. Raju has served as a Director of our Company since February 2006. Mr P S Raju is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Mr Raju is an independent Practising Chartered Accountant. He is also a Director of Suryashakti Agro Tech Private Limited and Suryashakti Estates and Developers Private Limited.

Mr S R Sukumara has served as a Director of our Company since January 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Sukumara was the Director General of Police with the Indian Police Service and served 36 years in the Police Department. Presently, he is practicing as a Consultant.

M P Vijay Kumar has served as Chief Financial Officer since October 2007 and has over 15 years of experience in corporate audits, financial/management consulting, legal advisory services, management audit and investment banking. He is a Chartered Accountant and a Fellow Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, Fellow Member of the Institute of Company Secretaries of India and Associate member of the Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India.

C V S Suri has served as Chief Operating Officer since August 2006 and has over 23 years of experience in marketing, operations, commercial and regulatory matters. Suri is a graduate of Delhi University with an Honours Degree in Economics, and has a Masters in Human Resource Management from XLRI, Jamshedpur.

Natesh Mani has served as President—Consumer Infrastructure Business since August 2009. He brings a wealth of experience in a career spanning 27 years, of which close to 22 years have been with Xerox Limited. His last assignment was with Xerox, as Director—Middle East & Africa, based out of Dubai, where he was responsible for a turnover of US$ 200 million per annum. He has a strong track record in the areas of Marketing, Sales Operations, and Channel development, which in turn has provided him with excellent exposure to business challenges of various kinds, and in varied environments.

Baskar R Sayyaparaju has been in service since August 2006 and presently designated as President International Business. He handles broad experience across infrastructure operations, network management, process development, application development/deployment, database management, website operations, desktop support operations and data center management. Mr. Bhaskar has an M.S in Computer Science from Alabama A&M University.

Venkata Rao Mallineni has been in service since September 2006 and presently designated as Head Software Services. He has more than 15 years of experience in IT and Communications. He is a Graduate in Engineering in Industrial Products and also a Post Graduate in Technology.

Pranesh Babu has been in service since October 2000 and presently designated as Chief Technology Officer. Currently, responsible for strategizing the Core Network and Access network Engineering and developing Services, Pranesh has been a key contributor in Sify’s Network expansion and in developing Network services for Enterprise and Retail Customers. With over 21 years of experience in the Telecom/Service provider industry and having handled diverse responsibilities, including projects, service delivery and engineering.

C R Rao has served as Vice President—Head HR & Administration since March 2009. He is a Graduate in Commerce and Law and also holds an MBA. He comes with an overall experience of 21 years with around 16 years of rich experience in Strategic Planning and Operations Management. Prior to joining Sify, he was with GSA Lufthansa as Vice President, responsible for Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh. His key responsibilities included Strategic Planning, Business Development, Sales and Marketing for the Cargo division.

Infinity Capital Ventures, LP beneficially owned 7.79 % of our equity shares as of March 31, 2012. This shareholder is a party to the Subscription Agreement dated November 10, 2005 with our Company. The Subscription Agreement provides that, among other things, the Company shall appoint Mr Raju Vegesna as the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Infinity Capital shall also nominate another person to the Board of Directors and for so long as Infinity Capital continues to own at least 10% of the Company’s outstanding Equity Shares, the Company shall not enter into any agreement pursuant to which it would provide a third party with registration rights for Company securities, without the consent of Infinity Capital. In November 2005, Mr Raju Vegesna, a nominee of Infinity Capital Ventures, LP, was appointed as Chairman of our Board of Directors. In February 2006, the Company also appointed Mr. P S Raju as the second nominee of Infinity Capital to the Board of Directors.

We believe Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited beneficially owned 8.14% of our equity shares as of March 31, 2012. Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director of the Company and brother of Mr Raju Vegesna, is the Director of Infinity Satcom. Infinity Satcom is presently controlled by Mr Raju Vegesna.

Director Compensation

Our Articles of Association provide that each of our directors may receive a sitting fee not exceeding the maximum limits prescribed under the provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956. Accordingly, our Directors, other than the Chairman and Managing Director and Executive Director, have been receiving Rs.20,000 for each Board and Committee meeting attended by them, effective October 2005. Mr Raju Vegesna, who is our Chairman, CEO and Managing Director, does not receive any compensation for his service on our Board of Directors. Similarly, Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, who is employed as our Executive Director, also does not receive any compensation for his service on our Board of Directors. Directors are reimbursed for travel and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with their attendance at Board and Committee meetings. T. H. Chowdary, a Director of our Company, has been receiving Rs.20,000 per month effective February 1, 2004 for the technical services rendered by him to us, after obtaining requisite Governmental permission for the same.

Officer Compensation

The following table sets forth all compensation paid by us during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 to our executive officers:


	Summary Compensation Table (Rs. Million)
Name	Salary(1)		Bonus
C V S Suri		3.25		—
Bhaskar R Sayyaparaju		9.93		—
M P Vijay Kumar		6.29		—
Natesh Mani		5.30		0.58
Venkat Rao Mallineni		3.65		0.44
Pranesh Babu K		3.44		0.91
C R Rao		3.15		0.46

(1)	Includes provident fund contributions.

As per the service contracts entered into with the employees (including executive officers), the Company provides the following retirement benefits: (a) Provident fund contributions and (b) Gratuity.

Provident fund contribution is a defined contribution plan governed by a statute in India. Under this, both employer and employee make monthly contributions (determined in relation to the basic salary of the respective employees) to a fund administered by the Government of India.

Gratuity is a defined benefit retirement plan covering all employees and provides for lump sum payment to employees at retirement or termination (computed based on the respective employees last drawn basic salary and years of employment with the Company). Liability for gratuity is accrued based on an actuarial valuation on an overall Company basis.

The Directors (who are not executive officers) are not entitled for any remuneration including any pension, retirement or similar benefit schemes.

The details of our contribution to provident fund in respect of the executive officers are set out below:


Name	Rs. in Million
C V S Suri		0.19
Bhaskar R Sayyaparaju		0.30
M P Vijay Kumar		0.33
Natesh Mani		0.26
Venkat Rao Mallineni		0.18
Pranesh Babu K		0.16
C R Rao		0.18

Gratuity expense is determined at an overall Company level based on an actuarial valuation performed by an independent actuary. Thus, the cost for the year ended March 31, 2012 in respect of gratuity and compensated absences towards executive officers of the Company was not separately determined. Gratuity cost relating to such executive officers is not estimated to be material.

We make bonus payments to employees including executive officers upon satisfactory achievement of the following two performance criteria.

(i) Performance of the Company: Represents bonus payable on achievement of overall revenue and net profit targets for the Company. These performance targets were not achieved for the year ended March 31, 2012 and no bonus was paid under this category.

(ii) Performance of the individual: Represents bonus payable on achievement of the individual’s Key Responsibility Areas (KRA) and Key Performance Indicators (KPI). These KRAs and KPIs vary in relation to each employee including executive officers and include both financial and non-financial parameters.

We have provided for Rs.3.86 Crores ($ 0.75 million) towards bonus payable for the year ended March 31, 2012 to employees including executive officers who have achieved the KRAs and KPIs.

Board Composition

Our Articles of Association set the minimum number of directors at three and the maximum number of directors at twelve. We currently have seven directors. The Indian Companies Act and our Articles of Association require the following:

•

at least two-thirds of our directors shall be subject to re-election by our shareholders; and

•

at least one-third of our directors who are subject to re-election shall be up for re-election at each annual meeting of our shareholders.

On July 15, 2005, we appointed Messrs. S.K. Rao and C.B. Mouli as independent Directors of the Board to comply with the applicable NASDAQ rules.

Mr S R Sukumara was appointed as an independent Director effective January 22, 2007. Dr T H Chowdary is also an independent director of the Board.

Each of these Directors (Messrs S K Rao, C B Mouli, S R Sukumara, T H Chowdary) continue to remain independent in accordance with NASDAQ rules.

Term of Directors


Mr Raju Vegesna, Chairman, CEO & Managing Director		Appointed as CEO & Managing Director for a period of five years effective July 18, 2009. As per Articles of Association of the Company, he is not required to retire by rotation and hence shall hold office for the full term.

Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director		Appointed as Executive Director for a period of five years effective June 22, 2010. As per Articles of Association of the Company, he is not required to retire by rotation and hence shall hold office for the full term.

Dr T H Chowdary, Chairman of Compensation and nominating Committees		Appointed as a Director in February 1996. As per the Indian Companies Act, 1956, he is liable to retire by rotation along with other Directors and is eligible for reelection by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. His retirement is due in 2013.

Dr S K Rao		Appointed as a Director in July 2005. As per the Indian Companies Act, 1956, he is liable to retire by rotation along with other Directors and is eligible for reelection by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. His retirement is due in 2016.

Mr P S Raju		Appointed as a Director in February 2006. As per the Indian Companies Act, 1956, he is liable to retire by rotation along with other Directors and is eligible for reelection by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. His retirement is due in 2015.

Mr C B Mouli, Chairman and Financial expert of Audit Committee		Appointed as a Director in July 2005. As per the Indian Companies Act, 1956, he is liable to retire by rotation along with other Directors and is eligible for reelection by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. His retirement is due in 2014.

Mr S R Sukumara		Appointed as a Director in January 2007. As per the Indian Companies Act, 1956, he is liable to retire by rotation along with other Directors and is eligible for reelection by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. His retirement is due in 2012.

Mr S R Sukumara’s term expires in 2012, and therefore at the next Annual General Meeting to be held in 2012, he may offer himself for reelection and the appointment is subject to the approval of the shareholders for his next term.

The Company has service contracts with Mr. Raju Vegesna, Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and Mr. Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director. The service contracts with Mr. Raju Vegesna and Mr. Ananda Raju Vegesna do not provide for any remuneration or benefits either during or upon termination of employment.

For other non-executive Directors, the Company does not have any service contract and such directors’ term is governed by the Indian Companies Act, 1956.

The Company does not have any service contract with the other Senior Executives of its administrative, supervisory or management bodies. Such senior executives’ appointment does not have any specific term and can be terminated by either party upon one month prior notice.

Board Committees

Details relating to Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees of our board are provided below:

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee is comprised of three independent directors, as determined under applicable NASDAQ rules. They are:

Mr C B Mouli;

Dr S K Rao; and

Mr S R Sukumara

The primary objective of the audit committee is to monitor and provide effective supervision of our financial reporting process with a view towards ensuring accurate, timely and proper disclosures and the transparency, integrity and quality of financial reporting. Our audit committee oversees the work carried out in the financial reporting process by our management, including the internal auditors and the independent auditor and reviews the processes and safeguards employed by each. In addition, our audit committee has the responsibility of oversight and supervision over our system of internal control over financial reporting, audit process, and process for monitoring the compliance with related laws and regulations. The audit committee recommends to our Board the appointment of our independent registered auditors and approves the scope of both audit and non-audit services. All members of the Audit Committee meet the independence requirements and majority of them meet financial literacy requirements as defined by applicable NASDAQ and SEC rules.

The Audit Committee held five meetings in person during fiscal 2012.

The Audit Committee has adopted a charter and it is reviewed annually.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee consists entirely of non-executive, independent directors as determined under applicable NASDAQ rules, and consists of:

Dr T H Chowdary;

Dr S K Rao;

Mr S R Sukumara; and

Mr P S Raju

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines the salaries, benefits and stock option grants for our employees, consultants, directors and other individuals compensated by our Company. The Compensation Committee also administers our compensation plans.

The Compensation Committee held four meetings in person during fiscal 2012.

The Compensation Committee has adopted a charter and reviewed annually.

Nominating Committee

The Nominating Committee of the board consists exclusively of the following non-executive, independent directors as determined under applicable NASDAQ rules:

Dr T H Chowdary;

Dr S K Rao; and

Mr S R Sukumara

The purpose of our Nominations Committee is to oversee our nomination process for our top level management and specifically to identify, screen and review individuals qualified to serve as our Executive Directors, Non Executive Directors and Independent Directors consistent with criteria approved by our board and to recommend, for approval by our board, nominees for election at our annual general meeting of shareholders.

No meetings were held during the year 2011-12 as there was no requirement.

The Nominations Committee has adopted a charter.

Employees

As of March 31, 2012, we had 2117 employees, compared with 1950 as of March 31, 2011. Of our current employees, 112 are administrative, 426 form our sales and marketing staff, 35 are in product and content development, 1511 are dedicated to technology and technical support, and 33 are in business process and customer care. None of our employees are represented by a union. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Stock Ownership

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our equity shares as of June 30, 2012 by each director and our senior management executives. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting and investment power with respect to equity shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all equity shares beneficially owned.


	Equity Shares Beneficially Owned
Beneficial Owner	Number		Percent
Raju Vegesna *		154,011,051		86.27	%
T. H. Chowdary		—		—
C B Mouli		—		—
P S Raju		—		—
S K Rao		—		—
S R Sukumara		—		—
C V S Suri		1		—

Includes 125,000,000 shares issued and outstanding to Mr. Vegesna and his affiliates. Pursuant to Indian law, Mr. Vegesna does not have full voting power for the shares until such shares have been fully paid. As of June 30, 2012, the entities affiliated with Mr. Vegesna had paid for 62.5% of the shares sold pursuant to the subscription agreement described elsewhere in this Annual Report, and his beneficial ownership is approximately 81%. as only 78,125,000 shares have the right to vote at this time, he may only vote those 78,125,000 shares.

The balance amount of 37.5% on the 125,000,000 shares shall be paid by the affiliated entities of Mr Vegesna as and when the same is called by the Board of Directors of the Company but not later than September 26, 2013. When such shares are fully paid, Mr Vegesna shall have full voting rights on the 125,000,000 shares.

*	Other than the above, none of the Directors or Executive Officers of the Company holds any shares in the Company.

Employee Stock Option Plan

We have an Associate Stock Option Plan, or ASOP, which provides for the grant of options to employees of our Company. The ASOP 2007 was approved by our Board of Directors and our shareholders in September 2007 and 2,000,000 shares were reserved for issuance under the plan. This was in addition to the earlier ASOP Plans of 2000, 2002 and 2005. A total of 5.73 million equity shares are currently reserved for issuance under our ASOP Plans. As of March 31, 2012, we had outstanding an aggregate of 601,168 options (net of 27,995 options forfeited by employees ) under our ASOP Plans with a weighted average exercise price equal to approximately Rs.152.26 ($2.98) per equity share.

The ASOP Plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. On the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, we issue option letters to identified employees, with the right to convert the issued options into our equity shares at the rates indicated in the options. The consideration for transfer of the options is Rs.1 per option to be paid by the employee before transfer of the options.

An employee holding options may apply for exercise of the options on a date specified therein which is referred to as the conversion date. The options are not transferable by an employee. The options lapse in the event of cessation of employment due to reasons of non-performance or otherwise. The equity shares transferred to the employee after conversion from options is the absolute property of the employee and will be held by the employee.

Item 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Principal Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our equity shares as of June 30, 2012 by each person or group of affiliated persons who is known by us based on our review of public filings to beneficially own 5% or more of our equity shares. The table gives effect to equity shares issuable within sixty days upon the exercise of all options and other rights beneficially owned by the indicated shareholders on that date. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting and investment power with respect to equity shares as well as the power to received the economic benefits of ownership of securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all equity shares beneficially owned. The information below is based on a review of filings made by such persons with the SEC.

Mr Raju Vegesna, the Co-Trustee of the Vegesna Family Trust, which is the owner of Infinity Capital Venture Management LLC, which is the general partner of Infinity Capital Ventures, LP, exercise voting control and dispositive power over the equity shares owned by Infinity Capital Ventures, LP. Mr Raju Vegesna, CEO and MD of our Company, is affiliated with Infinity Capital Ventures, LP.

Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited is owned and controlled by Mr Raju Vegesna, Managing Director of the Company. .

Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary company of Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited which is owned and controlled by Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited, which in turn is owned and controlled by Mr Raju Vegesna, Managing Director of the Company.

As of March 31, 2012, entities affiliated with our Chief Executive Officer, Raju Vegesna, beneficially owned approximately 86.27% of our outstanding equity shares, which includes the 125,000,000 shares (partly paid with proportionate voting rights) issued in connection with the private placement described below.


	Equity Shares Beneficially owned
Shareholder	Number		Percent
Infinity Capital Ventures, LP, 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1900, Los Angeles, CA 90025		13,902,860		7.79
Vegesna Family Trust, LP, 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1900, Los Angeles, CA, 90025		578,191		0.32
Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited, Visakhapatnam *		14,530,000		8.14
Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Limited, Visakhapatnam		125,000,000		70.05

Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Limited is controlled by Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited, which is in turn, controlled by Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited and therefore Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited holds the beneficial interest in Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Limited.

Details of significant change in the percentage ownership held by the major shareholders:


Name of the shareholder	2009-10				2010-11				2011-12
	No. of shares		%		No. of shares		%		No. of shares		%
Infinity Capital Ventures, LP, USA		13,902,860		26.06		13,902,860		7.80		13,902,860		7.79
Vegesna Family Trust, USA		578,191		1.08		578,191		0.38		578,191		0.32
Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited		14,530,000		27.24		14,530,000		8.15		14,530,000		8.14
* Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited		—		—		125,000,000		70.09		—		—
** Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Ltd.		—		—		—		—		125,000,000		70.02

*	125,000,000 shares were issued to Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited at a discount of 50% to the prevailing American Depositary Share market price since the allotment of shares was for unlisted Indian equity shares.

**	Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited transferred its entire 125,000,000 shares to Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Ltd., its wholly owned subsidiary company.

Reference is drawn to note 42 to the Consolidated Financial Statement as regards the shareholding of Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Limited. As of such date, these shares are partly paid up to the extent of 62.5% of the face value and hence carry voting rights proportionate to the paid up value of these shares. The Company has lien on these shares till such shares are fully paid up.

The Company has not issued any shares having differential voting rights and hence the Company’s major shareholders do not have differential voting rights except for proportionate voting rights on the partly paid up shares.

United States Shareholders

As of March 31, 2012, 38,982,937 of our ADSs were held in the United States and we had approximately 18,800 shareholders in the United States. Each ADS represents one equity share.

Host country Shareholders

As on March 31, 2012, 139,530,652 of our equity shares were held in India and we had 24 shareholders on record in India. Each equity share has a par value of Rs.10/- each. Of the above, 125,000,000 shares were partly paid up to the extent of Rs.6.25 per share.

Control of Registrant

Based on our review of filings made with the SEC, we believe Infinity Capital Ventures, LP beneficially owned 7.79 % of our equity shares as of March 31, 2012. This shareholder is a party to the Subscription Agreement dated November 10, 2005 with our Company. The Subscription Agreement provides that, among other things, the Company shall appoint Mr Raju Vegesna as the Chairman of the Board of Directors, Infinity Capital shall also nominate another person to the Board of Directors and for so long as Infinity Capital continues to own at least 10% of the Company’s outstanding Equity Shares, the Company shall not enter into any agreement pursuant to which it would provide a third party with registration rights for Company securities, without the consent of Infinity Capital. In November 2005, Mr Raju Vegesna, a nominee of Infinity Capital Ventures, LP, was appointed as Chairman of our Board of Directors. In February 2006, the Company also appointed Mr. P S Raju as the second nominee of Infinity Capital to the Board of Directors.

Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited, India also beneficially owned 8.14% of our equity shares as of March 31, 2012.

As of March 31, 2012, entities affiliated with our Chief Executive Officer, Raju Vegesna, beneficially owned approximately 86.27% of our outstanding equity shares, which includes the 125,000,000 shares issued in connection with the private placement described below.

These shareholders are presently able to exercise control over many matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Under Indian law, a simple majority is sufficient to control all shareholder actions except for those items, which require approval by a special resolution. If a special resolution is required, the number of votes cast in favor of the resolution must be not less than three times the number of votes cast against it. Examples of actions that require a special resolution include:

•

altering our Articles of Association;

•

issuing additional shares of capital stock, except for pro rata issuances to existing shareholders;

•

commencing any new line of business; and

•

commencing a liquidation.

Circumstances may arise in which the interests of Infinity Capital Ventures, LP or Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited or a subsequent purchaser of their shares could conflict with the interest of our other shareholders or holders of our ADSs. These shareholders could prevent or delay a change in control of our Company even if a transaction of that sort would be beneficial to our other shareholders, including the holders of our ADSs.

Forfeiture of equity shares issued in a private placement

During the year ended March 31, 2008, Sify proposed a scheme of amalgamation to merge Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary) with the Company and made applications to the appropriate authorities in India for approval of the proposed scheme of amalgamation with a to take over the IP-VPN services from Sify Communications Limited ( erstwhile subsidiary) upon the consummation of the merger. Under the provisions of the local telecom regulations, a Company engaged in the business of providing IP-VPN services was required to maintain Indian shareholding at least 26% of the total paid up share capital of the Company. In order to maintain the Indian shareholding at 26% in Sify consequent to the approval of the proposed scheme of amalgamation, Sify and Infinity Satcom Universal, an Indian entity (the Purchaser) entered into a Subscription Agreement (effective March 24, 2008), whereby the Company agreed to sell, and Infinity agreed to purchase, 12,817,000 equity shares of the Company (herein after referred to as ‘the Share Purchase’), at a per share purchase price of USD $4.46/—per share (referred to as ‘the Purchased Shares’), equivalent to Rs. 175/- per share in Indian Rupees.

In connection with the private placement of shares to Infinity Satcom Universal, the independent directors of the Board of the Directors waived the provision of the Standstill Agreement dated November 10, 2005 prohibiting Infinity Capital Ventures, Raju Vegesna and any Affiliate from acquiring additional shares of the Company. Each of Messrs. Raju Vegesna and Ananda Raju Vegesna abstained from voting on the waiver.

The Company received a sum of Rs.112,149 (comprising of Rs.12,817 towards face value and Rs.99,332 towards securities premium) and called up a sum of Rs.448,595 (comprising of Rs.25,634 towards face value and Rs.422,961 towards securities premium). Subsequent to fiscal 2008, the Company withdrew its applications made to appropriate authorities for the approval of the proposed scheme of amalgamation with Sify Communications Limited (erstwhile subsidiary). Consequent upon the withdrawal of the merger, Infinity Satcom Universal communicated to Sify that they would not contribute to calls already made and any balance monies which would become payable under the Subscription Agreement. Hence, the Board of Directors forfeited the shares allotted and the monies collected (Rs. 112,149 including sums towards capital and premium) at the meeting held on August 29, 2008.

Sale of shares in a private transaction

Pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement dated May 31, 2009 between Infinity Capital Venture Management and Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited, a Company owned and controlled by Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director of the Company and brother of Raju Vegesna, CEO & MD of the Company, Raju Vegesna has sold 4,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each of the Company to Infinity Satcom for a consideration of USD 3,000,000 in a private transaction.

Merger of Sify Communications Limited with Sify Technologies Limited

In November 2008, the Board of Directors of Sify Technologies Limited and Sify Communications limited decided to merge Sify Communications with Sify Technologies in view of the benefits accruing due to synergy of combined operations, availing of tax benefits, maximizing the utilization of the infrastructural facilities, human, financial and other resources etc. Based on a petition for the Scheme of Amalgamation filed with the High Court of Madras, India, the Court has approved the Scheme vide its order dated 26^th June, 2009. Consequent upon the consummation of merger, the Company has taken over the assets and liabilities of Sify Communications (erstwhile subsidiary) and Sify Communications ceased to exist and got dissolved without winding up.

As per the Scheme, Sify Technologies has issued and allotted 10,530,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each to Infinity Satcom, the only outside shareholder, towards the consideration for the assets and liabilities taken over by the Company.

Issuance of Equity Shares in private placement to the promoter group:

The proceeds from the proposed issue will be utilised for the ongoing capital expenditure and future expansion plans of the Company. As of March 31, 2012, we had received an aggregate of $48.87 million approximately of proceeds from the issuance.

Related Party Transactions

The related parties where control / significant influence exist are subsidiaries and associates. Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity, directly or indirectly, including any director whether executive or otherwise.

In addition to the transactions described above regarding Mr. Raju Vegesna and Mr. Ananda Raju Vegesna, we engaged in the following transaction with the following entities affiliated with Mr. Raju Vegesna and Mr. Ananda Raju Vegesna.

VALS Developers Private Limited (“VALS”) is owned and controlled by Raju Vegesna Infotech & Industries Private Limited, in which Mr. Raju Vegesna, our principal share holder and Chief Executive Officer, was holding 94.66% equity in his personal capacity. During the year ended March 31, 2009, Sify entered into a memorandum of understanding with VALS Developers Private Limited to obtain land and building which is in the process of being constructed on a long term lease. The lease agreement, when final and executed, is expected to have an initial non-cancellable term of 5 years, with a further option for Sify to renew or cancel the lease for the incremental five year terms. In connection with this memorandum of understanding, Sify has paid a security deposit of Rs.125,700 and advance rental of Rs.157,125 to VALS. The security deposit will be refunded at the end of lease term and the advance rental would be adjusted over 15 months from the commencement of lease term. It is customary in India that whenever a premises is taken up on lease for commercial purpose, a rental advance is paid in multiple months of rent (e.g.) 10 months of rent, which shall be refunded at the time of vacating the premises without any interest.

During the year, on October 30, 2010, the Board of Directors have approved to cancel the MoU for lease arrangement and have decided to acquire the property which is under construction from the third party directly. On 12th January 2011, through a Memorandum of Amendment, the company with the intention to acquire the said land, had substituted its name with that of VALS and through such amendment VALS had agreed to assign all rights, responsibilities, obligations, title etc. in favour of the company, thus making the company eligible to acquire PACE through HERMIT and subsequently the land and also making liable to pay the entire consideration of Rs.1,140,000. Hence the Company has paid VALS an amount of Rs.2,175 i.e., difference between the amount paid by the Company to VALS and the amount paid by VALS to AIPL.

The Company has entered into a lease agreement with Ms Radhika Vegesna, Daughter of Mr Anand Raju Vegesna, Executive Director of the company, to lease the premises owned by her for a period of three years effective June 1, 2010 on a rent of Rs.256 per month and payment of refundable security deposit of Rs.2,558. This arrangement will be automatically renewed for a further period of two blocks of three years with all the terms remaining unchanged. Also refer note 37.

The Company has entered into a lease agreement with Raju Vegesna Developers (P) Limited, in which Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, the Executive Director of the Company is a Director, to lease the premises owned by such Company for a period of three years effective February 1, 2012 for Rs.30 per month. See note 37 in the notes to the financial statements in this annual report.

The Company has entered into a lease agreement with Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited, in which Mr Raju Vegesna, Managing Director and Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, the Executive Director of the Company are also Directors, to lease the premises owned by the above Company for a period of three years effective February 1, 2012 for Rs.75 per month. See note 37 in the notes to the financial statements in this annual report.

Loans to employees

We provide salary advances to our employees in India who are not executive officers or directors. The annual rate of interest for these loans is 0 %. As of March 31, 2012, there were no loans outstanding from any employees.

Item 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Financial Statements

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18 of Form 20-F. No significant change has occurred since the date of our annual financial statements for fiscal year 2011.

Legal Proceedings

(a)

The Group and certain of its officers and directors are named as defendants in a securities class action lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. This action, which is captioned In re Satyam Infoway Ltd. Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation, also names several of the underwriters involved in Sify’s initial public offering of American Depositary Shares as defendants. This class action is brought on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of Sify’s ADSs from the time of Sify’s Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) in October 1999 through December 2000. The central allegation in this action is that the underwriters in Sify’s IPO solicited and received undisclosed commissions from, and entered into undisclosed arrangements with, certain investors who purchased Sify’s ADSs in the IPO and the aftermarket. The complaint also alleges that Sify violated the United States Federal Securities laws by failing to disclose in the IPO prospectus that the underwriters had engaged in these allegedly undisclosed arrangements. More than 300 issuers have been named in similar lawsuits.

On April 2, 2009, the parties lodged with the Court a motion for preliminary approval of a proposed settlement between all parties, including the Company and its former officers and directors. The proposed settlement provides the plaintiffs with $586 million in recoveries from all defendants. Under the proposed settlement, the Issuer Defendants collectively would be responsible for $100 million, which would be paid by the Issuers’ insurers, on behalf of the Issuer Defendants and their officers and directors.

Accordingly, any direct financial impact of the proposed settlement is expected to be borne by the Sify’s insurers. On June 12, 2009, the Federal District Court granted preliminary approval of the proposed settlement. On October 6, 2009, the District Court issued an order granting final approval of the settlement. Subsequent to the final approval of Settlement agreement by the District court, there were several notices of appeal filed. Most were filed by the same parties that objected to the settlement in front of the District Court. These appeals were consolidated into a single appeal and briefing schedule was held. On January 9, 2012, the class counsel and issuer defendant’s counsel entered into a Settlement Agreement, which agreement includes an agreement to dismiss the above appeal. Thus the above appeal has been dismissed with prejudice confirming the Settlement agreement entered before the District Court.

The Company believes, the maximum exposure under this settlement is approximately USD 338,983, an amount which its insurer will pay as per the Settlement Agreement on behalf of the Company.

(b)	Proceedings before the Department of Telecommunications

(i)

License fees

•

On October 12, 2009 (as later clarified by the DoT), the Department of Telecommunications (‘DOT’) raised a demand on Sify Technologies for Rs.14 million after correcting the arithmetical error in the Assessment letter.

•

On February 26, 2010 DoT raised a demand on Sify Communications (erstwhile subsidiary merged with Sify Technologies Limited) for Rs.26 million.

The above demands were made by the DoT on the premise that all amounts of income (whether direct or indirect) including items such as other income, interest on deposits, gain on foreign exchange fluctuation, profit on sale of assets & provision written back, that are in anyway related to telecom operations of the Company or arise in connection with the Telecom business of the Company, are to be considered as income for the purpose of calculation of the license fee. The Company replied suitably on the above demand notice.

Various service providers approached Telecom Disputes Settlement & Appellate Tribunal (‘TDSAT’) to clarify what items of income should be included in the calculation of license fee and what items of income should not be included in such calculation. TDSAT by its order clarified on the above. The TDSAT order was challenged by DoT in Surpreme Court of India and the Supreme Court has set aside the TDSAT order. The service providers through their associations have filed a review petition in Supreme Court of India against the order. Sify believes that the above demands are not tenable under law nor fit into the definition of Adjusted Gross Revenue as defined by DoT. The Company believes it has adequate defenses for these demands and are awaiting the outcome of the review petition.

(ii)

In November 2009, the Company received a demand notice pertaining to the allocation of spectrum in the 3.3-3.4 GHz frequency, from DoT, demanding INR 345 million (US $ 7.05 million) towards spectrum charges payable from the date of issue of allocation letter for 170 Base Stations. As per the notice, in case no payment is received within 15 days from the date of issue of the notice, then it would be presumed that the Company is no longer interested for the frequency assignments in 3.3-3.4 GHz band.

Whilst the Company received allotment letter for Spectrum in 3.3 GHz band (3303.5/3353.5 MHz) (Total 12 MHz) the Company had neither started any operations in this frequency band nor had applied for any Operating License from DOT/ Wireless Planning Commission (WPC). Sify believes that the obligation to make payment will arise only after obtaining the operating license from DOT/WPC. Sify also believes that it has adequate legal defences for these demands, as the Company has not yet obtained any operative license, hence such demand is not tenable Nevertheless, the Company has as a commitment to hold and use the spectrum in the above band has paid INR 11.56 million towards 40 Base Stations and has surrendered the remaining 130 Base Stations. The Company believes that the ultimate outcome of these actions will not have a material adverse effect.

The Group is party to additional legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Based on the available information, as at March 31, 2012, Sify believes that it has adequate legal defences for these actions and that the ultimate outcome of these actions will not have a material adverse effect. However in the event of adverse judgement in all these cases, the maximum financial exposure would be Rs.129,041 (March 31, 2011: Rs 9,051).

Dividends

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our equity shares since inception and do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the expansion of our business. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our ADSs.

Under Indian law, a corporation may pay dividends upon a recommendation by its Board of Directors and approval by a majority of its shareholders. Any future cash dividends on our equity shares represented by ADSs will be paid to the depository in rupees and will generally be converted into dollars by the depository and distributed to holders of ADSs, net of the depository’s fees and expenses.

Item 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

Trading Markets

There is no public market for our equity shares in India, the United States or any other market. Our ADSs evidenced by American Depository Receipts, or ADRs, are traded in the United States only on the NASDAQ Global Market. Each ADS represents one equity share. The ADRs evidencing ADSs were issued by our depository, Citibank, N.A., pursuant to a Deposit Agreement.

Price History

Our ADSs commenced trading on the NASDAQ Market on October 19, 1999. The tables below set forth, for the periods indicated, high and low trading prices for our ADSs in United States dollars:

Prior Fiscal Years


Fiscal year ended	High $		Low $
March 31, 2012		8.25		2.84
March 31, 2011		3.68		1.20
March 31, 2010		2.69		1.04
March 31, 2009		5.20		0.42
March 31, 2008		10.47		4.00


	High		Low
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2011	$		$
First Quarter		1.86		1.23
Second Quarter		2.97		1.20
Third Quarter		2.81		1.70
Fourth Quarter		3.68		2.14


	High		Low
Fiscal year ended March 31, 2012	$		$
First Quarter		8.25		3.65
Second Quarter		6.28		3.99
Third Quarter		6.30		2.84
Fourth Quarter		5.26		3.25

Most recent six months


	High		Low
Month	Rs.		Rs.
July 2012		2.50		2.12
June 2012		2.41		1.97
May 2012		2.99		2.11
April 2012		3.35		3.01
March 2012		4.05		3.25
February 2012		4.50		3.75

Item 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Our authorized share capital is Rs. 1800,000,000, divided into 180,000,000 Equity Shares, having a par value Rs.10 per share. As of March 31, 2012, 178,513,589 Equity Shares were issued, outstanding, of which 125,000,000 Equity Shares were partly paid and the balance fully paid, compared to 178,351,498 Equity Shares as of March 31, 2011.

The equity shares are our only class of share capital. Some of the share capital, 38,982,937 shares, is represented by American Depository Shares issued by our Company in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Our Articles of Association and the Indian Companies Act permit us to issue classes of securities in addition to the equity shares. For the purposes of this annual report, “shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered as a member in the register of members of our Company. The term shareholders and ADSs holders have the same meaning in this annual report since the Indian Companies Act only defines a shareholder.

A total of 5.73 million equity shares are reserved for issuance under our Associate Stock Option Plans (ASOPs). As of March 31, 2012, we had outstanding an aggregate of 601,168, options (net of 27,995 options forfeited by employees) under our ASOP with a weighted average exercise price equal to approximately Rs.152.26 ($2.98) per equity share. The unamortized stock compensation expense related to these grants amounted to Rs.0.67 million as of March 31, 2012.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, Venture Tech, who had subscribed for the shares of our Company in terms of an Investor Rights Agreement, sold 2,017,641 shares reducing their holding from 15.9% to 10.1% and SAIF sold 4,750,000 shares reducing their holding from 21.6% to 8%.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, Venture Tech sold an additional 783,326 shares reducing their holding from 10.1% to 7.7% and SAIF sold an additional 800,000 shares reducing their holding from 8% to 5.68%.

At the Extraordinary General Meeting of our shareholders held on December 23, 2005, the shareholders had approved by a Special Resolution the issue and allotment of 4.97 million equity shares of the par value of Rs.10/- per share at such price as may be determined to the public in India as the initial public offer to comply with the statutory requirement of domestic listing of the shares of our Company, as and when announced by the Government of India.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, Venture Tech sold the remaining 2,750,000 shares of our Company and SAIF sold the remaining 2,008,140 shares of our Company. Satyam Computer Services had divested their entire holding of 11,182,600 shares in the Company to Infinity Capital Ventures, LP through a sponsored ADS programme arranged by us. Further, Infinity Capital, pursuant to the Subscription Agreement dated November 10, 2005 acquired another 6,720,260 shares of the Company in a private transaction. On conclusion of this transaction, the issued and outstanding share capital of our Company was 42,389,514 equity shares, with a par value of Rs.10/- per share.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008, Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited has entered into a Subscription Agreement for the subscription of 12,817,000 additional equity shares of the Company with par value of Rs.10/- per share at a premium of Rs 165/- per share.

On March 24, 2008 , the Company received a sum of Rs 112.14 million (comprising of Rs 12.81 towards face value and Rs 99.33 million towards securities premium / share premium) .Subsequently, Infinity Satcom Universal communicated to the Company vide their letter dated August 27, 2008 that consequent to the merger petition of Sify Communications Limited amalgamating with Sify Technologies Limited has been withdrawn from the High Court of Madras, that they would focus their attention on the business of Sify Communication Limited and hence shall not contribute the balance money towards the subscription of 12,817,000 Equity Shares on call. On August 29, 2008, the Board of Directors, forfeited the shares allotted and the application monies collected (Rs. 112.14 million including sums towards capital and premium).

Pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement dated May 31, 2009 between Raju Vegesna and Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited, a Company owned and controlled by Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director of the Company and brother of Raju Vegesna, CEO & MD of the Company, Raju Vegesna has sold 4,000,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each of the Company to Infinity Satcom for a consideration of USD 3,000,000 in a private transaction.

In November 2008, the Board of Directors of Sify Technologies Limited and Sify Communications limited decided to merge Sify Communications with Sify Technologies. Based on a petition for the Scheme of Amalgamation filed with the High Court of Madras, India, the Court has approved the Scheme vide its order dated June 26, 2009. Consequent upon the consummation of merger, the Company has taken over the assets and liabilities of Sify Communications (erstwhile subsidiary) and has issued and allotted 10,530,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each to Infinity Satcom, the only outside shareholder, towards the consideration for the assets and liabilities taken over by the Company.

On October 30, 2010, we consummated the issuance and sale of 125,000,000 of our equity shares in a private placement with our promoter group, including an entity affiliated with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr Raju Vegesna. These shares carry voting rights proportionate to the amount paid up on these shares. Further company has a lien on these shares till the shares are fully paid up. Also refer note 42 to the Consolidated Financial statements.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Set forth below is the material information concerning our share capital and a brief summary of the material provisions of our Articles of Association, Memorandum of Association and the Indian Companies Act, all as currently in effect. The following description of our equity shares and the material provisions of our Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by our Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association that are incorporated by reference to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Objects of Memorandum of Association

The following is a summary of our Objects as set forth in Section 3 of our Memorandum of Association:

To develop and provide Internet service, Internet Telephony, Infrastructure based services, Virtual Private Network and other related data, voice and video services, wide area communication network, value added services on the network, lease or other transfers of network, software, peripherals and related products, and to provide marketing services.

To provide security products for corporate, carry on the business of consulting, software and hardware, integrated platform(s) for the e-commerce solutions, applications, information technology, security and all other kinds of technology solutions or services, and to acquire, maintain, operate, manage and undertake technology and infrastructure for this purpose.

To develop, service & sell/lease data based through direct or electronic media, to develop a wide area communication network of sell / lease the network or provide value added services on the network to develop, service, buy / sell computers, software, peripherals and related products to provide marketing services rising direct as well as electronic media;

To undertake the designing and development of systems and applications software either for its own use or for sale in India or for export outside India and to design and develop such systems and application software for or on behalf of manufacturers, owners and users of computer systems and digital / electronic equipment’s in India or elsewhere in the world;

To set up and run electronic data processing centres and to carry on the business of data processing, word processing, software consultancy, system studies, management consultancy, techno-economic feasibility studies of projects, design and development of management information systems, share / debenture issues management and / or registration and share/debenture transfer agency;

6.	To undertake and execute feasibility studies for Computerization, setting up of all kind of computer systems and digital/electronic equipment’s and the selection, acquisition and installation thereof whether for the Company or its customers or other users;

To conduct, sponsor or otherwise participate in training programmes, courses, seminar conferences in respect of any of the objects of the Company and for spreading or imparting the knowledge and use of computers and computer programming languages including the publication of books, journals, bulletins, study / course materials, circulars and news-letters; and to undertake the business as agents, stockist, distributors, franchise holders or otherwise for trading or dealing in computer systems, peripherals, accessories, parts and computer consumables, continuous and non-continuous stationery, ribbons and other allied products and things and standard software packages.

8	To conduct e-commerce for sale of all kinds of products and services through direct or electronic media as well as on and off line e-commerce including travel related services, buying and selling of products and services / merchandise, software, data information etc., in India and abroad.

Our Articles of Association provide that the minimum number of directors shall be 3 and the maximum number of directors shall be 12. Currently, we have 7 directors. Our Articles of Association provide that at least two-thirds of our directors shall be subject to re-election by our shareholders; and. at least one-third of our directors who are subject to re-election shall be up for re-election at each Annual General Meeting of the shareholders.

Our Articles of Association do not require that our directors have to hold shares of our Company in order to serve on our board of directors.

Our Articles of Association provide that any director who has a personal interest in a transaction must disclose such interest, must abstain from voting on such a transaction and may not be counted for the purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting. Such director’s interest in any such transaction shall be reported at the next meeting of shareholders. The remuneration payable to our directors may be fixed by the board of directors in accordance with provisions prescribed by the Government of India. Our Articles of Association provide that our board of directors may generally borrow or secure the payment of any sum of money for our business purposes, provided, however, where any amounts are to be borrowed, that when combined with any already outstanding debt, exceed the aggregate of our paid-up capital and free reserves, we cannot borrow such amounts without the consent of our shareholders.

Board of Directors

In terms of the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company and the Indian Companies Act, 1956:

(a)

no director of the Company can vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which he is materially interested;

(b)

the directors of the Company cannot vote on a proposal in the absence of an independent quorum for compensation to themselves or their body;

(c)

each of our directors is entitled to receive a sitting fee not exceeding Rs.20,000 for every meeting of the Board of Directors and each meeting of a Committee of the Board of Directors, as well as all traveling and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such meetings;

(d)

the directors are empowered to borrow moneys through board meetings up to the prescribed limit and beyond that with the approval of the shareholders through a General Meeting;

(e)

retirement of directors are determined by rotation and not based on age limit; and

(f)

no director is required to hold any qualification shares.

For additional information, please see “Item 6. Director, Senior Management and Employees – Board Composition,” “-Board Committees” and “-Director Compensation,” and “-Officer Compensation” of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Dividends

Under the Indian Companies Act, unless our Board of Directors recommends the payment of a dividend which is then declared by our shareholders in a general meeting, we may not declare a dividend. However, the board is not obliged to recommend a dividend. Similarly, under our Articles of Association and the Indian Companies Act, although the shareholders may, at the annual general meeting, approve a dividend in an amount less than that recommended by the Board of Directors, they cannot increase the amount of the dividend. In India, dividends generally are declared as a percentage of the par value of a Company’s equity shares. The dividend recommended by the Board of Directors, and thereafter declared by the shareholders in general meeting and subject to the limitations described above, is required to be distributed and paid to shareholders in proportion to the paid up value of their shares within 30 days of the declaration by the shareholders at the annual general meeting. Pursuant to our Articles, our Board of Directors has the discretion to declare and pay interim dividends without shareholder approval. Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends can only be paid in cash to the registered shareholder, the shareholder’s order or the shareholder’s banker’s order, at a record date fixed on or prior to the date of the Annual General Meeting. We must inform the stock exchanges on which our equity shares and ADSs are listed on the record date for determining the shareholders who are entitled to receive dividends.

The Indian Companies Act provides that any dividends that remain unpaid or unclaimed after the 30-day period from the date of declaration of a dividend are to be transferred to a special bank account opened by the Company at an approved bank. We have to transfer any dividends that remain unclaimed for seven years from the date of the transfer to an Investor Education and Protection Fund established by the Government of India under the provisions of the Indian Companies Act. After the transfer to this fund, such unclaimed dividends may not be claimed.

With respect to equity shares issued during a particular fiscal year (including any equity shares underlying ADSs issued to the depository), cash dividends declared and paid for such fiscal year generally will be prorated from the date of issuance to the end of such fiscal year.

Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends may be paid out of profits of a Company in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years after providing for depreciation. Before declaring a dividend greater than 10% of the par value of its equity shares, a Company is required under the Indian Companies Act to transfer to its reserves a minimum percentage of its profits for that year, ranging from 2.5% to 10% depending upon the dividend percentage to be declared in such year.

The Indian Companies Act further provides that, in the event of an inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a dividend may be declared for such year out of the Company’s accumulated profits that has been transferred to its reserves, subject to the following conditions:

•

the rate of dividend to be declared may not exceed 10% of its paid up capital or the average of the rate at which dividends were declared by the Company in the prior five years, whichever is less;

•

the total amount to be drawn from the accumulated profits earned in the previous years and transferred to the reserves may not exceed an amount equivalent to 10% of its paid up capital and free reserves, and the amount so drawn is to be used first to set off the losses incurred in the fiscal year before any dividends in respect of preference or equity shares are declared; and

•

the balance of reserves after withdrawals shall not fall below 15% of its paid up capital.

Voting Rights

At any general meeting, voting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding at least 10% of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution or by those holding shares with an aggregate paid up capital of at least Rs.50,000. Upon a show of hands, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person has one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy has voting rights in proportion to the paid up capital held by such shareholders. The Chairperson has a casting vote in the case of any tie.

Any shareholder of the Company entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company may appoint a proxy. The instrument appointing a proxy must be delivered to us at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. Unless the articles of association otherwise provide, a proxy may not vote except on a poll. A corporate shareholder may appoint an authorized representative who can vote on behalf of the shareholder, both upon a show of hands and upon a poll. An authorized representative is also entitled to appoint a proxy.

Ordinary resolutions may be passed by simple majority of those present and voting at any general meeting for which the required period of notice has been given. However, specified resolutions such as amendments to our Articles and the Memorandum of Association, commencement of a new line of business, the waiver of preemptive rights for the issuance of any new shares and a reduction of share capital, require that votes cast in favor of the resolution (whether by show of hands or on a poll) are not less than three times the number of votes, if any, cast against the resolution by members so entitled and voting. As per the Indian Companies Act, unless the articles of association of a Company provide for all directors to retire at every annual general meeting, not less than two-third of the directors of a public Company must retire by rotation, while the remaining one-third may remain on the board until they resign or are removed. Our Articles of Association require two thirds of our Directors to retire by rotation. One-third of the directors who are subject to retirement by rotation must retire at each Annual General Meeting. Further, the Indian Companies Act requires certain resolutions such as those listed below to be voted on only by a postal ballot:

•

amendments of the memorandum of association to alter the objects of the Company and to change the registered office of the Company under section 146 of the Indian Companies Act;

•

the issuance of shares with differential rights with respect to voting, dividend or other provisions of the Indian Companies Act;

•

the sale of the whole or substantially the whole of an undertaking or facilities of the Company;

•

providing loans, extending guarantees or providing a security in excess of the limits allowed under Section 372A of the Indian Companies Act;

•

varying the rights of the holders of any class of shares or debentures;

•

the election of a director by minority shareholders; and

•

the buyback of shares.

Bonus Shares

In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Indian Companies Act permits us to distribute an amount transferred from the reserve or surplus in our profit and loss account to our shareholders in the form of bonus shares, which are similar to a stock dividend. The Indian Companies Act also permits the issuance of bonus shares from a share premium account. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion recommended by the Board. Shareholders of record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive such bonus shares.

Consolidation and Subdivision of Shares

The Indian Companies Act permits a Company to split or combine the par value of its shares, provided such split or combination is not made in fractions. Shareholders of record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive the split or combination.

Preemptive Rights and Issue of Additional Shares

The Indian Companies Act gives shareholders the right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their respective existing shareholdings unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a General Meeting of the shareholders. Under the Indian Companies Act, in the event of an issuance of securities, subject to the limitations set forth above, a Company must first offer the new shares to the shareholders on a fixed record date. The offer must include: (i) the right, exercisable by the shareholders of record, to renounce the shares offered in favor of any other person; and (ii) the number of shares offered and the period of the offer, which may not be less than 15 days from the date of offer. If the offer is not accepted it is deemed to have been declined and thereafter the board of directors is authorized under the Indian Companies Act to distribute any new shares not purchased by the preemptive rights holders in the manner that it deems most beneficial to the Company.

Annual General Meetings of Shareholders

We must convene an annual general meeting of shareholders each year within 15 months of the previous annual general meeting or within six months of the end of previous fiscal year, whichever is earlier and may convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid up capital carrying voting rights. In certain circumstances a three month extension may be granted by the Registrar of Companies to hold the Annual General Meeting. The Annual General Meeting of the shareholders is generally convened by our Company Secretary pursuant to a resolution of the board of directors. In addition, the Board may convene an Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of our paid up capital carrying voting rights. Written notice setting out the agenda of any meeting must be given at least 21 days prior to the date of the General Meeting to the shareholders of record, excluding the days of mailing and date of the meeting. Shareholders who are registered as shareholders on the date of the General Meeting are entitled to attend or vote at such meeting. The Annual General Meeting of shareholders must be held at our registered office or at such other place within the city in which the registered office is located, and meetings other than the Annual General Meeting may be held at any other place if so determined by the board of directors.

Our Articles provide that a quorum for a general meeting is the presence of at least five shareholders in person.

2012 Annual General Meeting

Our Annual General Meeting for the fiscal year 2012 will be held before September 30, 2012 on such date as may be decided by the Board of Directors at the registered office of our Company, 2nd Floor, Tidel Park, 4 Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Taramani, Chennai 600 113, India.

At the Annual General Meeting, the shareholders shall approve the following items:

•

Adoption of audited financials for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 as per Indian GAAP.

•

Reappointment of Mr S R Sukumara as director.

•

Appointment of ASA & Associates as the statutory auditors.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities

The limitations on the rights to own securities of Indian companies, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold securities, are discussed in the section entitled “Ownership Restrictions” below.

Register of Shareholders; Record Dates; Transfer of Shares

We maintain a register of shareholders as required under the Indian Companies Act, 1956. For the purpose of determining the shares entitled to annual dividends, the register is closed for a specified period prior to the annual general meeting. The date on which this period begins is the record date.

To determine which shareholders are entitled to specified shareholder rights such as dividend, we may close the register of shareholders. The Indian Companies Act requires us to give at least seven days’ prior notice to the public before such closure. We may not close the register of shareholders for more than thirty consecutive days, and in no event for more than forty-five days in a year.

Following the introduction of the Depositories Act, 1996, and the repeal of Section 22A of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, which enabled companies to refuse to register transfers of shares in some circumstances, the equity shares of a public Company are freely transferable, subject only to the provisions of Section 111A of the Indian Companies Act and the listing agreement entered into between the Company and relevant stock exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed. Since we are a public Company under Indian law, the provisions of Section 111A will apply to us. Our Articles currently contain provisions that give our directors discretion to refuse to register a transfer of shares in some circumstances. According to our Articles, our directors are required to exercise this right in the best interests of our Company. While our directors are not required to provide a reason for any such refusal in writing, they must give notice of the refusal to the transferee within two months after receipt of the application for registration of transfer by our Company. In accordance with the provisions of Section 111A(2) of the Indian Companies Act, our directors may exercise this discretion if they have sufficient cause to do so. If our directors refuse to register a transfer of shares, the shareholder wishing to transfer his, her or its shares may file a civil suit or an appeal with the Company Law Board or CLB/Tribunal.

Pursuant to Section 111A(3), if a transfer of shares contravenes any of the provisions of the Indian Companies Act and Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the regulations issued there under or the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985 or any other Indian laws, the CLB/Tribunal may, on application made by the relevant Company, a depository incorporated in India, an investor, a participant, or the Securities and Exchange Board of India or other parties, direct the rectification of the register, record of members and/or beneficial owners. Pursuant to Section 111A(4),the CLB/Tribunal may, in its discretion, issue an interim order suspending the voting rights attached to the relevant shares before making or completing its investigation into the alleged contravention. Notwithstanding such investigation, the rights of a shareholder to transfer the shares will not be restricted.

Under the Indian Companies Act, unless the shares of a Company are held in a dematerialized form, a transfer of shares is effected by an instrument of transfer in the form prescribed by the Indian Companies Act and the rules there under together with delivery of the share certificates. Our transfer agent is Citibank, N.A.—Mumbai branch.

Disclosure of Ownership Interest

Section 187C of the Indian Companies Act requires holders on record who do not hold beneficial interests in shares of Indian companies to declare to the Company certain details, including the nature of the holder’s interest and details of the beneficial owner. Any person who fails to make the required declaration within 30 days may be liable for a fine of up to Rs. 1,000 for each day the declaration is not made. Any charge, promissory note or other collateral agreement created, executed or entered into with respect to any share by the ostensible owner thereof, or any hypothecation by the ostensible owner of any share, pursuant to which a declaration is required to be made under Section 187C, shall not be enforceable by the beneficial owner or any person claiming through the beneficial owner if such declaration is not made. Failure to comply with Section 187C will not affect the obligation of the Company to register a transfer of shares or to pay any dividends to the registered holder of any shares pursuant to which such declaration has not been made.

Audit and Annual Report

Under the Indian Companies Act, a Company must file its annual report with the Registrar of Companies within 7 months from the close of the accounting year or within 30 days from the date of the Annual General Meeting, whichever is earlier. At least 21 days before the annual general meeting of shareholders excluding the days of mailing and receipt, we must distribute to our shareholders a detailed version of our audited balance sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow statement and the related reports of the Board and the auditors, together with a notice convening the annual general meeting. These materials are also generally made available at our corporate website, www.sifycorp.com. Under the Indian Companies Act, we must file the balance sheet and annual profit and loss account presented to the shareholders within 30 days of the conclusion of the annual general meeting with the Registrar of Companies in Tamil Nadu, India, which is the state in which our registered office is located. We must also file an annual return containing a list of our shareholders and other information within 60 days of the conclusion of the meeting.

As per the directive of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India, effective fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 onwards, the Company is required to file the audited financials in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) mode by using XBRL taxonomy.

Company Acquisition of Equity Shares

A Company may, under some circumstances, acquire its own equity shares without seeking the approval of the High Court. However, a Company would have to extinguish the shares it has so acquired within the prescribed time period. Generally, a Company is not permitted to acquire its own shares for treasury operations. An acquisition by a Company of its own shares (without having to obtain the approval of the High Court) must comply with prescribed rules, regulations and conditions as laid down in the Indian Companies Act and the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998, or Buy-back Regulations.

Any ADS holder may participate in a Company’s purchase of its own shares by withdrawing his or her ADSs from the depository facility, acquiring equity shares upon the withdrawal and then selling those shares back to the Company.

There can be no assurance that equity shares offered by an ADS investor in any buyback of shares by us will be accepted by us. The regulatory approvals required for ADS holders to participate in a buyback are not entirely clear. ADS investors are advised to consult their legal advisors for advice prior to participating in any buyback by us, including advice related to any related regulatory approvals and tax issues.

Liquidation Rights

Subject to the rights of creditors, employees and the holders of any shares entitled by their terms to preferential repayment over the equity shares and taxes, if any, as may be prescribed under the Indian Companies Act, in the event of our winding-up the holders of the equity shares are entitled to be repaid the amounts of paid up capital or credited as paid up on those equity shares. All surplus assets after payments due to the holders of any preference shares at the commencement of the winding-up shall be paid to holders of equity shares in proportion to their shareholdings.

Redemption of Equity Shares

Under the Indian Companies Act, equity shares are not redeemable.

Discriminatory Provisions in Articles

There are no provisions in our Articles of Association discriminating against any existing or prospective holder of such securities as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

Alteration of Shareholder Rights

Under the Indian Companies Act, and subject to the provisions of the articles of association of a Company, the rights of any class of shareholders can be altered or varied (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) by special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class. In the absence of any such provision in the articles, such alteration or variation is permitted as long as it is not prohibited by the agreement governing the issuance of the shares of that class.

Under the Indian Companies Act, the articles of association may be altered by a special resolution of the shareholders

Provisions on Changes in Capital

Our authorized capital can be altered by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a General Meeting. The additional issue of shares is subject to the preemptive rights of the shareholders. In addition, a Company may increase its share capital, consolidate its share capital into shares of larger face value than its existing shares or sub-divide its shares by reducing their par value, subject to an ordinary resolution of the shareholders in a General Meeting.

Material Contracts

See the agreements listed in Item 7, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” regarding our material contracts involving certain of our officers and directors.

Exchange Controls

General

The subscription, purchase and sale of shares of an Indian Company by Person Resident outside India (non-residents) are governed by various Indian laws regulating the transfer or issue of Securities by the Company to non-residents. These regulations have been progressively relaxed in recent years. Set forth below is a summary of various forms of investment, and the regulations applicable to each, including the requirements under Indian law applicable to the issuance of ADSs.

Foreign Direct Investment

Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in India is governed by the FDI Policy announced by the Government of India and the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA), 1999. Reserve Bank has issued Notification No. FEMA 20 /2000-RB dated May 3, 2000 which contains the Regulations in this regard. This Notification has been amended from time to time. The various amendments are compiled every year in Master Circulars. In terms of Master Circular issued in July 1, 2009, FDI is freely permitted in almost all sectors. Under the FDI Scheme, investments can be made by non-residents in the shares / convertible debentures / preference shares of an Indian Company, through two routes; the Automatic Route and the Government Route. Under the Automatic Route, the foreign investor or the Indian Company does not require any approval from the Reserve Bank or Government of India (RBI) for the investment. Under the Government Route, prior approval of the Government of India, Ministry of Finance, Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB) is required. The details of FDI are contained in the policy and procedures in respect of FDI in India are available in “the Manual on Investing in India—Foreign Direct Investment, Policy & Procedures”.

In terms of Master Circular issued in July 2009, in most manufacturing / service sectors do not require prior approval of the FIPB, or the RBI, if the activity of the investee-Company fulfill the conditions prescribed for Automatic Route. These conditions include certain eligibility norms, pricing requirements, subscription in foreign exchange, compliance with the Takeover Code (as described below), and ownership restrictions based on the nature of the foreign investor (as described below). Purchases by foreign investors of ADSs are treated as direct foreign investment in the equity issued by Indian companies for such offerings. Foreign investment up to 74 % of our share capital is currently permitted in our industry (telecom industry).

Subsequent Transfers

Restrictions for subsequent transfers of shares of Indian companies between residents and non-residents were relaxed significantly as of October 2004. As a result, for a transfer between a resident and a non-resident of securities of an Indian Company in the Telecom sector, such as ours, no prior approval of either the RBI or the Government of India is required, as long as the terms and conditions set out in A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 16 of October 4, 2004 is complied with. These conditions / procedure include compliance with pricing guidelines, Consent letters from the Transaction Parties, applicability of regulatory requirements such as FDI and the Takeover Code, filing Form FC TRS with Authorised Dealers (authorized bankers) with relevant enclosures and so on.

Transfers of shares or convertible debenture, by way of sale or gift, between two non-residents are not subject to RBI approvals or pricing restrictions, provided the buying non-residents do not have investment in similar business / collaboration / commercial arrangements in India. If the buying non-residents have similar investment / collaboration / commercial arrangements in India, prior Government Approval is required for such transaction.

Issue of shares by Indian companies under ADR / GDR

i) Depository Receipts (DRs) are negotiable securities issued outside India by a Depository bank, on behalf of an Indian Company, which represent the local Rupee denominated equity shares of the Company held as deposit by a Custodian bank in India. DRs are traded on Stock Exchanges in the US, Singapore, Luxembourg, etc. DRs listed and traded in the US markets are known as American Depository Receipts (ADRs) and those listed and traded elsewhere are known as Global Depository Receipts (GDRs). In the Indian context, DRs are treated as Foreign Direct Investment (FDI).

ii) Indian companies can raise foreign currency resources abroad through the issue of ADRs/GDRs, in accordance with the Scheme for issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (Through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 and guidelines issued by the Government of India thereunder from time to time.

iii) A Company can issue ADRs / GDRs if it is eligible to issue shares to persons resident outside India (non-resident) under the FDI Scheme. However, an Indian listed Company, which is not eligible to raise funds from the Indian Capital Market including a Company which has been restrained from accessing the securities market by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) will not be eligible to issue ADRs/GDRs.

iv) Unlisted companies, which have not yet accessed the ADR/GDR route for raising capital in the international market, would require prior or simultaneous listing in the domestic market, while seeking to issue such overseas instruments. Unlisted companies, which have already issued ADRs/GDRs in the international market, have to list in the domestic market within three years of having started making profit. Further, they are prohibited to issue further ADRs/GDRs till the listing in the domestic market is completed.

As of the date, the Company may not issue further ADRs in view of its inability to list its shares in the domestic market since the Company’s financials does not satisfy the eligibility criteria for an initial public offering issued by SEBI.

Takeover Code

Upon conversion of ADSs into equity shares, a holder of ADSs will be subject to the Takeover Code as prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Board of India.

Fungibility of ADSs

A limited two-way fungibility scheme has been put in place by the Government of India for ADRs / GDRs. Under this Scheme, a stock broker in India, registered with SEBI, can purchase shares of an Indian Company from the market for conversion into ADRs/GDRs based on instructions received from overseas investors. Re-issuance of ADRs / GDRs would be permitted to the extent of ADRs / GDRs which have been redeemed into underlying shares and sold in the Indian market.

Currently, there is no public trading market for our equity shares in India or elsewhere nor can we assure you that we will take steps to develop one. Our equity securities are only traded on NASDAQ through the ADSs as described in this report. Under prior Indian laws and regulations, our Depository could not accept deposits of outstanding equity shares and issue ADRs evidencing ADSs representing such equity shares without prior approval of the Government of India. The Reserve Bank of India has announced fungibility regulations permitting, under limited circumstances, the conversion of ADSs to equity shares and the reconversion of equity shares to ADSs provided that the actual number of ADSs outstanding after such reconversion is not greater than the original number of ADSs outstanding. If you elect to surrender your ADSs and receive equity shares, you will not be able to trade those equity shares on any securities market and, under present law, likely will not be permitted to reconvert those equity shares to ADSs.

Transfer of ADSs and Surrender of ADSs

A person resident outside India may transfer the ADSs held in Indian companies to another person resident outside India without any permission. An ADS holder is permitted to surrender the ADSs held by him in an Indian Company and to receive the underlying equity shares under the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Under Indian regulations, the re-deposit of these equity shares with the Depository for ADSs may not be permitted.

Government of India Approvals

Pursuant to the RBI’s regulations relating to sponsored ADS offerings, an issuer in India can sponsor the issue of ADSs through an overseas depository against underlying equity shares accepted from holders of its equity shares in India. The guidelines specify, among other conditions, that:

•

the ADSs must be offered at a price determined by the lead manager of such offering;

•

all equity holders may participate;

•

the issuer must obtain special shareholder approval; and

•

the proceeds must be repatriated to India within one month of the closure of the issue.

Ownership Restrictions

The Securities and Exchange Board of India and Reserve Bank of India regulate Portfolio Investments in Indian Companies by Foreign Institutional Investors and Non-Resident Indians, both of which we refer to as foreign portfolio investors. The Reserve Bank of India issued a circular in August 1998 stating that foreign institutional investors in aggregate may hold no more than 30% of the equity shares of an Indian Company and non-resident Indians and overseas corporate bodies in aggregate may hold no more than 10% of the shares of an Indian Company through portfolio investments. Under current Indian Law, the aggregate of the investment by the Foreign Institutional Investors can’t be more than 24% of the equity share capital of an Indian Company, and the aggregate of the investment by the Non-Resident Indians can’t be more than 10% of the equity share capital of an Indian Company through Portfolio Investments. The 24% and 10% limit referred above may be increased to 49% and 24% respectively on passing of a Special Resolution by the Shareholders to that effect. Moreover, no single Foreign Institutional Investor may hold more than 10% of the shares of an Indian Company and no single Non-Resident Indian may hold more than 5% of the shares of an Indian Company.

Foreign institutional investors are urged to consult with their Indian legal and tax advisers about the relationship between the foreign institutional investor regulations and the ADSs and any equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of ADSs.

Under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997, Every purchaser who acquires (directly or indirectly) more than 5% of the equity share capital at any point of time (the aggregate of the existing shares and the newly acquired shares) of a Listed Public Indian Company, is required to notify the Company within four days of such acquisition or receipt of allotment information and the Company in turn is required to notify all the stock exchanges on which the shares of the Company are listed with seven days.

Any purchaser whose proposed acquisition entitled him to hold 15% (the aggregate of the existing shares and the newly acquired shares) or more of such shares or a change in control of the Company, either by himself or with others acting in concert is required to make annual disclosures of the purchaser’s holdings in the Company and to make an Open Offer to the other Shareholders offering to purchase at least 20% of all the outstanding shares of the Company at a minimum offer price as determined pursuant to the provisions of the regulations. A purchaser who holds between 15 % and 75 % of a Company’s shares cannot acquire additional shares or voting rights that would entitle the purchaser to exercise an additional 5.% of the voting rights in any 12 month period unless such purchaser makes a public announcement offering to acquire an additional 20% of the Company’s shares. Upon conversion of ADSs into equity shares, an ADS holder will be subject to the Takeover Code. The Takeover Code does not apply to purchases involving the acquisition of shares (i) by allotment in a public and rights issue, (ii) pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (iii) by registered stockbrokers in the ordinary course of business on behalf of customers, (iv) in unlisted companies, (v) pursuant to a scheme of reconstruction or amalgamation or (vi) pursuant to a scheme under Section 18 of the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985. The Takeover Code does not apply to purchases in the ordinary course of business by public financial institutions either on their own account or as a pledgee. In addition, the Takeover Code does not apply to the purchase of ADSs so long as they are not converted into equity shares. However, since we are an unlisted Company, the provisions of the new regulations will not apply to us. If our shares are listed on an Indian stock exchange in the future, the new regulations will apply to the holders of our ADSs.

Open market purchases of securities of Indian companies in India by foreign direct investors or investments by non-resident Indians and foreign institutional investors above the ownership levels set forth above require Government of India approval on a case-by-case basis.

Voting Rights of Deposited Equity Shares Represented by ADSs

Holders of ADSs generally have the right under the deposit agreement to instruct the depository bank to exercise the voting rights for the equity shares represented by the related ADSs. At our request, the depository bank will mail to the holders of ADSs any notice of shareholders’ meeting received from us together with information explaining how to instruct the depository bank to exercise the voting rights of the securities represented by ADSs.

If the depository bank timely receives voting instructions from a holder of ADSs, it will endeavor to vote the securities represented by the holder’s ADSs in accordance with such voting instructions. In the event that voting takes place by a show of hands, the depository bank will cause the custodian to vote all deposited securities in accordance with the instructions received by holders of a majority of the ADSs for which the depository bank receives voting instructions.

Please note that the ability of the depository bank to carry out voting instructions may be limited by practical and legal limitations and the terms of the securities on deposit. We cannot assure you that ADS holders will receive voting materials in time to enable them to return voting instructions to the depository bank in a timely manner. Securities for which no voting instructions have been received will not be voted except as discussed above.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the SEC’s proxy rules, which regulate the form and content of solicitations by United States-based issuers of proxies from their shareholders. To date, our practice has been to provide advance notice to our ADS holders of all shareholder meetings and to solicit their vote on such matters, through the depository, and we expect to continue this practice. The form of notice and proxy statement that we have been using does not include all of the information that would be provided under the SEC’s proxy rules.

Under Indian law, the ADS holders have the right to vote on any general meetings either by show of hands or by poll only on becoming the Shareholder of the Company by converting the ADS into equity shares of the Company.

Taxation

Indian Taxation

General. The following relates to the principal Indian tax consequences for holders of ADSs and equity shares received upon withdrawal of such equity shares who are not resident in India, whether of Indian origin or not. We refer to these persons as non-resident holders. The following summary is based on the law and practices of the Income-tax Act,1961, or Income-tax Act including the special tax regime contained in Sections 115AC and 115 ACA of the Income-tax Act read with the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 or the Scheme, as amended. The Income-tax Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of Sections 115AC and 115ACA may be amended or changed by future amendments to the Income-tax Act

This section is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of the individual tax consequences to non-resident holders under Indian law for the acquisition, ownership and sale of ADSs and equity shares. Personal tax consequences of an investment may vary for non-resident holders in various circumstances, and potential investors should therefore consult their own tax advisers on the tax consequences of such acquisition, ownership and sale, including specifically the tax consequences under the law of the jurisdiction of their residence and any tax treaty between India and their country of residence.

Residence.

For purposes of the Income-tax Act, an individual is considered to be a resident of India during any fiscal year if he or she is in India in that year for a period or periods amounting to at least 182 days; or at least 60 days and, within the four preceding years has been in India for a period or periods amounting to at least 365 days.

The period of 60 days referred to above shall be read as 182 days (i) in case of a citizen of India who leaves India in a previous year for the purposes of employment outside of India or (ii) in the case of a citizen of India or a person of Indian origin living abroad who visits India or (iii) a member of crew of Indian ship.

Taxation of Distributions. The Finance Act, 2003 has inserted with effect from April 1, 2003, dividend income from domestic Company will be exempt from tax in the hands of shareholders as the domestic companies will be liable to pay a dividend distribution tax at the rate of 16.995 % inclusive of applicable surcharge and education cess. The Finance Act, 2008 introduced Section 115 O (1A) effective April 1, 2008 under which a domestic Company, subject to certain conditions, can set off the dividend income received from its subsidiary from the amount of dividend income declared by it to its shareholders and would therefore be liable to dividend distribution tax only on the balance dividend after such set-off. Any distributions of additional ADSs or equity shares to resident or non-resident holders will not be subject to Indian tax. Similarly, the acquisition by a non-resident holder of equity shares upon redemption of ADSs will not constitute a taxable event for Indian income tax purposes as it is not regarded as transfer under sec 47(xa) of the Indian Income tax laws . Such acquisition will, however, give rise to a stamp duty as described below under “Stamp Duty and Transfer Tax.”

Minimum Alternate Tax. The Indian Government had introduced Section 115JA to the Income Tax Act which came into effect in April 1, 1997, to bring certain zero tax companies under the ambit of a Minimum Alternative Tax, or MAT. If the taxable income of a Company computed under this Act, in respect of a previous year was less than 30% of its book profits, the total income of such Company chargeable to tax for the relevant previous year shall be deemed to be an amount equal to 30% of such book profits. Effective April 1, 2001, Finance Act, 2000 introduced Section 115JB, pursuant to which the income of companies eligible for tax holiday under sections 10A or 10AA of the Act was exempted from MAT. The amount of income to which any of the provisions of section 10A or section 10AA apply, was reduced from the book profit for the purposes of calculation of income tax payable under the aforesaid section. The Finance Act, 2007 included income eligible for deductions under sections 10A and 10B of the Act in the computation of book profits for the levy of MAT. The rate of MAT for domestic companies, effective April 1, 2007, was 11.33% (inclusive of applicable surcharge and education cess) and levied on its book profits. The Income tax Act provides that the MAT paid by the companies can be adjusted against its tax liability under the normal provisions of the India Income tax laws but limited to the extent that is over and above the tax computed under MAT provisions over the next seven years which is being increased to 10 years by the Finance (No 2) Act 2009.The Finance Act (No 2) 2009 has increased the rate of MAT to 16.995%(inclusive of applicable surcharge and education cess) and increased the number of years to 10 years to carry forward the MAT credit. The rate was further increased to 19.93% by the Finance Act 2010. The rate was further increased to 20.01% by the Finance Act 2011.

Fringe Benefits Tax. The Finance Act, 2007 imposed a Fringe Benefits Tax, or FBT in respect of any specified security or sweat equity shares allotted or transferred, directly or indirectly, by a Company free of cost or at concessional rate to its current or former employees. The FBT is applicable for all options granted under a Company’s stock option plan, where such option is exercised on or after April 1, 2007. The value of fringe benefit is the fair market value, or FMV, of the specified security or share as on the date of vesting of the option with the employee as reduced by the amount actually paid by, or recovered from the employee in respect of such security or share. The value of the fringe benefit is subject to FBT at the rate of 33.99%, inclusive of applicable surcharge and education cess. The Finance Act, 2007 introduced a new section 115WKA in the Income Tax Act enabling an employer to recover FBT payable in respect of specified securities or sweat equity shares from its employees. The Finance Act, 2008 introduced a new section 115WKB, effective April 1, 2008, which provides that FBT paid by the employer and subsequently recovered from the employee shall be deemed to be tax paid by the employee in relation to the value of fringe benefits provided to him. However, the employee is not entitled to any refund of such deemed payment of tax and shall not be entitled to any claim of credit against any other tax liability. The Ministry of Finance has abolished the FBT from fiscal 2009- 2010 onwards.

Taxation of Capital Gains. Any gain realized on the sale of ADSs by a non-resident holder to any non-resident outside India is not subject to Indian capital gains tax as it is not regarded as transfer by virtue of section 47(viia) of Indian Income tax laws which is prerequisite for taxing as capital gains.

Since our ADS offerings were approved by the Government of India under the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme, non-resident holders of the ADSs have the benefit of tax concessions available under Section 115AC. As a result, gains realized on the sale of ADSs will not be subject to Indian taxation. The effect of the Scheme in the context of Section 115AC is unclear as to whether such tax treatment is available to a non-resident who acquires equity shares outside India from a non-resident holder of equity shares after receipt of the equity shares upon surrender of the ADSs. If concessional tax treatment is not available, gains realized on the sale of such equity shares will be subject to customary Indian taxation on capital gains as discussed below. The Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme provides that if the equity shares are sold on a recognized stock exchange in India against payment in Indian rupees, they will no longer be eligible for such concessional tax treatment.

Subject to any relief provided pursuant to an applicable tax treaty, any gain realized on the sale of equity shares to an Indian resident or inside India generally will be subject to Indian capital gains tax. However, the acquisition by non-resident holders of equity shares in exchange for ADSs will not be subject to Indian capital gains tax. .When the sale of equity shares is liable to capital gain tax the cost of acquisition for computing the tax is taken as the original cost of acquisition of the ADSs by virtue of the section 49(2A) of the Indian Income tax laws. Therefore, the original cost of acquisition of the ADSs may be treated as the cost of acquisition for the purposes of determining the capital gains tax. According to the Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares Scheme, a non-resident holder’s holding period for purposes of determining the applicable Indian capital gains tax rate in respect of equity shares received in exchange for ADSs commences on the date of the notice of the redemption by the depository to the custodian. The India-U.S. Treaty does not provide an exemption from the imposition of Indian capital gains tax.

Under Section 115AC, taxable gain realized in respect of equity shares held for more than 12 months, or long-term gain, is subject to tax at the rate of 10.30%. Taxable gain realized in respect of equity shares held for 12 months or less, or short-term gain, is subject to tax at variable rates with a maximum rate of 41.20%. The actual rate of tax on short-term gain depends on a number of factors, including the country of residence of the non-resident holder and the type of income chargeable in India.

Withholding Tax on Capital Gains. Any taxable gain realized by a non-resident on the sale of ADSs or equity shares is to be withheld at the source by the buyer. However, as per the provisions of Section 196D(2) of the Income Tax Act, no withholding tax is required to be deducted from any income by way of capital gains arising to Foreign Institutional Investors as defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act on the transfer of securities defined in Section 115AD of the Income Tax Act.

Buy-back of Securities. Indian companies are not subject to any tax on the buy-back of their shares. However, the shareholders will be taxed on any resulting gains. We would be required to deduct tax at source according to the capital gains tax liability of a non-resident shareholder

Stamp Duty and Transfer Tax. Upon issuance of the equity shares underlying our ADSs, we are required to pay a stamp duty of 0.1% of the aggregate value of the shares issued, provided that the issue of dematerialized shares is not subject to Indian stamp duty. A transfer of ADSs is not subject to Indian stamp duty. However, upon the acquisition of equity shares from the depository in exchange for ADSs, the non-resident holder will be liable for Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.25% of the market value of the equity shares on the redemption date. Similarly upon a sale of shares in physical form, stamp duty at the rate of 0.25% of the market value of the equity shares on the trade date is payable, although customarily such duty is borne by the purchaser. Our equity shares, if and when issued and traded in dematerialized form, are not subject to Indian stamp duty.

Wealth Tax. The holding of the ADSs in the hands of non-resident holders and the holding of the underlying equity shares by the depository as a fiduciary will be exempt from Indian wealth tax. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisers in this context.

Gift Tax and Estate Duty. Indian gift tax was abolished in October 1998. In India, there is no estate duty law. As a result, no estate duty would be applicable in India. Non-resident holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors in this context. However, gift receipt by non-relatives or firms or closely held companies would be taxed as income in the hands of the recipient under the Income tax Act. Yet, gifts between non-residents (being transfers outside India) would not get taxed in India.

Service Tax. Brokerage or commission paid to stock brokers in connection with the sale or purchase of shares is subject to a service tax of 12.36%. The stock broker is responsible for collecting the service tax from the shareholder and paying it to the relevant authority

Income Tax Matters

The statutory corporate income tax rate and the surcharge thereon are subject to change in line with the changes announced in the Union Budget each year. For fiscal year 2011, the corporate income tax rate was 30%, subject to a surcharge of 7.5% and education cess of 2% and 1% secondary and higher education cess, resulting in an effective tax rate of 33.22%. For fiscal year 2012, the corporate income tax rate is 30%, subject to a surcharge of 5% and education cess of 2 % and 1% secondary and higher education cess, resulting in an effective tax rate of 32.445%. We cannot assure you that the current income tax rate will remain unchanged in the future. We also cannot assure you that the surcharge will be in effect for a limited period of time or that additional surcharges will not be levied by the Government of India. Until April 1, 2002, dividends declared, distributed or paid by an Indian corporation were subject to a dividend tax of 10.2%, including the applicable surcharge for fiscal 2002, of the total amount of the dividend declared, distributed or paid. This tax is not paid by shareholders nor is it a withholding requirement, but rather it is a direct tax payable by the corporation before distribution of a dividend. Effective April 1, 2002, Indian companies were no longer to be taxed on declared dividends. The Finance Act, 2003 proposed that after April 1, 2003, dividend income will be exempt from tax for shareholders and that domestic companies will be liable to pay a dividend distribution tax at the rate of 12.5% plus a surcharge and education cess at the time of the distribution. The Finance Act 2012 has increased the rate of dividend distribution tax to 15% plus applicable surcharge and education cess resulting in an effective rate of 16.22%.

Material United States Federal Tax Consequences

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of equity shares or ADSs and is for general information only. This summary addresses the U.S. federal income tax considerations of holders that are U.S. holders. U.S. holders are beneficial holders of equity shares or ADSs who are citizens or residents of the U.S., or corporations (or other entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal tax purposes) created in or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof or therein, estates, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, and trusts (a) for which a U.S. court exercises primary supervision and a U.S. person has the authority to control all substantial decisions or (b) that was in existence on August 20, 1996 and has a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. This summary is limited to U.S. holders who will hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). In addition, this summary is limited to U.S. holders who are not resident in India for purposes of the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of India for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion With Respect to Taxes on Income, the ‘Treaty’. If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds the equity shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding equity shares or ADSs should consult his, her or its own tax advisor.

This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies, financial institutions, dealers in securities or currencies, tax-exempt entities, persons that will hold equity shares or ADSs as a position in a ‘straddle’ or as part of a ‘hedging’ or ‘conversion’ transaction for tax purposes, persons that have a ‘functional currency’ other than the U.S. dollar or holders of 10% or more, by voting power or value, of the shares of our Company. This summary is based on the tax laws of the U.S. as in effect on the date of this Annual Report and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual Report, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date, and is based in part on the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. We have not requested and will not request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the ‘IRS’) with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences as described above, and as a result there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with or challenge any conclusions we have reached and decribed herein.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING OR DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs

Ownership of ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be treated as the holders of equity shares represented by such ADSs

Dividends. Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company rules below, the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property with respect to ADSs or equity shares (before reduction for any Indian withholding taxes) generally will be included in income by a U.S. holder as foreign source dividend income at the time of receipt, which in the case of a U.S. holder of ADSs generally should be the date of receipt by the Depository, to the extent such distributions are made from the current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), of our Company. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by our Company exceeds our Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) such excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, and thereafter as capital gain.

Subject to certain limitations, dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation if we are deemed to be a ‘qualified foreign corporation’ for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation if (1) its shares (or, according to legislative history, its ADSs) are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. or (2) it is eligible for the benefits under a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. In addition, a corporation is not a qualified foreign corporation if it is a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below). The ADSs are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market. Due to the absence of specific statutory provisions addressing ADSs, however, there can be no assurance that we are a qualified foreign corporation solely as a result of our listing on NASDAQ Global Market. Nonetheless, we may be eligible for benefits under the Treaty. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the treatment of dividends and such holder’s eligibility for a reduced rate of taxation.

U.S. holders that are eligible for the benefits under the Treaty, may be able to claim a reduced rate of Indian withholding tax. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisor with respect to the eligibility for reduction of Indian withholding tax. U.S. holders may claim a deduction or a foreign tax credit, subject to other applicable limitations, only for tax withheld at the appropriate tax rate. U.S. holders should not be allowed to a foreign tax credit for withholding tax for any portion of the tax that could have been avoided by claiming benefits under the Treaty. The rules governing the foreign tax credits are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on the particular circumstances of each U.S. holder. Therefore, each U.S. holder should consult his, her or its it own tax advisor with respect to the availability of the foreign tax credit rules applicable to such U.S. holder’s particular circumstances.

If dividends are paid in Indian rupees, the amount of the dividend distribution included in the income of a U.S. holder will be in the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in Indian rupees, determined at a spot exchange rate between Indian rupees and U.S. dollars applicable to the date such dividend is included in the income of the U.S. holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, gain or loss, if any, resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is paid to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss

Sale or Exchange of Equity shares or ADSs. Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company rules below, a U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized and the U.S. holder’s tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in the equity shares or ADSs. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the equity shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. Gain or loss, if any, recognized by a U.S. holder generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Therefore, U.S. holders may not be able to use any foreign tax credit arising from any Indian tax imposed on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs unless the credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against tax due on other foreign source income. The deductibility of capital losses may be subject to limitation.

U.S. holders who receive any foreign currency on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs may recognize ordinary income or loss as a result of currency fluctuations between the date of the sale or exchange of the equity shares or ADSs and the date the sale proceeds are converted into U.S. dollars.

Passive Foreign Investment Company. A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either:

•

75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

•

on a quarterly average for the taxable year by value (or, if it is not a publicly traded corporation and so elects, by adjusted basis) 50% or more of its assets produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For the purposes of this test, such non-U.S. corporation will be treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets and earning its proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock.

We do not believe that we satisfy either of the tests for passive foreign investment company status. Since this determination is made on an annual basis, however, no assurance can be given that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company in future taxable years. If we were to be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, U.S. holders would be required to either:

•

pay an interest charge together with tax calculated at maximum ordinary income rates on “excess distributions” (as that term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws), and on any gain on a sale or other disposition of equity shares or ADSs;

•

if a “qualified electing fund” election is made (as that term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws), include in their taxable income their pro rata share of undistributed amounts of our income; or

•

if the equity shares are “marketable” (as that term is defined in relevant provisions of the U.S. tax laws), and a mark-to-market election is made, mark-to-market the equity shares each taxable year and recognize ordinary gain and, to the extent of prior ordinary gain, ordinary loss for the increase or decrease in market value for such taxable year.

If a U.S. holder holds equity shares or ADSs in any year in which we are a passive foreign investment company, that U.S. holder will be required to file IRS Form 8621 (or similar such form) regarding distributions received on equity shares or ADSs and any gain realized on the disposition of equity shares or ADSs.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements. Dividends paid, if any, on equity shares of ADSs to a U.S. holder who is not an “exempt recipient,” may be subject to information reporting and, unless a U.S. holder either furnishes its taxpayer identification number or otherwise establishes an exemption, may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax. In addition, information reporting will apply to payments of proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of equity shares or ADSs by a paying agent, including a broker, within the U.S. to a U.S. holder, other than an “exempt recipient.” An “exempt recipient” includes a corporation. In addition, a paying agent within the U.S. will be required to backup withhold 28% of any payments of the proceeds from the sale or redemption of equity shares or ADSs within the U.S. to a holder, other than an “exempt recipient,” if such holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with such backup withholding requirements. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and may be refunded (or credited against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any), provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS. The information reporting requirements may apply regardless of whether withholding is required.

The above summary is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to ownership of equity shares or ADSs. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences to them under U.S. federal State, local and applicable foreign tax laws of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of equity shares or ADSs.

Documents on Display

This report and other information filed or to be filed by us can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549, at prescribed rates. Additionally, all of our publicly filed SEC reports are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, which contains all the public filings and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system.

Additionally, documents referred to in this Annual Report may be inspected at our corporate offices which are located at Tidel Park. No, 4, Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Taramani, Chennai, 600 113 India.

Item 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

General

Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market risk sensitive financial instruments including investments, foreign currency receivables, payables and debt. Our exposure to market risk is a function of our investment and borrowing activities and our revenue generating activities in foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to loss.

Risk Management Procedures

We manage market risk through a corporate treasury department, which evaluates and exercises independent control over the entire process of market risk management. Our corporate treasury department recommends risk management objectives and policies which are approved by senior management and our Audit Committee. The activities of this department include management of cash resources, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies on a daily basis.

Refer to note 39 of the notes to consolidated financial statements to this Annual Report for further analysis and exposure arising out of credit risk, liquidity risk and currency risk.

Item 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Item 12(d). American Depositary Shares

Citibank, N.A. (the “Depositary”) serves as the depositary for our ADSs, pursuant to that certain Deposit Agreement by and between the Company and the Depositary, dated as October 18, 1999, as amended from time to time. ADS holders are required to pay various fees to the Depositary and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. For purposes of this section, “Shares” means the Company’s equity shares.

The fees and charges payable by holders of our ADSs include the following:

(i)

a fee not in excess of US $5.00 per 100 ADSs is charged for each issuance of ADS upon deposit of Shares, excluding certain issuances described below;

(ii)

a fee not in excess of US $5.00 per 100 ADSs is charged for each surrender of ADSs, property and cash in exchange for the underlying deposited securities;

(iii)

a fee not in excess of US $2.00 per 100 ADSs for each distribution of cash dividend or other cash distribution pursuant to the deposit agreement;

(iv)

a fee not in excess of US $2.00 per 100 ADSs for the distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends or other free distributions or an exercise of rights; and

(v)

a fee not in excess of $5.00 per 100 ADSs for depositary services.

Additionally, under the terms of our deposit agreement, the depositary is entitled to charge each registered holder, beneficial owner, persons depositing Shares and person surrendering ADS for cancellation and for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities the following:

(i) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

(ii) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of shares or other deposited securities on the share register and applicable to transfers of shares or other deposited securities to or from the name of the custodian, the Depositary or any nominees upon the making of deposits and withdrawals, respectively;

(iii) such cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement to be at the expense of the person depositing shares or holders and beneficial owners of ADSs;

(iv) the expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency;

(v) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs; and

(vi) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary in connection with the delivery of deposited securities.

If any tax or other governmental charge is payable by the holders and/or beneficial owners of ADSs to the depositary, the depositary, the custodian or the Company may withhold or deduct from any distributions made in respect of deposited securities and may sell for the account of the holder and/or beneficial owner any or all of the deposited securities and apply such distributions and sale proceeds in payment of such taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) or charges, with the holder and the beneficial owner thereof remaining fully liable for any deficiency.

Direct and Indirect Payments by the Depositary to Sify

Pursuant to the Deposit Agreement with Citibank, we received the following payments from Citibank during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 in connection with our ADS Program:


*Fee*	*Amount in $USD*
Financial Audit Fees		431,500.40
US Legal Counsel Fees		17,547.66
Investor Call Expenses		31,925.00
Travel related to Investor relations		3,185.95
Internet, telephone and mail charges		3,239.69
Printing and mailing		3,382.69
Processing Fees		27,636.00
Text Conversion charges & others		1,045.00

Total amount spent		519,462.39

PART II

Item 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

Item 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None

Item 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. The term “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met.

Based on their evaluation as of March 31, 2012, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and that material information related to us and our consolidated subsidiaries is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions about required disclosure

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets.

•

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with applicable accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

•

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012. In conducting its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management based its evaluation on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2012.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, ASA & Associates, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sify Technologies Limited

We have audited Sify Technologies Limited’s (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, and our report dated August 13, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

ASA & Associates

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Chennai, India

August 13, 2012

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

During the period covered by this Annual Report, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Mr. C. B. Mouli, a member of our audit committee, has been deemed “independent” per the applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr Mouli is the “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the applicable rules of the SEC.

ITEM 16B.

CODE OF ETHICS

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy that is applicable to all employees. The text of the policy was filed as an Exhibit under Item 19 to the Annual Report for the year ended March 31, 2005. This policy is available on our corporate website www.sifycorp.com.

We have also adopted a written Code of Ethics, as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and all officers working in our finance, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, purchase, investor relations functions, disclosure committee members, and senior management, as well as members of the audit committee and the board of directors. This policy is available in our www.sifycorp.com. We will post any amendments to, or waivers from, our Code of Ethics at that location on our website.

Our Audit Committee has also adopted a Whistleblower Policy wherein it has established procedures for receiving, retaining and treating complaints received, and procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of complaints regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, conduct which results in a violation of law by Sify or in a substantial mismanagement of Company resources. Under this policy, our employees are encouraged to report questionable accounting matters, any reporting of fraudulent financial information to our shareholders, the government or the financial markets any conduct that results in a violation of law by Sify to our management (on an anonymous basis, if employees so desire). Under this policy, we have prohibited discrimination, retaliation or harassment of any kind against any employee who, based on the employee’s reasonable belief that such conduct or practices have occurred or are occurring, reports that information or participates in an investigation.

We have also adopted a Code of Conduct, applicable to all officers, directors and employees. The Code of Conduct is available on our website, www.sifycorp.com.

Item 16C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated the fees paid to our principal accountant and its associated entities for various services provided us in these periods.


TYPE OF SERVICE	FISCAL YEAR ENDED
	MARCH 31, 2012		MARCH 31, 2011
(a) Audit Fees		Rs.3.00 million		Rs.2.00 million
(b) Audit Related Fees		Nil		Nil
(c) Tax Fees		Nil		Nil
(d) All Other Fees		Nil		Nil

Our Audit Committee requires pre-approval of all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed for the Company by its independent auditors, subject to the de-minims exception for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Securities Exchange act of 1934.

Item 16D.

EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

We have not sought any exemption from the listing standards for audit committees applicable to us as foreign private issuer, pursuant to Rule 10(A)-3(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Item 16E.

PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

None.

Item 16F:

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

Item 16G.

Corporate Governance

NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5615(a)(3) provides that a foreign private issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of the requirements of Rule 5600 series, provided such foreign private issuer shall disclose in its annual reports filed with SEC or on its website each requirement that it does not follow and describe the home country practice followed by the issuer in lieu of such requirements.

Under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5620 (c), companies, other than limited partnerships, that maintain a listing on NASDAQ are required to provide for a quorum as specified in its by-laws for any meeting of its stockholders, and in no case shall the quorum be less than 33-1/3% of the outstanding shares of a Company’s common voting stock. In India, the requirement for a quorum is the presence of at least five shareholders in person. Our Articles of Association provide that a quorum for a General Meeting of our shareholders is constituted by the presence of at least five shareholders in person. Hence, we do not meet the quorum requirements under Rule 5620 (c), and instead we follow our home country practice. Under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5620 (b), companies, other than limited partnerships, that maintain a listing on NASDAQ are required to solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all meetings of shareholders and also provide copies of such proxy solicitation to NASDAQ. However, the SEC proxy rules are not applicable to us, since we are a foreign private issuer, and Section 176 of the Indian Companies Act prohibits a Company incorporated under that Act from soliciting proxies. Because we are prohibited from soliciting proxies under Indian law, we will not meet the proxy solicitation requirement of Rule 5620 (b). However, as described above, we give written notices of all our shareholder meetings to all the shareholders and we also file such notices with the SEC. With regard to issuance of securities, we also comply with the home country regulations.

PART III

Item 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See Item No 18

Item 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sify Technologies Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Sify Technologies Limited and subsidiaries (‘the Company’) as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements, based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audit, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sify Technologies Limited and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Sify Technologies Limited’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated August 13, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

We also have audited the reclassification adjustments to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2010 to retrospectively apply the change in presentation described in note 34 under the heading “Reorganization of business segments”. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the consolidated financial statements for year ended March 31, 2010 of the Company other than with respect to such adjustments and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2010 taken as a whole.

ASA & Associates

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Chennai, India

August 13, 2012

Report of KPMG, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sify Technologies Limited

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively revise the segment disclosures as described in note 34 under the heading “reorganization of business segments”, the accompanying consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of Sify Technologies Limited and subsidiaries (‘the Company’) for the year ended March 31, 2010. The 2010 segment disclosures before the effects of the retrospective adjustments as discussed in note 34 under the heading “reorganization of business segments” are not presented herein. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements, based on our audit. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of MF Global Sify Securities Private Limited (MF Global), (a 29.85% percent owned investee company). The Company’s equity in earnings of MF Global was Rs.91,135 (in thousands) for the year ended March 31, 2010. The consolidated financial statements of MF Global were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, in so far as it relates to the amounts included for MF Global, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audit and the report of the other auditors, the 2010 consolidated financial statements referred to above, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively revise the segment disclosures as described in note 34 under the heading “reorganization of business segments” present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the operations and cash flows of Sify Technologies Limited and subsidiaries for the year ended March 31, 2010, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively revise the segment disclosures as described in note 34 under the heading “reorganization of business segments”, and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited by a successor auditor.

KPMG

Chennai, India

November 30, 2010

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)


			As at March 31,						As at March 31,
	Note		2012 Rs			2011 Rs			2012 Convenience translation into US$ thousands
									(Unaudited) Note 2(c)
Assets
Property, plant and equipment		5		3,860,287			3,760,473			75,455
Intangible assets		6		105,727			104,626			2,067
Investment in equity accounted investee		7		—			702,363			—
Lease prepayments		9		364,190			63,068			7,119
Other assets		10		1,073,479			672,843			20,983
Other investments		15		160			160			3
Deferred tax assets		11		—			—			—

Total non-current assets				5,403,843			5,303,533			105,627

Inventories		12		20,259			15,637			396
Trade and other receivables, net		13		3,335,223			3,185,913			65,192
Prepayments for current assets		14		198,033			190,191			3,871
Restricted cash		8		150,533			84,538			2,942
Cash and cash equivalents		8		742,235			458,559			14,508

Current assets before non-current asset held for sale				4,446,283			3,934,838			86,909
Non-current asset held for sale		7		732,692			—			14,322

Total current assets				5,178,975			3,934,838			101,231

Total assets				10,582,818			9,238,371			206,858

Equity		16
Share capital				1,329,203			858,832			25,981
Share premium				18,267,148			17,216,121			357,059
Share based payment reserve				221,710			190,325			4,334
Other components of equity				22,781			7,365			445
Accumulated deficit				(13,990,188	)		(13,606,851	)		(273,460	)

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company				5,850,654			4,665,792			114,359

Non-controlling interest				—			—			—

Total equity				5,850,654			4,665,792			114,359

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)


			As at March 31,				As at March 31,
	Note		2012 Rs		2011 Rs		2012 Convenience
							translation into US$ thousands (Unaudited) Note 2(c)
Liabilities
Finance lease obligations, other than current installments		17		101,141		127,746		1,977
Borrowings		20		186,312		262,608		3,642
Employee benefits		18		50,066		47,788		979
Other liabilities		19		211,504		163,245		4,134

Total non-current liabilities				549,023		601,387		10,732

Finance lease obligations, current installments		17		75,785		60,507		1,481
Borrowings		20		543,031		1,035,802		10,614
Bank overdraft		8		798,180		678,901		15,602
Trade and other payables		21		2,382,352		1,783,388		46,568
Deferred income		22		383,793		412,594		7,502

Total current liabilities				4,183,141		3,971,192		81,767

Total liabilities				4,732,164		4,572,579		92,499

Total equity and liabilities				10,582,818		9,238,371		206,858

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

100

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statement of Income

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)


			Year ended March 31,									Year ended March 31,
	Note		2012 Rs			2011 Rs			2010 Rs			2012 Convenience
												translation into US$ thousands (Unaudited) Note2(c)
Revenue
— Rendering of services				6,809,663			6,283,569			5,657,140			133,105
— Sale of products				889,286			603,060			1,053,048			17,382
Total		23		7,698,949			6,886,629			6,710,188			150,487

Cost of goods sold and services rendered

— Rendering of services				(3,841,219	)		(3,655,994	)		(3,157,472	)		(75,082	)
— Sale of products				(819,554	)		(553,436	)		(939,066	)		(16,019	)

Total		25		(4,660,773	)		(4,209,430	)		(4,096,538	)		(91,101	)
Other income		26		37,377			72,693			131,789			731

Selling, general and administrative expenses		28		(2,547,209	)		(2,441,799	)		(2,482,415	)		(49,789	)
Depreciation and amortization		5 & 6		(691,560	)		(685,836	)		(656,797	)		(13,518	)

Impairment loss on intangibles including goodwill		6		—			(1,857	)		(47,269	)		—

Income from legal settlement		27		—			—			561,120			—

Profit / (loss) from operating activities				(163,216	)		(379,600	)		120,078			(3,190	)

Finance income		31		59,313			45,698			27,994			1,159

Finance expenses		31		(306,732	)		(258,622	)		(293,873	)		(5,996	)

Net finance income / (expense)		31		(247,419	)		(212,924	)		(265,879	)		(4,837	)

Share of profit of equity accounted investee		7		27,298			73,032			91,135			534

Profit / (loss) before tax				(383,337	)		(519,492	)		(54,666	)		(7,493	)

Income tax (expense) / benefit		11		—			—			81,479			—

Profit / (loss) for the year				(383,337	)		(519,492	)		26,813			(7,493	)

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company				(383,337	)		(519,492	)		17,027			(7,493	)

Non-controlling interest				—			—			9,786			—

				(383,337	)		(519,492	)		26,813			(7,493	)

Earnings / (loss) per share		32
Basic earnings /(loss) per share				(3.71	)		(8.20	)		0.33			(0.07	)
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share				(3.71	)		(8.20	)		0.33			(0.07	)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

101

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)


			Year ended March 31,
	Note		2012 Rs			2011 Rs			2010 Rs			2012 Convenience translation into US$ thousands Note 2(c)
												(Unaudited)
Profit / (loss) for the year				(383,337	)		(519,492	)		26,813			(7,493	)

Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations				3,006			(229	)		1,682			59
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains / (losses)				9,372			8,358			5,508			183
Change in fair value of available for sale investments, transferred to profit or loss				—			—			6,441			—
Share of gains and (losses) from equity accounted investees (net of taxes)				3,038			(4,138	)		(566	)		60

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax				15,416			3,991			13,065			302

Total comprehensive income for the year		16		(367,921	)		(515,501	)		39,878			(7,191	)

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company				(367,921	)		(515,501	)		30,092			(7,191	)
Non-controlling interest				—			—			9,786			—

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year				(367,921	)		(515,501	)		39,878			(7,191	)

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

102

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)

For year ended March 31, 2012


Particulars	Share capital		Share premium		Share based payment reserve		Other components of equity		Retained earnings / (accumulated deficit)			Total			Non- controlling interest		Total equity
Balance at April 1, 2011		858,832		17,216,121		190,325		7,365		(13,606,851	)		4,665,792			—		4,665,792

Total comprehensive income for the year		—		—		—		15,416		(383,337	)		(367,921	)		—		(367,921	)

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of share capital		470,371		1,051,027		—		—		—			1,521,398			—		1,521,398

Share-based payment transactions		—		—		31,385		—		—			31,385			—		31,385

Balance at March 31, 2012		1,329,203		18,267,148		221,710		22,781		(13,990,188	)		5,850,654			—		5,850,654

For year ended March 31, 2011


Particulars	Share capital		Share premium		Share based payment reserve		Other components of equity		Retained earnings / (accumulated deficit)			Total			Non- controlling interest		Total equity
Balance at April 1, 2010		546,332		16,528,621		180,124		3,374		(13,087,359	)		4,171,092			—		4,171,092

Total comprehensive income for the year		—		—		—		3,991		(519,492	)		(515,501	)		—		(515,501	)

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of share capital		312,500		687,500		—		—		—			1,000,000			—		1,000,000

Share-based payment transactions		—		—		10,201		—		—			10,201			—		10,201

Balance at March 31, 2011		858,832		17,216,121		190,325		7,365		(13,606,851	)		4,665,792			—		4,665,792

103

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)

For year ended March 31, 2010


Particulars	Share capital		Share premium			Share based payment reserve		Other components of equity			Retained earnings / (accumulated deficit)			Total			Non- controlling interest			Total equity
Balance at April 1, 2009		441,018		16,375,217			149,535		(9,691	)		(13,104,386	)		3,851,693			248,848			4,100,541

Total comprehensive income for the year		—		—			—		13,065			17,027			30,092			9,786			39,878

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of share capital		105,300		737,537			—		—			—			842,837			—			842,837
Share options exercised		14		70											84			—			84
Share-based payment transactions		—		—			30,589		—			—			30,589			—			30,589
Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control
Acquisition of non-controlling interest		—		(584,203	)		—		—			—			(584,203	)		(258,634	)		(842,837	)
Balance at March 31, 2010		546,332		16,528,621			180,124		3,374			(13,087,359	)		4,171,092			—			4,171,092

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

104

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the fiscal years ended March 31,

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)


	Year ended March 31,
	2012 Rs			2011 Rs			2010 Rs			2012 Convenience translation into US$ thousands
										(Unaudited) Note 2(c)
Profit/(loss) for the year		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		26,813			(7,493	)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortization		691,560			685,836			656,797			13,518
Impairment loss on intangibles including goodwill		—			1,857			47,269			—
Share of profit of equity accounted investee		(27,298	)		(73,032	)		(91,135	)		(534	)
(Gain) / loss on sale of property, plant and equipment		(680	)		(594	)		(2,414	)		(13	)
Provision for doubtful receivables		95,405			161,922			121,987			1,865
Realized loss on sale of investments		—			—			373			—
Stock compensation expense		31,385			10,201			30,589			613
Net finance (income) / expense		247,419			212,924			265,879			4,836
Income tax expense/(benefit)		—			—			(81,479	)		—
Unrealized (gain)/ loss on account of exchange differences		17,644			1,196			703			345
Amortization of leasehold prepayments		6,308			—			3,917			123

		678,406			480,818			979,299			13,260

Change in trade and other receivables		(105,449	)		(153,560	)		(585,805	)		(2,061	)
Change in inventories		(4,622	)		5,851			17,600			(90	)
Change in other assets		(326,006	)		(34,082	)		(64,112	)		(6,372	)
Change in trade and other payables		472,443			(26,597	)		517,497			9,235
Change in employee benefits		11,650			1,341			(3,984	)		228
Change in deferred income		(4,533	)		(5,972	)		63,762			(89	)

		721,889			267,799			924,257			14,111
Income taxes paid		(121,675	)		(42,440	)		(164,455	)		(2,379	)

Net cash from / (used in) operating activities		600,214			225,359			759,802			11,732

105

Sify Technologies Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the fiscal years ended March 31,

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as otherwise stated)


	Year ended March 31,
	2012 Rs			2011 Rs			2010 Rs			2012 Convenience translation into US$ thousands
										(Unaudited) Note 2(c)
Cash flows from / (used in) investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment		(840,653	)		(674,558	)		(759,435	)		(16,432	)
Expenditure on intangible assets		(111,081	)		(120,710	)		(220,299	)		(2,171	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment		1,029			3,109			5,979			20
Payment towards purchase of unquoted equity shares		—			(160	)		—			—
Finance income received		48,734			61,669			57,130			953
Short term investments (net)		—			—			19,942			—

Net cash from / (used in) investing activities		(901,971	)		(730,650	)		(896,683	)		(17,630	)

Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital (including share premium)		1,500,000			1,000,000			84			29,320
Proceeds from issue of shares on exercise of ASOP (including share premium)		21,398			—			—			418
Proceeds from / (repayment) of borrowings (net)		(600,588	)		(103,860	)		8,409			(11,739	)
Finance expenses paid		(312,927	)		(293,265	)		(318,723	)		(6,117	)
Repayment of finance lease liabilities		(71,476	)		(51,175	)		(44,256	)		(1,397	)

Net cash from / (used in) financing activities		536,407			551,700			(354,486	)		10,485

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		234,650			46,409			(491,367	)		4,587
Cash and cash equivalents at April 1		(135,804	)		(181,586	)		312,715			(2,654	)
Effect of exchange fluctuations on cash held		(4,258	)		(627	)		(2,934	)		(83	)

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31		94,588			(135,804	)		(181,586	)		1,850


Refer note 3 (c) and note 8 for the composition of cash and cash equivalents.

Supplementary information
Additions to property, plant and equipment represented by finance lease obligations		60,149			38,111			99,950			1,176

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

106

SIFY TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands of Rupees, except share data and as stated otherwise)

1. Reporting entity

Sify Technologies Limited, (‘Sify’ or ‘the Company’) formerly known as Sify Limited and Satyam Infoway Private Limited, is a leading internet services provider headquartered in Chennai, India. These Consolidated Financial Statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (Sify Software Limited (formerly Sify Networks Private Limited), Sify Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Sify International Inc., Hermit Projects Private Limited and Pace Info Com Park Private Limited) (together referred to as the ‘Group’ and individually as ‘Group entities’) and the Group’s interest in MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited, an equity accounted investee. The Group is primarily involved in providing services, such as Network and IT Services, Online Portal and Content offerings and in selling hardware and software related to such services. Sify is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in the United States.

2. Basis of preparation

a. Statement of compliance

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and its interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

These Consolidated Financial Statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on August 13, 2012.

b. Basis of measurement

These Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following:

•

Available for sale financial assets are measured at fair value

•

Non-current asset held for sale measured at lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell.

•

Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value

•

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value.

•

The defined benefit asset is recognized as the net total of the plan assets, plus unrecognized past service cost and unrecognized actuarial losses, less unrecognized actuarial gains and the present value of the defined benefit obligation.

•

In relation to lease prepayments, the initial fair value of the security deposit, is estimated as the present value of the refundable amount, discounted using the market interest rates for similar instruments. The difference between the initial fair value and the refundable amount of the deposit is recognized as a lease prepayment.

The above items have been measured at fair value and the methods used to measure fair values are discussed further in Note 4.

c. Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each Group entity are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). Indian rupee is the functional currency of Sify, its domestic subsidiaries and affiliates. The U.S. dollar is the functional currency of Sify’s foreign subsidiaries located in the United States and in Singapore.

The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Indian Rupees which is the Group’s presentation currency. All financial information presented in Indian Rupees has been rounded up to the nearest thousand except where otherwise indicated.

107

Convenience translation (unaudited): Solely for the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2012 have been translated into United States dollars (neither the presentation currency nor the functional currency of the Group) based on the reference rate in the City of Mumbai on March 31, 2012, for cable transfers in Indian rupees as published by the Reserve Bank of India which was Rs.51.16 per $1.00. No representation is made that the Indian rupee amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into United States dollar at such a rate or at any other rate on March 31, 2012 or at any other date.

d. Use of estimates and judgements

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in future periods which are affected.

In particular, areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements include the following:

•

Measurement of the recoverable amounts of cash-generating units containing goodwill (Note 6)

•

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment (Note 3 e and Note 5)

•

Useful lives of intangible assets (Note 3 f and Note 6)

•

Lease classification (Note 3 g, 9, 17 and 33)

•

Utilization of tax losses (Note 11)

•

Measurement of defined employee benefit obligations (Note 18)

•

Measurement of share-based payments (Note 30 and Note 37)

•

Valuation of financial instruments (Note 3 c, 4, 38 and 39)

•

Provisions and contingencies (Note 3 m and 35)

3. Significant accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these Consolidated Financial Statements.

a. Basis of consolidation

(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power directly/indirectly to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, potential voting rights that currently are exercisable are taken into account. The financial statements of subsidiaries are consolidated from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to align them with the policies adopted by the Group.

(ii) Associates (equity accounted investees)

Associates are those entities where the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20 and 50 percent of the voting power of another entity. Associates are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) and are initially recognized at cost. The Group’s investment includes goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the Group’s share of the income and expenses and equity movements of equity accounted investees from the date that significant influence commences until the date that significant influence ceases. The investment would be classified as ‘held for sale’ when the carrying amount of the investment will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through its continued use and such sale is highly probable. Such investments are measured at the lower of its carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to nil and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee.

108

(iii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

b. Foreign currency

(i) Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies on initial recognition are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rates at that date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and measured at historical cost are translated at the exchange rate prevalent at the date of transaction. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognized in profit or loss, except for differences arising on the retranslation of available-for-sale financial assets that are not monetary items, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income.

(ii) Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated to Indian Rupees at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to Indian rupees using average exchange rates during the period. Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income. Such differences are captured in the foreign currency translation reserve “FCTR” within other components of equity. When a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant amount in the FCTR is transferred to profit or loss.

c. Financial instruments

(i) Non-derivative financial instruments

Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and borrowings, and trade and other payables.

Non-derivative financial instruments are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. However if the instrument is recognized as at fair value through profit or loss then any directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition non-derivative financial instruments are measured as described below:

Non-derivative financial assets

a) Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments or (c) financial assets at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IAS 39.

Investments in equity and certain debt securities are initially recognized at fair value and classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign exchange gains and losses on available-for-sale monetary items are recognized directly in other comprehensive income. When an investment is de-recognized, the cumulative gain or loss in equity is transferred to profit or loss. These are presented as current assets unless the management intends to dispose of the assets after 12 months from the balance sheet date.

109

b) Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. These are presented as current assets, except for those maturing later than 12 months after the balance sheet date which are presented as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment loss. Loans and receivables are represented by trade receivables, unbilled revenue, cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and demand deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

c) Others

Other non-derivative financial instruments are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the assets and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Group classifies non-derivative financial liabilities to the other financial liabilities category. Such financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Other financial liabilities comprise loans and borrowings and trade and other payables.

(ii) Derivative financial instruments

These derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39, and are initially recognized at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and subsequently re-measured at their fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of the derivative contracts are recognized immediately in profit or loss. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss.

d. Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or share options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

e. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and where applicable accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials, direct labour and any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located. Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset. To the extent the Group borrows funds generally and uses them for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Group determines the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization by applying a capitalization rate to the expenditure incurred on such asset. The capitalization rate is determined based on the weighted average of borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the Group which are outstanding during the period, other than borrowings made specifically towards purchase of the qualifying asset. The amount of borrowing costs that the Group capitalizes during a period does not exceed the amount of borrowing costs incurred during that period. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of that equipment.

110

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized net within “other income / other expenses” in statement of income.

(i) Subsequent costs

The cost of replacing part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Group and its cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is de-recognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(ii) Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Management’s estimated useful lives for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:


	Estimate of useful life in years
Buildings		28
Plant and machinery comprising computers, servers etc.		3 – 5	*
Plant and machinery comprising other items		8	*
Furniture and fittings		5
Office equipment		5
Motor vehicles		3 – 5

*	Revised during the year ended March 31, 2008. Also refer note 5.

Depreciation method, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each of the reporting date.

f. Business combinations and intangible assets

(i) Business combinations

Business combinations have been accounted for using the acquisition method under the provisions of IFRS 3(Revised). The cost of acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. The cost of acquisition also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair value on the date of acquisition.

The acquisition of an asset or a group of assets that does not constitute a ‘business’ as per IFRS 3 is accounted for by identifying and recognizing the individual identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The cost of the group is allocated to such individual identifiable assets and liabilities on the basis of their relative fair values on the date of purchase.

111

(ii) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the cost of a business acquisition in excess of the Group’s interest in the net fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree.

Acquisitions prior to April 1, 2006

In respect of acquisitions prior to April 1, 2006, goodwill, if any, represents the amount recognized under the Group’s previous accounting framework, US GAAP.

Acquisitions on or after April 1, 2006

For acquisitions on or after April 1, 2006, goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. When the excess is negative (negative goodwill), the Group reassesses the identification and measurement of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities, and the measurement of the cost of acquisition, and recognizes any remaining excess in profit or loss immediately on acquisition.

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

Acquisition of non-controlling interests are accounted for as transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity-holders and therefore no goodwill is recognized as a result of such transactions.

Subsequent measurement

Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment, and an impairment loss on such an investment is not allocated to any asset, including goodwill, that forms part of the carrying amount of the investee.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group, which have finite useful lives, are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the intangible asset. Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of qualifying intangible asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset. To the extent the Group borrows funds generally and uses them for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Group determines the amount of borrowings costs eligible for capitalization by applying a capitalization rate to the expenditure incurred on such asset. The capitalization rate is determined based on the weighted average of borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the Group which are outstanding during the period, other than borrowings made specifically towards purchase of the qualifying asset. The amount of borrowing costs that the Group capitalizes during a period does not exceed the amount of borrowing costs incurred during that period.

(iv) Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(v) Amortization of intangible assets with finite useful lives

Amortization is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful lives for the current and previous year are as follows:

112


	Estimate of useful life in years
Software	Not exceeding 3 years
Technical know-how		5 years
License fees		20 years
Portals and web development cost		5 years
Customer related intangibles		5 years

Amortization methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

g. Leases

At the inception of a lease, the lease arrangement is classified as either a finance lease or an operating lease, based on the substance of the lease arrangement.

Assets taken on finance lease:

A finance lease is recognized as an asset and a liability at the commencement of lease, at lower of the fair value of leased asset or the present value of the minimum lease payments. Initial direct costs, if any, are also capitalized and subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset. Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Assets taken on operating lease:

Other leases are operating leases and the leased assets are not recognized on the Group’s statement of financial position. Payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Assets given on finance lease:

The Group is a dealer lessor for leasing various types of products sold to its customers. Profit or loss on sale of such products is recognized in accordance with the policy on outright sales. Finance income i.e., excess of gross minimum lease payments and normal selling price is recognized over the lease period.

Deposits provided to lessors:

The Group is generally required to pay refundable security deposits in order to obtain property leases from various lessors. Such security deposits are financial assets and are recorded at fair value on initial recognition. The difference between the initial fair value and the refundable amount of the deposit is recognized as a lease prepayment. The initial fair value is estimated as the present value of the refundable amount of security deposit, discounted using the market interest rates for similar instruments.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the security deposit is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method with the carrying amount increased over the lease period up to the refundable amount. The amount of increase in the carrying amount of deposit is recognized as interest income. The lease prepayment is amortized on a straight line basis over the lease term as a lease rental expense.

h. Inventories

Inventories comprising traded hardware and software are measured at the lower of cost (determined using first-in first-out principle) and net realizable value. Cost comprises cost of purchase and all directly attributable costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

i. Construction contracts in progress

Construction contracts in progress represents the gross unbilled amount expected to be collected from customers for contract work performed to date. It is measured at cost plus profit recognized to date less progress billing and recognized losses. Cost includes all expenditure related directly to specific projects and an allocation of fixed and variable overheads incurred in the Group’s contracts and activities based on normal operating capacity.

113

Construction contract in progress is presented as part of trade and other receivable in statement of financial position for all contracts in which costs incurred plus recognized profit exceed progress billings. If progress billings exceeds cost incurred plus recognized profits, then the difference is presented as deferred income / revenue in the statement of financial position.

j. Impairment

Financial assets

A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired and impairment losses are recognized, if objective evidence indicates that one or more events such as a loss event, the significant financial difficulty of the issuer, a breach of contract, the disappearance of an active market, which have had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. The remaining financial assets are assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost

Available-for-sale financial assets

Loans and receivables

Reversal of impairment loss

An impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized. For financial assets measured at amortized cost and available-for-sale financial assets that are debt securities, the reversal is recognized in profit or loss. For available-for-sale financial assets that are equity securities, the reversal is recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented within equity.

Non-financial assets

The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing, is allocated to cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Corporate assets for the purpose of impairment testing are allocated to the cash generating units on a reasonable and consistent basis.

114

Reversal of impairment loss

k. Employee benefits

Employee benefits are accrued in the period in which the associated services are rendered by employees of the Group, as detailed below:

(a) Defined contribution plan (Provident fund)

In accordance with Indian law, all employees receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined contribution plan. Both the employee and employer make monthly contributions to the plan, each equal to a specified percentage of employee’s basic salary. The Group has no further obligations under the plan beyond its monthly contributions. The Group does not have any legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Obligation for contributions to the plan is recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss when incurred.

(b) Defined benefit plans (Gratuity)

In accordance with applicable Indian laws, the Group provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the Gratuity Plan) covering all employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees, at retirement or termination of employment, an amount based on the respective employee’s last drawn salary and the years of employment with the Group. The Company’s net obligation in respect of the gratuity plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefits that the employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. Any unrecognized past service cost and the fair value of plan assets are deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on risk free government bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Company’s obligations. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Group, the recognized asset is limited to the total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

The Group recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans directly in other comprehensive income and presented within equity. The Company has an employees’ gratuity fund managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC).

(c) Short term benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

(d) Compensated leave of absence

The employees of the Group are entitled to compensated absence. The employees can carry forward a portion of the unutilized accrued absence and utilize it in future periods or receive cash compensation at retirement or termination of employment for the unutilized accrued compensated absence. The Group recognizes an obligation for compensated absences in the period in which the employee renders the services. The Group provides for the expected cost of compensated absence as the additional amount that the Group expects to pay as a result of the unused entitlement that has accumulated based on actuarial valuations at the balance sheet date, carried out by an independent actuary.

115

l. Share-based payment transactions

The grant date fair value of options granted to employees is recognized as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The expense is recorded for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The increase in equity recognized in connection with a share based payment transaction is presented as a separate component in equity. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest. In respect of options whose terms and conditions are modified, the Group includes the incremental fair value of the options in the measurement of the amounts recognized for services received from the employees. The incremental fair value is the difference between the fair value of the modified option and that of the original option both estimated as at the date of the modification. If the modification occurs during the vesting period, the incremental fair value granted is included in the measurement of the amount recognized for services received over the period from the modification date until the date when the modified equity instruments vest, in addition to the amount based on the grant date fair value of the original equity instruments, which is recognized over the remainder of the original vesting period. If the modification occurs after vesting date, the incremental fair value granted is recognized immediately, or over the vesting period if the employee is required to complete an additional period of service before becoming unconditionally entitled to those modified equity instruments.

m. Provisions

Provisions are recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

A provision for onerous contracts is recognized when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract. The provision is measured at the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of continuing with the contract. Before a provision is established, the Group recognizes any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

n. Revenue

Revenue from services rendered is recognized in the consolidated income statement in proportion to the stage of completion of the transaction at the reporting date.

The revenue recognition in respect of the various streams of revenue is described below:

(i) Enterprise services

Enterprise services revenue broadly consist revenue from Network services and IT services.

(c) Revenue from Network Services: These primarily include connectivity services including installation of a connectivity link, and to a lesser extent, sale of hardware and software (purchased from third party vendors). In certain cases, these elements are sold as a package consisting all or some of the elements. In these cases the Group applies the recognition criteria to the separately identifiable components of a single transaction in order to reflect the substance of the transaction with different revenue allocations for each component. These multiple element arrangements are recognized as separable elements because each element constitutes a separate earnings process, each element has a fair value that is reliable, verifiable and objectively determinable, and the undelivered element is not essential to functionality of the delivered elements. In this arrangement involving delivery of multiple elements, the units of accounting are determined based on whether the delivered items have a value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, whether there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered elements and if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Group. The arrangement consideration is allocated to the units of accounting based on their relative fair values. Revenue on delivered items is recognized when the revenue recognition criteria applicable to that unit of accounting are met.

116

The Company provides NLD (National Long Distance) and ILD (International Long Distance) services through company’s network. The Company carries international voice traffic using the back-bone and delivers voice traffic to Direct Inter-connect Operators. Revenue is recognized based upon metered call units of voice traffic terminated on the Company’s network.

(d) Revenue from IT services: Web hosting service revenues primarily include co-location services. In certain cases, the Group also sells related hardware/software to its web hosting customers. This hardware as well as software are purchased from outside vendors and are freely traded in the market. The Group treats each element as a separate component of the arrangement which have separate earnings process. The value of the hosting service is determined based on fair value from similar services provided separately by the Group. When hardware and/or software is also included with hosting services and sold as a package, the revenue is allocated to the respective element based on their relative fair values. Revenue from hosting services is recognized over the period during which the service is provided.

The Company also deals in hardware and software. These are standard products that are freely traded in and purchased from the market, have standard specifications and are not otherwise customized for the specific needs of a customer. The software sold by the Group is off-the-shelf software, such as antivirus utilities and firewalls. The fair value for the hardware and software is available from the market. The revenue attributable to hardware/software is recognized on delivery. Trading transactions relating to standard hardware and software and involving arrangement of purchases from suppliers and sales to customers are reported on gross basis or on net basis, by carrying out a fact-specific evaluation of such transactions.

(ii) Commercial and consumer services

This stream of revenue includes revenues from internet access services and online portal services

(b) Internet access services : It include Internet access at homes and businesses through dial-up or cable operator and internet access through a network of cybercafés. It also includes revenues from Voice over Internet Protocol (‘VoIP’) or Internet telephony.

117

Internet access at homes and businesses through cable networks, a franchised network of cable operators in India. Customers buy “user accounts” for a specified usage or volume of data transfer or for a specified period of time all within a contracted period. Revenues are recognized on actual usage by customer (where access is for a specified quantum of usage) and based on time (where access is for a specified period of time). Any unused hours at the end of the contracted period are recognized as revenue.

•

conducting a market survey and deciding on the best location for the cybercafé or cable head end;

•

installing the broadband receiver equipment on the roof top of the cybercafé or the cable head end and connecting it to one of Sify’s broadcasting towers;

•

obtaining the regulatory approvals for clearance of the site for wireless transmission at the allotted frequency range;

•

installing the wiring from the receiver unit to the individual PCs in the cybercafé or the transmitting equipment in the cable head end;

•

assisting in obtaining facilities, including computers and interiors for the cybercafés; and

•

providing the operations manual with instructions and guidelines for running the cybercafé or distributing Internet access through cable network.

After the commencement of the franchisee operations, the Company renders subsequent services to the franchised cybercafés in form of providing bandwidth for establishing connectivity through supply of Sify cybercafé cards (typically called as ‘user accounts’ or ‘top ups’), providing backend support, the authentication/usage engine and the billing and collection system. The cybercafé cards enable the users to access the internet for a specified quantum of usage within a contracted period. As revenue from these subsequent services constitute continuing services, the revenue from such services are recognised based on the usage as the access is for a specified quantum of usage within a specified time. Any unused hours at the end of the contracted period are recognised as revenue.

The Company, along with provisioning of bandwidth on a recurring basis, renders other services on an integrated basis including backend support, authentication / usage engine and the billing and collection system to the franchisees. In such services, the Company, through application software, helps the franchisee to keep online track of the usage of Sify cybercafé cards by the customers and also helps in authenticating the customer log-ins at different Cyber cafes. Such services to the franchisees are billed and recorded as deferred revenue when the customer purchases the card and revenue is recognised over the period of provisioning of such services (i.e when the bandwidth is used by the customers).

118

In the case of electronic commerce transactions, there are no performance obligations or minimum guarantees. The Group acts in the capacity of an agent rather than as the principal for these transactions, and the revenue recognized on a net basis is the amount of the commission earned by the Group.

(iii) Software services

The Group provides e-learning software development services to facilitate web-based learning in various organizations. The contracts executed by the Company are not similar i.e. the efforts required to execute these contracts at each stage of development process differ from customer to customer and the contract is executed based on specific requirements regarding content/information of the customer. Thus the e-learning packages are specifically designed for the customer and accordingly, are accounted for as customized programmes. These services include information presentation, structured content delivery, content digitization and simulation based training. These services are generally provided on a fixed price basis. Revenue under such contracts is recognized when the outcome of the transaction can be estimated reliably by reference to the stage of completion of transaction at the reporting date. The stage of completion being determined based on the actual time spent to the total estimated time. The revenue from Application Services such as online assessment, document management services, web development, mailing solutions and supply chain software are recognized over the period of the contract.

(iv) Deferred income

Deferred income represents billing in excess of revenue recognized.

o. Export entitlements

Income in respect of import duty credit entitlement arising from export of services under the “Served from India Scheme” of the Government of India is recognized in the year of exports, provided there is no significant uncertainty as to the amount of entitlement and availment of the credit.

p. Finance income and expense

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, fair value gains on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss . Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date when the Group’s right to receive payment is established, which in the case of quoted securities is the ex-dividend date.

Finance expense comprises interest expense on loans and borrowings, bank charges, unwinding of the discount on provision, losses on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, fair value losses on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss that are recognized in statement of income.

q. Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset. Other borrowing costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred. To the extent the Group borrows funds generally and uses them for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Group determines the amount of borrowings costs eligible for capitalization by applying a capitalization rate to the expenditure incurred on such asset. The capitalization rate is determined based on the weighted average of borrowing costs applicable to the borrowings of the Group which are outstanding during the period, other than borrowings made specifically towards purchase of the qualifying asset. The amount of borrowing costs that the Group capitalizes during a period does not exceed the amount of borrowing costs incurred during that period.

r. Income taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

119

s. Earnings / (loss) per share

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings / (loss) per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Where ordinary shares are issued but not fully paid, they are treated in the calculation of basic earnings per share as a fraction of an ordinary share to the extent that they were entitled to participate in dividends during the period relative to a fully paid ordinary share. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which includes share options granted to employees. To the extent that partly paid shares are not entitled to participate in dividends during the period they are treated as the equivalent of warrants or options in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

t. Recent accounting pronouncements

(i)

(ii)

120

(iii)

(iv)

(d) the type of joint control when the joint arrangement is structured through a separate vehicle.

(v)

(vi)

121

(vii)

(viii)

The company is currently evaluating the requirements of above pronouncements and has not yet determined the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

4. Determination of fair values

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and / or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

(i) Property, plant and equipment

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is an estimated amount for which a property could be exchanged on the date of acquisition between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably. The fair value of items of plant, equipment, fixtures and fittings is based on the market approach and cost approach using quoted market prices for similar items when available and replacements costs when appropriate.

(ii) Inventories

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on the effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

(iii) Intangible assets

The fair value of intangible assets acquired in the business combinations is based on discounted cash flows expected to be derived from the use and eventual sale of assets (terminal value).

(iv) Investments in equity and debt securities

The fair value of available-for-sale financial assets is determined by reference to their quoted price at the reporting date. When the fair value of the financial asset cannot be measured reliably, it is measured at cost.

122

(v) Trade and other receivables

The fair value of trade and other receivables, excluding construction contracts in progress, is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. However in respect of such financial instruments, fair value generally approximates the carrying amount due to the short term nature of such assets. This fair value is determined for disclosure purposes or when acquired in a business combination.

(vi) Derivatives

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their quoted price, if available. If a quoted price is not available, the fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk free interest rate (based on government bonds). The fair value of foreign currency option contracts is determined based on the appropriate valuation techniques, considering the terms of the contract. Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit risk of the Group entity and the counter party when appropriate.

(vii) Non derivative financial liabilities

Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. For finance leases, the market rate of interest is determined by reference to similar lease agreements.

(viii) Share-based payment transactions

The fair value of employee stock options is measured using the Black-Scholes method. Measurement inputs include share price on grant date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility (based on weighted average historic volatility adjusted for changes expected due to publicly available information), expected term of the instrument (based on historical experience and general option holder behavior), expected dividends, and the risk free interest rate (based on government bonds).

123

5. Property, plant and equipment

The following table presents the changes in property, plant and equipment during the year ended March 31, 2012


	Cost								Accumulated depreciation								Carrying amount as at March 31, 2012
Particulars	As at April 01, 2011		Additions		Disposals		As at March 31, 2012		As at April 1, 2011		Depreciation for the year		Deletions		As at March 31, 2012		Carrying amount as at March 31, 2012
Building		777,419		—		—		777,419		204,826		27,841		—		232,667		544,752
Plant and machinery		5,433,359		350,204		51,639		5,731,924		3,335,610		504,532		51,494		3,788,648		1,943,276
Computer equipments		563,776		66,303		474		629,605		478,705		31,711		415		510,001		119,604
Office equipment		234,125		3,304		82		237,347		129,932		21,133		82		150,983		86,364
Furniture and fittings		713,359		27,985		1,350		739,994		503,102		62,034		1,205		563,931		176,063
Vehicles		2,929		2,907		1,089		4,747		2,929		807		1,089		2,647		2,100
Total		7,724,967		450,703		54,634		8,121,036		4,655,104		648,058		54,285		5,248,877		2,872,159

Add: Construction in progress																		988,128

Total		7,724,967		450,703		54,634		8,121,036		4,655,104		648,058		54,285		5,248,877		3,860,287

The following table presents the changes in property, plant and equipment during the year ended March 31, 2011


	Cost								Accumulated depreciation								Carrying amount as at March 31, 2011
Particulars	As at April 01, 2010		Additions		Disposals		As at March 31, 2011		As at April 1, 2010		Depreciation for the year		Deletions		As at March 31, 2011		Carrying amount as at March 31, 2011
Building		777,419		—		—		777,419		177,072		27,754		—		204,826		572,593
Plant and machinery		5,302,696		199,591		68,928		5,433,359		2,929,688		474,168		68,246		3,335,610		2,097,749
Computer equipments		517,904		46,736		864		563,776		429,631		49,854		780		478,705		85,071
Office equipment		228,418		6,214		507		234,125		107,252		23,181		501		129,932		104,193
Furniture and fittings		706,148		15,731		8,520		713,359		445,437		64,442		6,777		503,102		210,257
Vehicles		6,191		—		3,262		2,929		6,191		—		3,262		2,929		—
Total		7,538,776		268,272		82,081		7,724,967		4,095,271		639,399		79,566		4,655,104		3,069,863

Add: Construction in progress																		690,610

Total		7,538,776		268,272		82,081		7,724,967		4,095,271		639,399		79,566		4,655,104		3,760,473

124

The following table presents the changes in property, plant and equipment during the year ended March 31, 2010


	Cost								Accumulated depreciation								Carrying amount as at March 31, 2010
Particulars	As at April 01, 2009		Additions		Disposals		As at March 31, 2010		As at April 1, 2009		Depreciation for the year		Deletions		As at March 31, 2010		Carrying amount as at March 31, 2010
Building		769,663		7,756		—		777,419		148,401		28,671		—		177,072		600,347
Plant and machinery		4,733,122		827,043		257,469		5,302,696		2,765,920		420,314		256,546		2,929,688		2,373,008
Computer equipments		497,223		26,462		5,781		517,904		367,972		66,709		5,050		429,631		88,273
Office equipment		162,132		68,106		1,820		228,418		96,955		12,070		1,773		107,252		121,166
Furniture and fittings		628,279		101,188		23,319		706,148		389,771		77,608		21,942		445,437		260,711
Vehicles		8,269		—		2,078		6,191		6,420		1,360		1,589		6,191		—
Total		6,798,688		1,030,555		290,467		7,538,776		3,775,439		606,732		286,900		4,095,271		3,443,505

Add: Construction in progress																		8,517

Total		6,798,688		1,030,555		290,467		7,538,776		3,775,439		606,732		286,900		4,095,271		3,452,022

Change in estimated useful life

On the basis of a comprehensive evaluation during the year ended March 31, 2008, the Group had revised the estimated useful lives of its networking equipment (included under plant and machinery) and computers. As a result, the expected useful life of its networking equipment has been increased from 5 to 8 years and the expected useful life of computers has been decreased from 5 to 3 years. The effects of such changes on the depreciation expense for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 are as follows:


	2010		2011			2012		2013		2014
Decrease / (increase) in depreciation expense		61,498		(17,674	)		12,108		91,511		134,919

Leased assets

The Group’s leased assets include certain buildings, plant and machinery acquired under finance leases. As at March 31, 2012 the net carrying amount of buildings, plant and machinery and vehicles acquired under finance leases is Rs.234,608 (March 31, 2011: Rs.244,926), Rs.226,594 (March 31, 2011: Rs.217,625) and Rs.2,100 (March 31, 2011 : Nil) respectively. During the year, the Group acquired leased assets of Rs.60,149 (March 31, 2011 : Rs 38,111).

In case prepayments are made towards buildings accounted for as finance leases, such prepayments are capitalized as ‘Leasehold Buildings’ (included in buildings) on the commencement of the lease term under the head ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and depreciated in accordance with the depreciation policy for similar owned assets.

Capital Commitments

As of March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, the Company was committed to spend approximately Rs.717,266 (net of advances Rs.493,774) and Rs.521,562 (net of advances Rs.691,338) respectively, under agreements to purchase property, plant and equipment.

Construction in progress

Amounts paid towards acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding at each balance sheet date and the cost of property, plant and equipment that are not ready to be put into use are disclosed under construction-in-progress. As of March 31, 2012, Construction work in progress includes Rs.685,027 (March 31, 2011 : Rs.682,825) paid towards acquisition of building under construction on a leasehold land belonging to Pace Info Com Park Private Limited by way of acquisition of the entire shareholding of its holding company M/s Hermit Projects Private Limited. Also refer note 37.

Capitalisation of expenses

The Company has capitalized expenses amounting to Rs.18,540 (March 31, 2011: Nil) which are directly attributable to the construction of building.

125

Security

As at March 31,2012 property, plant and equipment with a carrying amount of Rs.2,408,857 (March 31, 2011: Rs.2,615,097) are subject to a registered charge to secure bank borrowings.

6. Intangible assets

Intangible assets comprise the following:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Goodwill		14,595		14,595
Other intangible assets		91,132		90,031

		105,727		104,626

(i) Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in goodwill during the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Balance at the beginning of the year		14,595		14,595
Effect of movement in exchange rates		—		—
Impairment loss recognized during the year		—		—

Net carrying amount of goodwill		14,595		14,595

The amount of goodwill as at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 has been allocated to the Commercial and Consumer segment.

Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill

In May 2006, the Group acquired travel business for a consideration of US$ 2.5 million in cash along with an option to purchase 125,000 shares of Sify Technologies Limited and certain earn out payments aggregating to USD 0.5 million (Rs. 22,444). The assets acquired consist of system software, customer contracts and goodwill which collectively were considered as a cash generating unit (CGU) by management. The said business operates from India and United States.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, triggered by certain adverse market conditions such as decrease in revenue and increase in the cost of services, and other technological matters, the Group tested the carrying value of the above business for impairment. The recoverable amount of these intangibles including goodwill were determined based on the higher of the value in use (using discounted cash flow approach) and fair value less cost to sell. Fair value less cost to sell, being the higher of the two was determined as the recoverable amount of the CGU. Based on this assessment, the carrying value of the CGU was higher than its recoverable amount and as a result of the above, the group has recorded an impairment of the above intangibles including goodwill amounting to Rs 47,269 during the year ended March 31, 2010 and adjusted the carrying value of these intangibles accordingly.

During the year ended March 31, 2011, due to further decrease in revenue and continued losses in its travel business, the Group has tested the carrying value of the remaining intangibles and the recoverable amount of these intangibles were determined as Nil. Hence an impairment charge was recorded for Rs 1,857, equal to the carrying value of the remaining intangibles as on the date of impairment testing.

The above impairment charges relate to Commercial and Consumer segment.

126

(ii) Other intangibles

The following table presents the changes in intangible assets during the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.


	Technical know- how		Portals and web content		Customer related intangibles		Software		License fees		Total
(A) Cost
Balance as at March 31, 2009		82,753		52,730		200,570		319,215		50,000		705,268
Acquisitions during the year		—		—		—		51,468		—		51,468
Disposals during the year		—		52,730		—		—		—		52,730
Balance as at March 31, 2010		82,753		—		200,570		370,683		50,000		704,006
Acquisitions during the year		—		—		—		23,397		—		23,397
Disposals during the year		—		—		—		—		—		—
Balance as at March 31, 2011		82,753		—		200,570		394,080		50,000		727,403
Acquisitions during the year		—		—		—		44,603		—		44,603
Disposals during the year		—		—		—		—		—		—
Balance as at March 31, 2012		82,753		—		200,570		438,683		50,000		772,006

(B) Amortization
Balance as at March 31, 2009		82,753		52,730		169,847		256,621		5,906		567,857
Amortization for the year		—		—		6,144		41,421		2,500		50,065
Impairment loss on intangibles		—		—		22,148		1,737		—		23,885
Disposals during the year		—		52,730		—		—		—		52,730
Balance as at March 31, 2010		82,753		—		198,139		299,779		8,406		589,077
Amortization for the year		—		—		837		43,101		2,500		46,438
Impairment loss on intangibles		—		—		1,594		263		—		1,857
Balance as at March 31,2011		82,573		—		200,570		343,143		10,906		637,372
Amortization for the year		—		—		—		41,002		2,500		43,502
Impairment loss on intangibles		—		—		—		—		—		—
Balance as at March 31,2012		82,573		—		200,570		384,145		13,406		680,874

(C) Carrying amounts
As at March 31, 2010		—		—		2,431		70,904		41,594		114,929
As at March 31, 2011		—		—		—		50,937		39,094		90,031
As at March 31, 2012		—		—		—		54,538		36,594		91,132

Capital commitments

As of March 31, 2012, the Company was committed to spend approximately Rs.4,243 (net of advances Rs.539,889) (March 31, 2011: Rs.65,813 (net of advances Rs.393,849) respectively, under agreements to purchase intangible assets.

Capitalized borrowing costs

During the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company capitalized interest cost of Rs.13,541, Rs.35,852and Rs.24,553 respectively. The rate of capitalization of interest cost for the year ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately 13.79%, 10.44%and 12.81% respectively.

127

7. Investment in equity accounted investees

In March 2006, MF Global Overseas Limited (MFG), a group incorporated in United Kingdom acquired 70.15% of equity share capital of MF Global Sify Securities Private Limited (MF Global), formerly Man Financial-Sify Securities India Private Limited (‘MF Global) from Refco Group Inc., USA (‘Refco’). As at March 31, 2012, 29.85% of MF Global equity shares is held by the Company. The remaining 70.15% is owned by MFG, an unrelated third party. MFG is a subsidiary of MF Global Limited, Bermuda. A summary of key financial information of MF Global and its subsidiaries which is not adjusted for the percentage ownership held by the Group is presented below:


Balance sheet	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Total assets		3,506,913		4,546,919

Total liabilities		1,052,325		2,193,943
Shareholders’ equity		2,454,588		2,352,976

Total Liabilities and shareholders’ equity		3,506,913		4,546,919


Statement of operations	For the year ended
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Revenues		1,169,577		1,818,283		1,612,545
Net profit		92,622		241,840		307,543

During October 2010, Sify Technologies Ltd, the minority shareholder of MF Global holding 29.85 percent of the outstanding shares of the MF Global, requested MF Global’s Board of Directors to reconsider certain costs charged to the MF Global by MF Global Holdings Ltd and its affiliated and associated group companies, who hold 70.15 percent of the outstanding shares of the MF Global. These charges are currently recorded in the financial statements of the MF Global for year ended March 31, 2008 aggregating to Rs.43,478,911 and March 31,2009 aggregating to Rs.15,374,528. The resolution of this matter between the shareholders of MF Global remains uncertain and any financial adjustment that may arise is not presently known and accordingly no adjustment related to this matter has been provided for in MF Global’s consolidated financial statements. Any financial adjustment that may arise on resolution of the said matter would be expected to be handled prospectively and therefore would be reported in the period in which it is resolved. Consequently, no adjustment related to the said matter was considered by Sify for equity method of accounting for MF Global. The auditors of MF Global have included an emphasis of matter with an explanatory paragraph in their audit report issued on the consolidated financial statements of MF Global for the three years ended March 31, 2012 in connection with such recorded cross charges. The effect of such recorded cross charge is not material to the financial statements of Sify.

On October 31, 2011, MF Global Holding Limited, USA, sought bankruptcy protection through a chapter 11 filing in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in New York. Consequent to this, MFG also filed for bankruptcy proceedings in the United Kingdom and 3 individual administrators were appointed as Joint administrators (the “Joint administrators”) for MFG which holds the shares in the Joint Venture Company.

The Company was informed by the Joint Administrators that they were in the process of seeking bids for the stakes held by MFG in the Joint Venture Company. The Company believes that the auction process is in violation of the share holders’ agreement entered between MFG and the Company.

Hence, the Company filed a petition under section 9 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 in Bombay High Court, seeking interim relief by restraining the Joint Administrators and MFG from proceeding with the proposed auction in respect of the sale of shares held by MFG in the Joint Venture Company in violation of share holders agreement dated November 25, 2005. A hearing on the petition was held on December 16, 2011. The Hon’ble High Court granted an ad-interim injunction restraining MFG Overseas Limited through its Joint Administrators from disposing off its shares in MF Global in violation of the Shareholder Agreement. The petition was adjourned for further proceedings. In parallel, the Company without prejudice to its legal rights under the petition was in discussion with the Joint Administrators of MFG for an early amicable settlement in this regard.

On March 23, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company, approved to realize the value of the investment by sale to prospective buyers.

128

On March 27, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement relating to sale and purchase of shares in MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited by and among Sify, MF Global Sify Securities Pvt Ltd., MF Global Overseas Limited, the joint administrators of MF Global Overseas and entities affiliated with the Phillip Capital Group, whereby the Company agreed to sell its entire 29.85% interest in MF Global to Phillip Capital Group.

The consummation of the transaction was subject to certain closing conditions, including regulatory and statutory approvals from the Government of India and the stock exchanges in India.

Additionally, in connection with the execution of the Agreement, on March 27, 2012, the Company, MF Global Sify Securities Private Limited, MF Global Overseas Limited and the Joint Administrators entered into a settlement and release agreement pursuant to which the Company and MF Global Overseas Limited agreed to settle, effective upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, their pending dispute in the Bombay High Court, India regarding certain matters, including the termination of shareholders agreement governing their respective interests in MF Global.

Hence, effective March 23, 2012, the above investment was classified as held for sale and measured accordingly as per IFRS 5. The above investment does not form part of any of the operating segments of the Company.

Subsequently, on August 2, 2012, in pursuance of the Agreement dated March 27, 2012 and after obtaining all the statutory and regulatory approvals, the Company completed the sale of its entire stake and the rights therein in MF Global for a cash consideration of Rs.1,390,200 (USD 25 million) to Phillip Capital Group, Singapore and MF Global Management Employees Trust, India. Consequently, with effect from such date, MF Global ceased to be an associate of the Company. Further, as per the settlement and release agreement, the Company has initiated steps to withdraw the arbitration proceedings filed against MFG and others in the Bombay High court, India and any other existing disputes also stands resolved. Consequently, no financial adjustments would arise in future in the Consolidated financial statements of the Company on account of disputes relating to cross charges.

8. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as per consolidated statement of financial position, as at March 31, 2012 amounted to Rs.742,235 (March 31, 2011: Rs.458,559). This excludes cash-restricted of Rs.150,533 (March 31, 2011: Rs.84,538), representing deposits held under lien against working capital facilities availed and bank guarantees given by the Group towards future performance obligations.

(a) Restricted cash

March 31, 2012

March 31, 2011

March 31, 2010

Non current

Against future performance obligation

—

Current

Bank deposits held under lien against borrowings / guarantees from banks / Government authorities

150,533

84,538

360,909

Total restricted cash

150,533

84,538

360,909

(b) Non restricted cash


Current

Cash and bank balances	742,235		458,559		517,789

Total cash (a+b)	892,768		543,097		878,698

Bank overdraft used for cash management purposes	(798,180	)	(678,901	)	(1,060,284	)
Less: Non current restricted cash	—		—		—

Cash and cash equivalents for the statement of cash flows	94,588		(135,804	)	(181,586	)

9. Lease prepayments


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Towards land and buildings*		364,190		63,068

		364,190		63,068

*	Includes Rs.306,199 (March 31, 2011: Nil) paid for acquiring leasehold rights of land for construction of Data center in Noida, India. Also refer note 37.

129

The prepayment towards land is amortized over the period of the lease on a straight line basis. In respect of buildings under operating lease, prepayments are amortized over the lease term on a straight line basis.

10. Other assets


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Non current
Other deposits and receivables (see note below)		1,073,479		672,843

		1,073,479		672,843

Current
Net investment in leases		—		—

		—		—

Financial assets included in other assets		252,386		212,969

(a)	Includes Rs.539,888 (March 31 2011: Rs. 459,872) paid to Emirates Integrated Telecommunications Company PJSC in relation to supply of bandwidth capacity from the Europe India Gateway (undersea cable network) and borrowing cost capitalized thereon.

11. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The tax effects of significant temporary differences that resulted in deferred tax assets and a description of the items that created these differences is given below


Recognized deferred tax assets / (liabilities)	Assets / (liabilities)
	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011
Deferred tax assets
Carry forward capital losses		97,409			90,892

		97,409			90,892

Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment		—			—
Intangible assets		(1,386	)		(83	)
Investment in equity accounted investees		(96,023	)		(90,809	)

		(97,409	)		(90,892	)

Net deferred tax asset recognized in balance sheet		—			—

In assessing the realizability of the deferred income tax assets, management considers whether some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred income tax assets and tax loss carry forwards is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategy in making this assessment. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections of future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that the Company will realize the benefits of those recognized deductible differences. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are reduced.

130

Movement in temporary differences during the year


	Balance as at April 1, 2010			Recognized in income statement			Recognized in Equity			Balance as at March 31, 2011			Recognized in income statement			Recognized in Equity			Balance as at March 31, 2012
Property, plant and equipment		(76	)		76			—			—			(1,060	)		—			(1,060	)
Intangible assets		(189	)		106			—			(83	)		(244	)		—			(327	)
Tax loss carry forwards		82,869			8,875			(852	)		90,892			7,174			(657	)		97,409
Investment in equity accounted investees		(82,604	)		(9,057	)		852			(90,809	)		(5,870	)		657			(96,022	)

		—			—			—			—			—			—			—

Unrecognized deferred tax assets / (liabilities)


	As at March 31, 2012		As at March 31, 2011
Deductible temporary differences		178,091		157,928
Unrecognized tax losses		3,463,628		3,084,218
		3,641,719		3,242,146

Considering the probability of availability of future taxable profits in the period in which tax losses expire, deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of tax losses carried forward by the Group. The above tax losses expire at various dates until 2025.

Deferred tax liabilities as at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 have not been recognized on undistributed profits of its subsidiaries since the group expects to realize the same in a tax free manner.

Sec.79 of the Indian Income Tax Act denies carry forward of losses incurred in earlier years in case of change in the beneficial interest in the shares outstanding by more than 51%. As a result of the private placement of shares during the year ended March 31, 2011, there was a change in the registered shareholders by more than 51%. The above provision is not applicable to companies in which public are substantially interested. Sec. 2(18) of the Indian Income Tax Act, among other things, defines a company listed in a recognized Stock Exchange in India as a Company in which public are substantially Interested. Based on the non-discrimination clause available in the India—United States of America tax treaty, when the capital of the company is wholly or partly owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more residents of the other Country, the company shall not be subjected to more burdensome position than the similar enterprises of the Contracting Country. Based on the above clause, the Company being listed in US Stock Exchange should not be discriminated for being not listed in India and be treated on par with a Company listed in India. Hence, the Company believes that it is out of the purview of Sec.79 of the Indian Income Tax Act. Further as disclosed in Item 7 of this Annual Report, there has been no change in the beneficial ownership of Shares by more than 51% compared to earlier years and the Board of Directors of the Company have continued to be the same. Hence based on the advice, the Company believes that it can carry forward and set-off the above losses incurred by it in earlier years.

Income tax expense recognized in profit or loss


	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Current tax expense / (benefit)
Current period		—			—			(90,003	)
		—			—			(90,003	)

Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences		7,174			8,875			22,895
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses		(7,174	)		(8,875	)		(14,371	)
Reversal of previously recognized tax losses		—			—			—
		—			—			8,524

Total income tax expense / (benefit)		—			—			(81,479	)

131

Income tax directly recognized in other comprehensive income

March 31,
2012

March 31,
2011

March 31,
2010

Actuarial (gains) or losses

—

Tax effect of changes in the fair value of other investments

—

Tax effect on share of profit of associate recognized in OCI

—

Tax effect on foreign currency translation differences

—

Income tax benefit / (expense) recognized directly in equity

—

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

A reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the income before taxes is summarized below:


	Year ended March 31, 2012			Year ended March 31, 2011			Year ended March 31, 2010
Profit / (loss) before income taxes		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		(54,666	)
Enacted tax rates in India		32.45	%		33.22	%		33.99	%
Computed expected tax expense / (benefit)		(124,373	)		(172,575	)		(18,581	)
Effect of:
Share based payment expense not deductible for tax purposes		10,082			2,697			8,188
Unrecognized deferred tax assets on losses incurred during the year (net of temporary differences, if any)		123,148			194,140			41,370
Unrecognized deferred tax asset on temporary differences		—			—			—
Share of profit of equity accounted investee taxed at a lower rate		(2,952	)		(9,217	)		(12,203	)
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses		(5,905	)		(15,045	)		(18,774	)
Reversal of tax expense consequent to merger (Refer note 40)		—			—			(81,479	)
Others		—			—			—

		—			—			(81,479	)

12. Inventories

Inventories comprise:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Communication hardware		8,328		2,824
Application software		11,931		12,813

		20,259		15,637

The entire carrying amount of inventories as at March 31, 2012 and 2011 are secured in connection with bank borrowings.

13. Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables comprise:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
(i) Trade receivables, net		2,411,946		1,839,966
(ii) Other receivables including deposits		851,335		1,251,690
(iii) Construction contract in progress		71,942		94,257

		3,335,223		3,185,913

132

(i)

Trade receivables as of March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 are stated net of allowance for doubtful receivables. The Group maintains an allowance for doubtful receivables based on its age and collectability. Trade receivables are not collateralized except to the extent of refundable deposits received from cybercafé franchisees and from cable television operators. The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risks and impairment losses related to trade and other receivables, excluding construction work in progress is disclosed in note 39. Trade receivables consist of:


	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011
Trade receivables from related parties		—			—
Other trade receivables		2,605,188			2,055,974

		2,605,188			2,055,974
Less: Allowance for doubtful receivables		(193,242	)		(216,008	)

Balance at the end of the year		2,411,946			1,839,966

The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable is given below:


	For the year ended
	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011
Balance at the beginning of the year		216,008			170,706
Add : Additional provision, net		95,405			161,922
Less : Bad debts written off		(118,171	)		(116,620	)

Balance at the end of the year		193,242			216,008

(ii)	Other receivables comprises of the following items:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Advances and other deposits (Refer Note (a) and (c) below)		407,934		684,016
Withholding taxes (Refer Note (b) below)		439,502		560,456
Employee advances		3,899		7,218

		851,335		1,251,690

Financial assets included in other receivables		122,214		354,115

Notes:

Advances and other deposits primarily comprises of receivables in the form of deposits, service tax and other advances given in the ordinary course of business.

Includes withholding taxes recoverable from the Department of Income-tax for which the Company has filed tax returns for refund. The Company expects to realize such refund of withholding taxes within the next 12 months.

14. Prepayments for current assets

Prepayments for current assets comprise of the following:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Prepayments for purchase of bandwidth		90,399		71,256
Prepayments related to insurance		1,432		7,026
Prepayments-others		97,449		106,845
Lease prepayments		8,753		5,064

		198,033		190,191

133

15. Other investments

Other Investments comprise investment in unquoted equity instruments classified as available for sale financial assets which are carried at cost. The details of such investments are given below:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Investment in equity shares of Vashi Railway Station Commercial Complex Limited		150		150
Investment in equity shares of Sify Empower India Foundation		10		10

		160		160

134

16. Share capital and share premium

No of shares


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Issued as at April 01		178,351,498		53,351,498		42,820,082
Issued for cash*		—		125,000,000		—
Issued for consideration other than cash		—		—		10,530,000
Exercise of share options		162,091		—		1,416

Issued as at March 31		178,513,589		178,351,498		53,351,498

*	Paid up Rs.6.25 (March 31, 2011: Rs.2.50) per share

As at March 31, 2012 the authorized share capital comprises 180,000,000 ordinary shares (as of March 31, 2011, the number of authorized shares was 180,000,000) of Rs.10 each. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends from time to time and are entitled to vote at meetings of the Group. All shares rank equally with regard to Group’s residual assets.

During the year ended March 31, 2010 the company has issued 10,530,000 ordinary shares of Rs.10 each to the erstwhile shareholders of Sify Communication Limited as per the scheme of amalgamation. Refer note 40.

Further during the year ended March 31, 2010, 1,416 ordinary shares have been issued consequent to exercise of options under the Associate stock option plan.

During the year ended March 31, 2011, on August 4, 2010, the Board of Directors of the company approved the issuance, in a private placement, of upto an aggregate of 125,000,000 of the company’s equity shares, par value Rs.10 per share (“Equity shares”), for an aggregate purchase price of approxiamately US$ 86 million, to a group of investors affiliated with the company’s promoter group, including entities affiliated with Mr Raju Vegesna, the company’s Chief Executive officer and Managing Director and Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive and brother of Mr Raju Vegesna (the “Offering”). The company’s shareholders approved the terms of the Offering at the Company’s Annual General Meeting held on September 27, 2010. On October 22 2010, the company entered into a Subscription Agreement with Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, acting as representative (the “Representative”) of the purchasers in connection with the offering. The company issued 125,000,000 equity shares to the Representative on October 30, 2010. Also refer note 42.

Further during the year ended March 31, 2012, 162,091 ordinary shares have been issued consequent to exercise of options under the Associate stock option plan.

Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Share based payment reserve

Share based payment reserve represents the stock compensation expense recognized in the statement of changes in equity.

Fair value reserve

The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale securities until the investments are derecognized or impaired.

Recognized actuarial gain / loss

Recognized actuarial gain / loss represent the cumulative actuarial gain / loss recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity.

135

17. Finance lease obligations

The Group leases routers and other equipments under finance lease arrangements. The following is a schedule of future minimum finance lease commitments as at March 31, 2012:


	March 31, 2012							March 31, 2011
	Future minimum lease payments		Interest			Present value minimum lease payments		Future minimum lease payments		Interest			Present value minimum lease payments
Less than one year		91,924		(16,139	)		75,785		77,975		(17,468	)		60,507
Between one and five years		113,752		(12,611	)		101,141		144,357		(16,611	)		127,746

Total		205,676		(28,750	)		176,926		222,332		(34,079	)		188,253

18. Employee benefits


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Gratuity payable		19,515		19,116
Compensated absences		30,551		28,672

		50,066		47,788

Gratuity cost

The components of gratuity costs recognized in the consolidated income statement for the years ending March 31, 2012, March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010 consist of the following:


	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Service cost		15,892			22,275			14,498
Interest cost		4,449			3,786			4,501
Expected return on plan asset		(3,214	)		(2,875	)		(2,963	)

		17,127			23,186			16,036

Details of employee benefit obligation and plan asset are as follows:


	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011
Present value of projected benefit obligation at the end of the year		62,610			59,571
Funded status of the plans		(43,095	)		(40,455	)

Recognized (asset) / liability		19,515			19,116

The following table set out the status of the gratuity plan:


Change in defined benefit obligation	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Projected benefit obligation at the beginning of the year		59,571			51,046			43,389
Service cost		15,892			22,275			14,498
Interest cost		4,449			3,786			4,501
Actuarial (gain) / loss		(9,372	)		(8,358	)		(5,957	)
Benefits paid		(7,930	)		(9,178	)		(5,385	)

Projected benefit obligation at the end of the year		62,610			59,571			51,046

136


Change in plan assets	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year		40,455			34,293			28,307
Expected return on plan assets		3,214			2,875			2,965
Actuarial gain / (loss)		—			—			(449	)
Employer contributions		7,356			12,465			8,855
Benefits paid		(7,930	)		(9,178	)		(5,385	)

Fair value of plan assets at the end of the year		43,095			40,455			34,293

Actual return on plan assets		3,214			2,875			2,513

Actuarial assumptions at end of the year:

The principal actuarial assumptions as on March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

March 31, 2012

March 31, 2011

March 31, 2010

Discount rate

8.60

% P.a

8.00

% P.a

8.15

% P.a

Long-term rate of compensation increase

8.00

% P.a

8.00

% P.a

8.00

% P.a

Expected long term rate of return on plan assets

8.00

% P.a

8.00

% P.a

8.00

% P.a

Average future working life time

8.40

years

8.60

years

11.06

years

Discount rate: The discount rate is based on prevailing market yields of Indian Government securities as at the end of the year for the estimated term of the obligations.

Long term rate of compensation increase: The estimates of future salary increases considered take into account inflation, seniority, promotion and other factors.

Expected long term rate of return on plan assets: This is based on the average long term rate of return expected on investments of the fund during the estimated term of the obligations.

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables.

The Group assesses these assumptions with the projected long-term plans of growth and prevalent industry standards.

Historical information


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Experience adjustment on plan liabilities		5,044		8,064
Experience adjustment on plan assets		—		—

Contributions: The Group expects to contribute Rs.15,000 (March 31 2011: Rs.15,000) to its gratuity fund during the year ending March 31, 2012.

Plan assets: The Gratuity plan’s weighted-average asset allocation at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, by asset category is as follows:


	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011
Funds managed by insurers		100	%		100	%

Actuarial gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income

The amount of actuarial gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ending March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

March 31, 2012

March 31, 2011

March 31, 2010

Actuarial gain / (loss)

9,372

8,358

5,508

9,372

8,358

5,508

137

Contributions to defined contribution plans

19. Other liabilities


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Franchisee deposits and other liabilities		211,504		163,245

		211,504		163,245

Financial liabilities included in other liabilities		187,236		163,245

Internet access services at home and through a network of cybercafés is provided through a franchised network of cable operators in India and cybercafé operators. The Group enters into an agreement with the franchisee that establishes the rights and obligations of each party and grants each franchisee a non-exclusive license to operate the cybercafé using the Group’s logo, brand and trade names. The agreement provides for payment to the Company, of an initial security deposit in consideration for establishing the franchisee relationship and providing certain initial services.

20. Borrowings


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Current
Term bank loans (Refer note 1 below)		110,000		216,000
Other working capital facilities (Refer note 2 below)		265,906		679,542
Borrowings from others (Refer note 3 below)		167,125		140,260

		543,031		1,035,802

Non current
Term bank loans (Refer note 1 below)		—		113,880
Borrowings from others (Refer note 3 below)		186,312		148,728

		186,312		262,608

The Group has borrowings which include:

Term bank loans bear interest ranging from 15.50% to 16.50% p.a. The term loans are secured by way of pari-passu first charge over the unencumbered movable fixed assets acquired out of such term loans availed by the Company. Further these loans are collaterally secured by way of equitable mortgage over the office premises and also by way of pari passu second charge on the entire current assets of the Company.

Working capital facilities include Letter of credit discounted, buyer’s credit and foreign currency demand loan. These are secured by pari-passu charge on current assets of the Company and moveable assets of the company, both present and future. Further, these facilities are additionally secured by equitable mortgage over the land and building of M/s Pace Info Com Park Private Limited, subsidiary company and also by guarantee issued by the said subsidiary. Foreign currency demand loan bear an interest of Libor +650 bps. Other working capital borrowings bear interest ranging from 13.50% to 16.50% p.a. Such facilities are renewable every year.

Borrowings from others are secured against relevant assets and software. These loans carry an interest rate ranging from 12% p.a to 15% p.a.

138

21. Trade and other payables


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Trade payables		1,219,368		814,777
Advance from customers		50,939		86,073
Accrued expenses		1,021,810		808,399
Other payables		90,235		74,139

		2,382,352		1,783,388

Financial liabilities included in trade and other payables		2,325,447		1,725,907

22. Deferred income

Deferred income includes the following amounts of unearned income:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Enterprise services		296,509		339,549
Commercial and consumer segment		36,118		28,966
Software services		51,166		44,079

		383,793		412,594

23. Revenue


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Rendering of services
Service revenue*		5,920,142		5,460,236		5,356,852
Initial franchise fee		6,395		10,992		11,369
Installation service revenue		883,126		812,341		288,919

		6,809,663		6,283,569		5,657,140

Sale of products		889,286		603,060		1,053,048

		7,698,949		6,886,629		6,710,188

*	Including revenue arising from construction contracts (refer note 24)

24. Construction contracts in progress


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Contract revenue recognized for the year		207,942		268,064		86,214
Aggregate amounts of costs incurred and recognized profits (less recognized losses) upto the reporting date for contracts in progress		185,725		109,570		86,214
Advances received for contracts inprogress		—		27,860		16,441
Amount of retentions		12,602		—		—
Gross amount due from customers for contract work presented as an asset		99,998		231,090		86,214

139

25. Cost of goods sold and services rendered

Cost of goods sold and services rendered information is presented before any depreciation or amortization that is direct and attributable to revenue sources. The Group’s asset base deployed in the business is not easily split into a component that is directly attributable to a business and a component that is common / indirect to all the businesses. Since a gross profit number without depreciation and amortization does not necessarily meet the objective of such a disclosure, the Group has not disclosed gross profit numbers but disclosed all expenses, direct and indirect, in a homogenous group leading directly from revenue to operating income.

26. Other income


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Duty credit entitlement		—		38,006		82,486
Others		37,377		34,687		49,303

		37,377		72,693		131,789

27. Income from legal settlement

During the year ended March 31, 2010, the Company received Rs 561,120 in connection with settlement of legal matters. This is pursuant to a legal suit filed by the company in the prior years. The said receipt has been recorded as income from legal settlement in the consolidated statement of income during the year ended March 31, 2010.

28. Selling, general and administrative expenses


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Personnel expenses		550,299		561,385		745,067
Marketing and promotion expenses		312,530		394,057		482,554
Administrative and other expenses*		1,684,380		1,486,357		1,238,770

		2,547,209		2,441,799		2,466,391

*	Includes foreign exchange gain / (loss) of Rs.37,650, Rs.12,941 and Rs.9,397 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively.

29. Personnel expenses


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
Salaries and wages		1,314,023		1,211,183		1,269,638
Contribution to provident fund and other funds		77,840		77,164		77,197
Staff welfare expenses		17,426		22,296		27,499
Employee stock compensation expense		31,385		10,201		30,589

		1,440,674		1,320,844		1,404,923

Attributable to cost of goods sold and services rendered		890,375		759,459		659,856
Attributable to selling, general and administration expenses		550,299		561,385		745,067

140

30. Share-based payments

Share based payments are designed as equity-settled plans. Under the equity settled plans, the Group had issued stock options under Associate Stock Option Plan (ASOP) 1999, ASOP 2000, ASOP 2002, ASOP 2005 and ASOP 2007. Each option entitles the holder to purchase one American Depository Share (ADS) at an exercise price determined by the Compensation committee on the date of the grant. There are no options outstanding in respect of ASOP 1999, ASOP 2000, ASOP 2002 and ASOP 2005 plans as at April 1, 2009. Our stock option plans are detailed as under:

(i) Associate Stock Option Plan 2007

In September 2007, the Shareholders of the Group approved a new scheme for allotment of stock options to employees, the Associate Stock Option Plan 2007. Consequent upon the introduction of ASOP 2007 plan, 797,600 unissued stock options pertaining to Associate Stock Option Plan 2005 are no longer available for issuance.

The options vest over a period of 4 years as follows:


One sixth of the option quantity:		At the end of one year from the date of the grant.

Five sixth of the option quantity:		At the end of each quarter during the second, third and fourth year from the date of the grant in twelve equal installments.

The stock options can be exercised within a period of twelve months from the date of last vesting.

As the number of stock options and the price of those options were made known to each allottee, the Plan has been considered as a fixed price grant. Stock option activity under the ASOP 2007 Plan is as follows:


No. of options granted, exercised and forfeited	Number of options			Weighted average exercise price in Rs.		Number of options			Weighted average exercise price in Rs.		Number of options			Weighted average exercise price in Rs.
No. of options granted, exercised and forfeited	2012			2012		2011			2011		2010			2010
Outstanding at the beginning of the year		841,200			146.58		1,078,800			149.21		1,211,900			152.51
Granted during the year		—			—		6,000			74.41		50,000			89.34
Replaced (Refer to notes below)		—			—		—			—		—			—
Replacement options granted (Refer to notes below)		—			—		—			—		—			—
Forfeited during the year		(27,995	)		109.33		(81,801	)		152.37		(93,616	)		153.58
Expired during the year		(49,946	)		144.52		(161,799	)		158.52		(88,068	)		158.01
Exercised during the year		(162,061	)		131.99		—			—		(1,416	)		59.02

Outstanding at the end of the year		601,168			152.26		841,200			146.58		1,078,800			149.21

Vested and Exercisable at the end of the year		579,140			153.59		566,908			151.36		437,210			155.55
Weighted average grant date fair value of grants during the year		—			—		—			—		—			—

The fair value of stock options granted has been measured using the Black Scholes model at the date of the grant. The Black Scholes model includes assumptions regarding dividend yields, expected volatility, expected term (or “option life”) and risk free interest rates. In respect of the options granted, the expected term is estimated based on the vesting term, contractual term as well as expected exercise behavior of the employees receiving the option. Expected volatility of the option is based on historical volatility, during a period equivalent to the option life, of the observed market prices of the Company’s publicly traded equity shares. Dividend yield of the options is based on the recent dividend activity. Risk-free interest rates are based on the government securities yield in effect at the time of the grant. These assumptions reflect management’s best estimates, but these assumptions involve inherent market uncertainties based on market conditions generally outside the Company’s control. As a result, if other assumptions had been used in the current period, stock-based compensation expense could have been materially impacted. Further, if management uses different assumptions in the future periods, stock compensation expense could be materially impacted in future years.

141

The estimated fair value of stock options is charged to income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards.

The fair value of services received in return for share options granted under ASOP 2007 is based on the fair value of share options granted measured using Black Scholes model, with the following inputs:


No. of options granted, exercised and forfeited	Year ended March 31, 2012		Year ended March 31, 2011	Year ended March 31, 2010
Weighted average share price		—	82.68	99.26
Weighted average exercise price		—	74.41	89.34
Expected volatility		—	110.5% - 124.7%	115.8% - 136.7%
Option life		—	3 – 4.5 years	3 – 4.5 years
Expected dividends		—	—	—
Risk-free interest rate		—	2.61%	2.43% - 2.69%

A summary of information about fixed price stock options outstanding as at March 31, 2012 is furnished below:


	Range of exercise price in Rs.		Number outstanding at March 31, 2012		Weighted average exercise price in Rs.		Weighted average remaining contractual life		Number exercisable at March 31, 2012		Weighted average exercise price in Rs.
ASOP 2007		51.51-188.32		601,168		152.26		1.00		579,140		153.39

Modification

During the year ended March 31, 2008, the stock options issued under ASOP 2005 and ASOP 2007 had been out of money for most time of the vesting period. As a result, the Group’s compensation committee allowed certain employees in their approval dated January 22, 2008 to surrender their (a) unvested (b) vested and (c) unexercised stock options and obtain fresh options at a discount of 10% of the market price under ASOP 2007 prevalent at the date of modification in lieu of the surrendered stock options. This modification resulted in the revision in the exercise price as well as the service period over which the stock options vest. Consequent upon modification, 497,200 stock options of ASOP 2005 plan and 123,900 stock options of ASOP 2007 plan were replaced with an allotment of equal number of fresh options to those who surrendered.

The incremental fair value of the stock options replaced was determined by reference to the difference between the fair value of the replaced stock options and the fair value of the cancelled stock options at the date of grant of new stock options. The incremental fair value as a result of such modification in respect of modified options amounted to Rs.20,959 during the year ended March 31, 2008. In respect of modification that has occurred during the vesting period, the incremental fair value granted is included in the measurement of the amount recognized, for services received over the period from the modification date until the date when the modified equity instruments vest, in addition to the amount based on the grant date fair value of the original equity instruments, which is recognized over the remainder of the original vesting period. In respect of the modification that has occurred after vesting date, the incremental fair value granted is recognized immediately or over the vesting period if the employee is required to complete an additional period of service before becoming unconditionally entitled to those modified equity instruments. The incremental cost recognized in respect of such modified options amounted to Rs.17,967, Rs.2,954 and Rs.5,039 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively.

The assumptions that were used in arriving at the incremental fair value are as summarized below:


Assumptions	Pre modification	Post modification
Current market price	174.83	174.83
Exercise price	308.34-578.38	157.35
Expected term	3 – 4.5 years	3 – 4.5 years
Volatility	53.83% - 77.82%	53.01% - 77.82%

Dividend yield	0%	0%
Discount rate	2.5%	2.5%

142

31. Financial income and expense


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Interest income on bank deposits		16,468			21,360			19,489
Others		42,845			24,338			8,505
Finance income		59,313			45,698			27,994
Interest expense on lease obligations		20,089			20,117			16,476
Bank charges (including letter of credit, bill discounting and buyer’s credit charges)		129,133			96,721			100,241
Interest expense on borrowings		157,510			141,784			177,156
Finance expense		(306,732	)		(258,622	)		(293,873	)

Net finance income / (expense) recognized in profit or loss		(247,419	)		(212,924	)		(265,879	)

32. Earnings / (loss) per share

The calculation of basic earnings / (loss) per share for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is based on the earnings / (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders of Rs. (383,337), Rs. (519,492) and Rs.17,027 respectively and a weighted average number of shares outstanding of 103,313,278, 63,317,251, and 50,840,358 respectively, calculated as follows:


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Net profit / (loss ) – as reported		(383,337	)		(519,492	)		17,027

Weighted average number of shares – basic		103,313,278			63,317,251			50,840,358
Basic earnings / (loss) per share		(3.71	)		(8.20	)		0.33

Weighted average number of shares – diluted		103,313,278			63,317,251			50,853,293
Diluted earnings / (loss) per share		(3.71	)		(8.20	)		0.33

Weighted average number of ordinary shares basic


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Issued fully paid ordinary shares at April 01		53,351,498		53,351,498		42,820,082
Effect of shares issued on exercise of stock options		98,392		—		166
Effect of partly paid shares (Note 1)		49,863,388		9,965,753		—
Effect of shares issued consequent to amalgamation of Sify Communications Limited		—		—		8,020,110

Weighted average number of equity shares and equivalent shares outstanding		103,313,278		63,317,251		50,840,358

Weighted average number of ordinary shares diluted


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (basic)		103,313,278		63,317,251		50,840,358
Effect of stock options		—		—		12,935

Weighted average number of equity shares outstanding (diluted)		103,313,278		63,317,251		50,853,293

143

As the Company incurred a net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders for the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, 601,168 and 841,200 ordinary shares arising out of potential exercise of outstanding stock options as at March 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, as their effect was anti-dilutive.

Note 1:

During the year ended March 31, 2011, 125,000,000 ordinary shares were issued to the existing promoter group on a private placement basis. As of March 31, 2012, these shares were partly paid up to the extent of Rs.6.25 (March 31, 2011 : Rs.2.50) per share. Refer note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.

33. Operating leases

The Group leases office buildings and other equipment under operating lease arrangements that are renewable on a periodic basis at the option of both the lessor and the lessee. Some of the leases include rent escalation clauses. Rental expenses under these leases were Rs.339,139, Rs.326,507 and Rs.329,332 for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011and 2010 respectively. The schedule of future minimum rental payments in respect of operating leases is set out below:

As at March 31, 2012


Lease obligations	Total		Less than 1 year		1-5 years		More than 5 years
Non-cancellable operating lease obligations		1,778,901		109,762		479,262		1,189,877

As at March 31, 2011


Lease obligations	Total		Less than 1 year		1-5 years		More than 5 years
Non-cancellable operating lease obligations		1,884,543		105,693		588,973		1,189,877

34. Segment reporting

The primary operating segments of the Group are:

•	Enterprise Services; such as Network Services and IT Services, providing Internet, connectivity, Voice ILD/NLD, Hosting , security and consulting, managed service solutions;

•	Commercial and Consumer services ; primarily comprising of Internet access services, from homes and through cybercafés, connectivity to SMBs , SOHOs and Online portal services and content offerings; and

•	Software services, such as application services and development of e-learning software.

The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), i.e, The Board of Directors and the senior management, evaluate the Group’s performance and allocate resources to various strategic business units that are identified based on the products and services that they offer and on the basis of the market served. The measure of profit / loss reviewed by the CODM is “Earnings/loss before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization” also referred to as “segment operating income / loss”. Revenue in relation to segments is categorized based on items that are individually identifiable to that segment. Bandwidth costs, which form a significant part of the total expenses, is allocated primarily to Network Services and then routed through as part of a cost transfer mechanism to Commercial and Consumer segment. Manpower costs of Technology resources rendering services to support Infrastructure operations, Managed services and Application services, are identified to an operating segment specifically. The Group believes that the resulting allocations are reasonable.

Certain expenses, such as depreciation, technology infrastructure and administrative overheads, which form a significant component of total expenses, are not allocable to specific segments as the underlying services are used interchangeably. Management believes that it is not practical to provide segment disclosure of these expenses and, accordingly, they are separately disclosed as “unallocated” and adjusted only against the total income of the Group.

A significant part of the fixed assets used in the Group’s business are not identifiable to any of the reportable segments and can be used interchangeably between segments. As a result the measures of segment assets and liabilities are not regularly reviewed by the CODM and hence disclosures relating to segment assets and liabilities have not been provided.

144

The Group’s operating segment information for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, are presented below:

Year ended March 31, 2012


	Enterprise services			Commercial and Consumer Services			Software Services			Total
Segment revenue		6,675,853			390,045			633,051			7,698,949
Allocated segment expenses		(5,169,236	)		(473,210	)		(587,949	)		(6,230,395	)

Segment operating income / (loss)		1,506,617			(83,165	)		45,102			1,468,554
Unallocated expenses:
Selling, general and administrative expenses											(977,587	)
Depreciation and amortization											(691,560	)
Other income / (expense), net											37,377
Finance income											59,313
Finance expenses											(306,732	)
Share of profit of equity accounted investee											27,298

Profit / (loss) before tax											(383,337	)
Income tax (expense) / benefit											—

Profit / (loss) for the year											(383,337	)

Year ended March 31, 2011 (As adjusted)


	Enterprise services			Commercial and Consumer Services			Software Services			Total
Segment revenue		5,752,879			526,366			607,384			6,886,629
Allocated segment expenses		(4,403,435	)		(724,283	)		(506,936	)		(5,634,654	)
Impairment loss onintangibles		—			(1,857	)		—			(1,857	)

Segment operating income / (loss)		1,349,444			(199,774	)		100,448			1,250,118
Unallocated expenses:
Cost of goods sold											(36,222	)
Selling, general and administrative expenses											(980,353	)
Depreciation and amortization											(685,836	)
Other income / (expense), net											72,693
Finance income											45,698
Finance expenses											(258,622	)
Share of profit of equity accounted investee											73,032

Profit / (loss) before tax											(519,492	)
Income tax (expense) / benefit											—

Profit / (loss) for the year											(519,492	)

Year ended March 31, 2010 (As adjusted)


	Enterprise services			Commercial and Consumer Services			Software Services			Total
Segment revenue		5,268,530			844,771			596,887			6,710,188
Allocated segment expenses		(3,996,925	)		(1,080,236	)		(519,069	)		(5,596,230	)
Impairment loss on intangibles including goodwill		—			(47,269	)		—			(47,269	)

Segment operating income / (loss)		1,271,605			(282,734	)		77,818			1,066,689
Unallocated expenses:
Cost of goods sold											(45,853	)
Selling, general and administrative expenses											(936,870	)

145


Depreciation and amortization	(656,797	)
Other income / (expense), net	131,789
Income from legal settlement	561,120
Finance income	27,994
Finance expenses	(293,873	)
Share of profit of equity accounted investee	91,135

Profit / (loss) before tax	(54,666	)
Income tax (expense) / benefit	81,479

Profit / (loss) for the year	26,813

Year Reconciliations


	Cost of goods sold		Selling, general and administrative expenses		Finance expenses		Total
Year ended March 31, 2012
Allocated segment expenses		4,660,773		1,569,622		—		6,230,395
Unallocated segment expenses		—		977,587		306,732
Total as per income statement		4,660,773		2,547,209		306,732

Year ended March 31, 2011
Allocated segment expenses		4,173,208		1,461,446		—		5,634,654
Unallocated segment expenses		36,222		980,353		258,622
Total as per income statement		4,209,430		2,441,799		258,622

Year ended March 31, 2010
Allocated segment expenses		4,050,685		1,545,545		—		5,596,230
Unallocated segment expenses		45,853		936,870		293,873
Total as per income statement		4,096,538		2,482,415		293,873

Reorganization of business segments

We have been historically operating with three segments of business viz Corporate network/data services, Internet access services (including Online portal services and content offerings) and others (e-Learning and Infrastructure Management services). The Industry in which these segments compete has witnessed newer competitions, business models resulting in dynamic market changes. In order to leverage the versatility and the organizational capability, the Chief Operations Decision Maker (CODM) has evaluated options of integrating certain services to address customers across segments, achieve better marketability, flexibility and scale. Based on the management decision, certain changes to the business structure are made effective April 1, 2011. Consequently ‘Application services’ have been realigned out of ‘Corporate Data/Networking’ (revised segment—Enterprise Services) and have been reported as a part of Software Services. ‘Infrastructure Management Services’ have been realigned out of ‘Other Services’ and have been reported as a part of Enterprise Services. The Corresponding revenues and costs have been regrouped into the respective segments. Manpower cost of Technology division, comprising of Infrastructure, Managed Services and Software, is now identified as a specific operating cost to all relevant segment.

Consequently the revised operating segments are as below:

Enterprise Service: Connectivity and voice services will be offered as Network Services, while Data Center Hosting and Managed Services, along with System Integration, will comprise IT services. They will service both domestic and International clients from large corporate and mid-market customers.

Commercial and Consumer Service: The scope of the Consumer business is being expanded to include SOHOs and SMBs apart from the cybercafés, Portals and broadband-to-home services, offering network, IT services and applications through the Cloud.

146

Software Service: The application services and e-learning would from Software services. This business line will offer applications through the Cloud, primarily targeted at enterprise and international customers.

These reorganization of operating segments did not have any effect on reported consolidated operating income, income before income taxes, net income or per share amounts. The following table provides the amounts reclassified for all prior periods.

Revenue reclassifications

For the year ended March 31, 2011

Previous operating

segments

Corporate network /
data services

Consumer one

Other services

Total

As previously reported

5,671,909

526,366

688,354

6,886,629

Revenue from Managed services

411,085

—

(411,085

)

—

Revenue from application services

(330,115

)

—

330,115

—

Revised operating segments

5,752,879

526,366

607,384

6,886,629

Enterprise
services

Commercial and
consumer services

Software services

For the year ended March 31, 2010

Previous operating

segments

Corporate network /
data services

Consumer one

Other services

Total

As previously reported

5,335,268

844,771

530,149

6,710,188

Revenue from Managed services

289,146

—

(289,146

)

—

Revenue from application services

(355,884

)

—

355,884

—

Revised Revenue

5,268,530

844,771

596,887

6,710,188

Revised operating segments

Enterprise
services

Commercial and
consumer services

Software services

Operating and unallocated cost reclassifications:

For the year ended March 31, 2011


Previous operating segments	Corporate network / data services			Consumer one			Other services			Unallocated expenses and income
As previously reported		4,026,865			639,463			536,176			2,201,760
Cost of goods sold		309,580			45,094			134,129			(488,802	)
Finance expenses		(52,916	)		(2,210	)		(1,527	)		56,653
Operating expenses		119,906			41,936			(161,842	)		—
Revised Costs		4,403,435			724,283			506,936			1,769,610
Revised operating segments		Enterprise services			Commercial and consumer services			Software services

147

For the year ended March 31, 2010


Previous operating segments	Corporate network / data services			Consumer one			Other services			Unallocated expenses and income
As previously reported		3,929,727			898,397			406,063			1,483,398
Cost of goods sold		293,922			41,137			96,895			(431,954	)
Finance expenses		(66,656	)		(2,557	)		(698	)		69,911
Operating expenses		(160,068	)		143,259			16,809			—
Revised Costs		3,996,925			1,080,236			519,069			1,121,355
Revised operating segments		Enterprise services			Commercial and consumer services			Software services

Geographic segments

The Group has two geographic segments India and rest of the world. Revenues from the geographic segments based on domicile of the customer are as follows:


Description	India		Rest of the world		Total
Revenues
Year ended March 31, 2012		4,864,915		2,834,034		7,698,949
Year ended March 31, 2011		4,495,801		2,390,828		6,886,629
Year ended March 31, 2010		4,950,352		1,759,836		6,710,188

The Group does not disclose information relating to non-current assets located in India and rest of the world as the necessary information is not available and the cost to develop it would be excessive.

The revenue from transactions with a single external customer did not exceed more than 10% of the total revenue of the Company for each of the three years ended March 31, 2012.

35. Contingencies

During the previous years, the Group had received assessment orders from the Income-tax Department of India for various financial years disallowing certain expenditure like bandwidth charges and foreign currency payments for non-deduction of withholding taxes. The Company appealed against those order before Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) (CIT(A)) and received favourable orders. The department has filed appeals before Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) disputing CIT(A) orders. The group believes that the appeal by the department is not sustainable and consequently no loss contingency is necessary as at March 31, 2012. Income tax claims against the company as at March 31, 2012 amounted to Rs.84,981 (March 31, 2011: Rs.84,981).

b)	Contingencies due to certain service tax claims as at March 31, 2012 amounted to Rs.421,730 (March 31, 2011: Rs 243,610).

c)	Additionally, the Group is also involved as a party to lawsuits, claims and proceedings, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Group does not foresee any material contingency out of the pending issues.

The Group during the year ended March 31, 2009 entered into a contract with Emirates Integrated Telecom for the construction and supply of capacity from the Europe India Gateway. As per the contract with Emirates, the Group is required to pay its share of decommissioning costs if any that may arise in the future. No provision has been made by the Group for such decommissioning costs as the amount of provision cannot be measured reliably as at March 31, 2012.

148

e)	Liability on customer letter of credit discounted amounted to Rs.87,793 (March 31, 2011: Nil).

f)	In respect of contingencies arising on legal proceedings, refer Note 36.

36. Legal proceedings

(a)

The Company believes, the maximum exposure under this settlement is approximately USD 338,983, an amount which its insurer will pay as per the Settlement Agreement on behalf of the Company.

(b)	Proceedings before the Department of Telecommunications

(ii)

License fees

•

On February 26, 2010 DoT raised a demand on Sify Communications (erstwhile subsidiary merged with Sify Technologies Limited) for Rs.26 million.

149

(ii)

(c)

37. Related parties

The related parties where control / significant influence exists are subsidiaries and associates. Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity, directly or indirectly, including any director whether executive or otherwise. Key management personnel includes the board of directors and other senior management executives. The other related parties are those with whom the Group has had transaction during the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:


Particulars	Country of incorporation		% of Ownership interest
			March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Holding Company
Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited				—		—
Raju Vegesna Infotech & Industries Private Limited (Refer note 16 and note 42)				—		—
Ramanand Core Investment Company Private Limited				—		—
Subsidiaries
Sify International Inc.		USA		100		100
Sify Software Limited (Formerly Sify Networks Private Limited)		India		100		100
Sify Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Limited (Incorporated on December 7, 2009)		Singapore		100		100
Hermit Projects Private Limited (Acquired on November 28, 2011)		India		100		100
Pace Info Com Park Private Limited (Acquired on November 28, 2011)		India		100		100
Associates
MF Global-Sify Securities India Private Limited		India		29.85		29.85
Others (Entities in which the Key Management Personnel have controlling interest / significant influence and relatives of Key Management Personnel)
Radhika Vegesna		India		—		—
Server Engines LLC		USA		—		—
Server Engines India Private Limited		India		—		—
VALS Developers Private Limited		India		—		—
Raju Vegesna Developers Private Limited		India		—		—

150

The following is a summary of the related party transactions for the year ended March 31, 2012:


Transactions	Holding Company		Associates		Others		Key Management Personnel***
Consultancy services received		—		—		—		240
Sitting fees paid		—		—		—		1,280
Salaries and other short term benefits		—		—		—		37,385
Contributions to defined contribution plans		—		—		—		1,602
Share based payment transactions		—		—		—		1,041
Issue of shares on private placement basis**		1,500,000		—		—		—
Advance lease rentals and refundable deposits refunded*		—		—		2,175		—
Refundable lease deposit paid****		—		—		—		—
Lease rentals paid****		150		—		3,129		—
Amount of outstanding balances
Advance lease rentals and refundable deposits made****		—		—		2,558		—

The following is a summary of the related party transactions for the year ended March 31, 2011:


Transactions	Holding Company		Associates		Others		Key Management Personnel***
Consultancy services received		—		—		—		240
Sitting fees paid		—		—		—		1,200
Salaries and other short term benefits		—		—		—		40,328
Contributions to defined contribution plans		—		—		—		1,913
Share based payment transactions		—		—		—		4,226
Issue of shares on private placement basis**		1,000,000		—		—		—
Advance lease rentals and refundable deposits refunded		—		—		282,825		—
Refundable lease deposit paid****		—		—		2,558		—
Lease rentals paid****		—		—		2,558		—
Amount of outstanding balances
Debtors		—		—		—		—
Advance lease rentals and refundable deposits made****		—		—		2,558		—

The following is a summary of the related party transactions for the year ended March 31, 2010:


Transactions	Associates		Others		Key Management Personnel***
Consultancy services received		—		—		240
Sitting fees paid		—		—		1,240
Salaries and other short term benefits		—		—		52,441
Contributions to defined contribution plans		—		—		2,427
Share based payment transactions		—		—		9,486
Issuance of shares on amalgamation of erstwhile Sify Communications limited with Sify Technologies limited		—		842,837		—
Amount of outstanding balances
Debtors		—		—		—
Advance lease rentals and refundable deposits made*		—		282,825		—

151

Represents deposits made to VALS Developers Private Limited (“VALS”).VALS was owned and controlled by Raju Vegesna Infotech & Industries Private Limited, in which Mr. Raju Vegesna, our principal share holder and Chief Executive Officer, was holding 94.66% equity in his personal capacity. During the year ended March 31, 2009, Sify entered into an agreement for Sub Lease with VALS Developers Private Limited to take on lease on long term basis the proposed building which is in the process of being constructed. The lease agreement, when final and executed, was expected to have an initial non-cancellable term of 5 years, with a further option for Sify to renew or cancel the lease for the incremental five year terms. In terms of this Agreement for Sub Lease, Sify has paid a security deposit of Rs.125,700 and advance rental of Rs.157,125 to VALS. As per the terms of the Sub Lease, the security deposit will be refunded at the end of lease term and the advance rental would be adjusted over a period of 15 months from the commencement of the lease. To give effect to the above arrangement, VALS had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on 16th June 2008 with M/s. Advance India Projects Limited (AIPL) and M/s. Pace Info com Private Limited (PACE), wherein PACE is an allottee of the land situated at B-07, Sector-132, Noida and VALS had through a Special Purpose Vehicle Hermit Projects Private Limited (HERMIT) decided to acquire the shares of PACE including the land held by it. VALS has paid a sum of Rs.285,000 to AIPL at the time of signing the MoU.

During the year, the Company acquired the leasehold rights alongwith the building under construction through acquisition of entire shares HERMIT which in turn holds the entire shares of PACE, the original allottee of the land.

**	Also refer note 16 in relation to transactions relating to issue of equity shares on private placement basis to Raju Vegesna Infotech & Industries Private Limited.

***	Some of the key management personnel of the Group are also covered under the Group’s gratuity plan along with other employees of the Group. Proportionate amounts of gratuity accrued under the gratuity plan have not been separately computed or included in the above disclosure.

****

The company has entered into a lease agreement with Ms Radhika Vegesna, Daughter of Mr. Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director of the company, to lease the premises owned by her for a period of three years effective June 1, 2010 on a rent of Rs.256 per month and payment of refundable security deposit of Rs.2,558. This arrangement will be automatically renewed for a further period of two blocks of three years with all the terms remaining unchanged.

****	During the year, the Company has entered into a lease agreement with M/s Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited, the holding Company, to lease the premises owned by it for a period of three years effective February 1, 2012 on a rent of Rs.75 per month.

****

During the year, the Company has entered into a lease agreement with M/s Raju Vegesna Developers Private Limited, a Company in which Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director of the Company and Mr Raju Vegesna, Chairman and Managing director of the Company exercise significant influence, to lease the premises owned by it for a period of three years effective February 1, 2012 on a rent of Rs.30 per month.

152

38. Financial instruments

Financial instruments by category

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by each category as at March 31, 2012 were as follows:


Particulars	Note		Loans and receivables		Financial assets / liabilities at fair value through profit and loss		Available for sale		Other financial liabilities		Total carrying value		Total fair value
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		8		892,768		—		—		—		892,768		892,768
Other assets		10		252,386		—		—		—		252,386		252,386
Trade receivables		13		2,411,946		—		—		—		2,411,946		2,411,946
Other receivables		13		122,214		—		—		—		122,214		122,214
Derivative financial instrument				—		2,891		—		—		2,891		2,891
Other investments		15		—		—		160		—		160		160
Liabilities
Bank overdraft		8		—		—		—		798,180		798,180		798,180
Finance lease liabilities		17		—		—		—		176,926		176,926		176,926
Other liabilities		19		—		—		—		187,236		187,236		187,236
Borrowings from banks		20		—		—		—		375,906		375,906		375,906
Borrowings from others		20		—		—		—		353,435		353,435		353,435
Trade and other payables		21		—		—		—		2,325,447		2,325,447		2,325,447

The carrying value and fair value of financial instruments by each category as at March 31, 2011 were as follows:


Particulars	Note		Loans and receivables		Financial assets / liabilities at fair value through profit and loss		Available for sale		Other financial liabilities		Total carrying value		Total fair value
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		8		543,097		—		—		—		543,097		543,097
Other assets		10		212,969		—		—		—		212,969		212,969
Trade receivables		13		1,839,966		—		—		—		1,839,966		1,839,966
Other receivables		13		354,115		—		—		—		354,115		354,115
Other investments		15		—		—		160		—		160		160
Liabilities
Bank overdraft		8		—		—		—		678,091		678,091		678,091
Finance lease liabilities		17		—		—		—		188,253		188,253		188,253
Other liabilities		19		—		—		—		163,245		163,245		163,245
Borrowings from banks		20		—		—		—		1,009,422		1,009,422		1,009,422
Borrowings from others		20		—		—		—		288,988		288,988		288,988
Trade and other payables		21		—		—		—		1,725,907		1,725,907		1,725,907

Details of financial assets pledged as collateral

The carrying amount of financial assets as March 31, 2012 and 2011 that the Group has provided as collateral for obtaining borrowings and other facilities from its bankers are as follows:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Cash and cash equivalents		892,768		543,097
Other assets		252,386		212,969
Trade receivables		2,411,946		1,839,966
Other receivables		122,214		354,115

		3,679,314		2,950,147

153

Derivative financial instruments

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options are purchased to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates associated with certain payables, receivables and forecasted transactions denominated in certain foreign currencies. These derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting under IAS 39, and are initially recognized at fair value on the date the contract is entered into and subsequently re-measured at their fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of the derivative contracts are recognized immediately in profit or loss. The counterparties for these contracts are generally banks or financial institutions. The following table gives details in respect of the notional amount of outstanding foreign exchange and option contracts as on March 31, 2012 and 2011:


	As of
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Forward contracts
In U.S. Dollars (Sell)		—		—
In U.S Dollars (Buy)		—		—
Option contracts
In U.S Dollars (Sell)		1,500		—
In U.S Dollars (Buy)		—		—

The Company recognized a net gain on derivative financial instruments of Rs.2,891 for the year ended March 31, 2012 and a net gain of Rs.6,998 during the year ended March 31, 2010.

The forward exchange contracts and option contracts mature between one and twelve months. The table below summarizes the notional amounts of derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period as at the end of the year:


	As of
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Sell:
Not later than one month		26,500		—
Later than one month and not later than three months		53,000		—
Later than three months and not later than six months		—		—
Later than six months and not later than one year		—		—

		79,500		—


	As of
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Buy:
Not later than one month		—		—
Later than one month and not later than three months		—		—
Later than three months and not later than six months		—		—
Later than six months and not later than one year		—		—

		—		—

Interest, (expenses), gains and (losses) recognized on financial assets and liabilities

Recognized in profit or loss


	Year ended
	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011			March 31, 2010
Loans and receivables
Interest income on bank deposits		16,468			21,360			19,489
Interest income from other loans and receivables		3,706			3,871			8,505
Impairment loss of trade receivables		(193,232	)		(161,922	)		(121,987	)
Impairment loss on finance lease receivables		—			—			—

154


Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Net change in fair value of derivative financial instruments	2,891		—		6,998

Other financial liabilities
Interest expenses on lease obligations	(20,089	)	(20,117	)	(16,476	)
Interest expenses on borrowings from banks, others and overdrafts	(157,510	)	(161,897	)	(177,156	)

Recognized directly in other comprehensive income

Year ended

March 31, 2012

March 31, 2011

March 31, 2010

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

—

39. Financial Risk Management

The Group has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

•

Credit risk

•

Liquidity risk

•

Market risk

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. The Board of Directors have established a risk management policy to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management systems are reviewed periodically to reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group Audit Committee oversees how management monitors compliance with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures, and reviews the risk management framework. The Group Audit Committee is assisted in its oversight role by Internal Audit. Internal Audit undertakes reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Audit Committee.

Credit risk: Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s trade receivables, treasury operations and other activities that are in the nature of leases.

Trade and other receivables

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. Management considers that the demographics of the Group’s customer base, including the default risk of the industry and country in which customers operate, has less of an influence on credit risk. The group is not exposed to concentration of credit risk to any one single customer since the services are provided to and products are sold to customers who are spread over a vast spectrum. Credit risk is managed through credit approvals, establishing credit limits and continuously monitoring the credit worthiness of the customers to which the Company grants credit terms in the normal course of the business.

Cash and cash equivalents and other investments

In the area of treasury operations, the Group is presently exposed to counter-party risks relating to short term and medium term deposits placed with public-sector banks, and also to investments made in mutual funds.

Guarantees

The Group’s policy is to provide financial guarantees only to subsidiaries.

The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for monitoring the counterparty credit risk, and has been vested with the authority to seek Board’s approval to hedge such risks in case of need.

155

Exposure to credit risk

The gross carrying amount of financial assets, net of any impairment losses recognized represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk as at March 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Cash and cash equivalents		892,768		543,097
Other assets		252,386		212,969
Trade receivables		2,411,946		1,839,966
Other receivables		122,214		354,115
Derivative financial instruments		2,891		—
Other investments		160		160

		3,682,365		2,950,307

Financial assets that are past due but not impaired

There is no other class of financial assets that is past due but not impaired other than trade receivables. The age analysis of trade receivables have been considered from the date of invoice. The ageing of trade receivables, net of allowances that are past due, is given below:


Period (in days)	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Past due 181 — 270 days		168,171		143,919
Past due 271 — 365 days		173,385		50,796
More than 365 days		524,788		97,596

		866,344		292,311

See note 13 for the activity in the allowance for impairment of trade account receivables.

Financial assets that are not past due

Cash and cash equivalents, other assets, other receivables and finance lease receivables are neither past due nor impaired. Of the total trade receivables that are not past due as at March 31, 2012 amounting to Rs.1,545,602 (March 31, 2011: Rs.1,329,698) impairment to the extent of Rs Nil (March 31, 2011: Rs Nil) has been recorded.

Details of collateral and other credit enhancements held


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Security deposits received for internet access services		4,915		7,432

Liquidity risks: Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. Typically the Group ensures that it has sufficient cash on demand to meet expected operational expenses, servicing of financial obligations. In addition, the Group has concluded arrangements with well reputed Banks, and has unused lines of credit that could be drawn upon should there be a need. The Company is also in the process of negotiating additional facilities with Banks for funding its requirements.

156

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the impact of netting agreements:

As at March 31, 2012


	Carrying amount		Contractual cash flows		0-12 months		1-3 years		3-5 years
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Bank overdrafts		798,180		798,180		798,180		—		—
Finance lease liabilities		176,926		205,675		91,923		99,521		14,231
Other liabilities		187,236		187,236		187,236		—		—
Borrowing from banks		375,906		381,269		381,269		—		—
Borrowings from others		353,435		416,449		202,842		185,060		28,547
Trade and other payables		2,325,447		2,325,447		2,325,447		—		—

		4,217,130		4,314,256		3,986,897		284,581		42,778

As at March 31, 2011


	Carrying amount		Contractual cash flows		0-12 months		1-3 years		3-5 years
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Bank overdrafts		678,901		678,901		678,901		—		—
Finance lease liabilities		188,253		247,355		65,148		123,922		58,284
Other liabilities		163,245		163,245		163,245		—		—
Borrowing from banks		1,009,422		1,044,455		930,067		114,388		—
Borrowings from others		288,988		368,794		175,730		158,431		34,633
Trade and other payables		1,725,907		1,725,907		1,725,907		—		—

		4,054,716		4,228,657		3,738,998		396,741		92,917

Market risk: Market risk is the risk of loss of future earnings or fair values or future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign exchange rates and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market risk sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables. The Group is exposed to market risk primarily related to foreign exchange rate risk (currency risk), interest rate risk and the market value of its investments. Thus the Group’s exposure to market risk is a function of investing and borrowing activities and revenue generating and operating activities in foreign currencies.

Currency risk: The Group’s exposure in USD, Euro and other foreign currency denominated transactions gives rise to Exchange Rate fluctuation risk. Group’s policy in this regard incorporates:

•

Forecasting inflows and outflows denominated in US$ for a twelve-month period

•

Estimating the net-exposure in foreign currency, in terms of timing and amount

•

Determining the extent to which exposure should be protected through one or more risk-mitigating instruments to maintain the permissible limits of uncovered exposures.

•

Carrying out a variance analysis between estimate and actual on an ongoing basis, and taking stop-loss action when the adverse movements breaches the 5% barrier of deviation, subject to review by Audit Committee.

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk as at March 31, 2012 was as follows:

All amounts in respective currencies as mentioned (in thousands)


	USD			CAD		CHF			EUR			GBP			DHS			HKD			SGD
Cash and cash equivalents		758			—		—			—			—			—			—
Trade receivables		17,046			5		539			12			136			—			—			6
Trade payables		(9,031	)		—		(15	)		(52	)		(1	)		(59	)		(10	)		—
Gross balance sheet exposure		8,773			5		524			(40	)		135			(59	)		(10	)		6
Forward exchange / option contracts		(1,500	)		—		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net exposure		7,273			5		524			(40	)		135			(59	)		(10	)		6

157

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk as at March 31, 2011 was as follows:

All amounts in respective currencies as mentioned (in thousands)


	USD			CAD		CHF			Euro			GBP			DHS			HKD			AED			SGD
Cash and cash equivalents		495			—		—			—			—			—			—
Trade receivables		9,700			4		522			20			116			1			—			1			2
Trade payables		(5,688	)		—		(18	)		(301	)		(1	)		(32	)		(10	)		(25	)		(83	)
Gross balance sheet exposure		4,507			4		504			(281	)		115			(31	)		(10	)		(24	)		(81	)
Forward exchange / option contracts		—			—		—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Net exposure		4,507			4		504			(281	)		115			(31	)		(10	)		(24	)		(81	)

Sensitivity analysis

A 10% strengthening of the rupee against the respective currencies as at March 31, 2012 and 2011 would have increased / (decreased) other comprehensive income and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2011.


	Other comprehensive income		Profit or loss
March 31, 2012		—		40,782
March 31, 2011		—		14,366

A 10% weakening of the rupee against the above currencies as at March 31, 2012 and 2011 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

Interest Rate Risk: Interest rate risk is the risk that an upward movement in interest rates would adversely affect the borrowing costs of the group.

Profile

At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest –bearing financial instruments were as follows:


	Carrying amount
	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Fixed rate instruments
Financial assets - Fixed deposits with banks		400,629		84,765

Financial liabilities
- Borrowings from banks		48,476		529,437
- Borrowings from others		353,435		288,988

Variable rate instruments
Financial liabilities
- Borrowings from banks		327,430		326,000
- Bank overdrafts		798,180		678,901

Fair value sensitivity for fixed rate instruments

The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and the Group does not designate derivatives (interest rate swaps) as hedging instruments under a fair value hedge accounting model. Therefore a change in interest rates at the reporting date would not affect profit or loss.

158

Cash flow sensitivity for variable rate instruments

An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased / (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. The analysis has been performed on the same basis as 2011.


	Equity		Profit or loss
March 31, 2012		—		(11,256	)
March 31, 2011		—		(10,049	)

A decrease of 100 basis points in the interest rates at the reporting date would have had equal but opposite effect on the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variable remain constant.

40. Acquisition of non-controlling interest in subsidiary

The Board of Directors and shareholders of the Company at their meeting held on November 24, 2008 approved the merger of Sify’s subsidiary Sify Communications Limited, subject to approval by the Honorable High Court of Madras and other statutory authorities. Subsequently, the Company obtained the approval of Honorable High Court on June 26, 2009 which is binding on the Company and its subsidiary Sify Communications Limited and as part of the merger, the Company issued 10,530,000 equity shares to Infinity Satcom Universal Pvt. Limited (a company promoted by the principal shareholders of Sify) and acquired the remaining 26% equity interest of Sify Communications Limited. Although the merger was approved by the High Court on June 26, 2009, which is considered as the acquisition date for accounting purposes, for Income-tax purpose the effect of merger is retrospectively applied from April 1, 2008. The acquisition of this non-controlling interest has been accounted as a transaction with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders and accordingly no goodwill has been recognized. As a result of the acquisition of non-controlling interest, the following adjustments were incorporated in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2010:

•

As a consequence of the merger, the Company was eligible under the Indian Income-tax laws to consolidate the Income-tax returns of Sify and Sify Communications Limited retrospectively from April 1, 2008. Accordingly, the taxable income reported by Sify Communications Limited for the period subsequent to April 1, 2008 has been off-set against the previously fully reserved business losses of the Company. This resulted in the reversal of income tax liabilities aggregating to Rs.90,003 and a write off of deferred tax assets of Rs.8,524 during the year ended March 31, 2010.

•

Consequent to the approval of the merger by the Honorable High Court on June 26, 2009, the Company was obliged to issue 10,530,000 shares which the Company has duly issued on July 16, 2009, and accordingly, the fair value of shares to be issued as at June 26, 2009 has been considered as the consideration for the acquisition of the non-controlling interest. The difference between the fair value of the consideration paid and the face value of equity shares issued is recorded as share premium and the difference between the fair value of the consideration paid and the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is recorded as an adjustment in equity and is included as part of share premium.

41. IPO listing

The Ministry of Finance of the Government of India (‘MoF’) issued a press release dated March 31, 2006, making amendments to the ‘Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme 1993’ (‘the Scheme’). The amendments included a statement that unlisted Companies which had accessed FCCBs, ADR/GDRs in terms of guidelines of May 22, 1998 and are not making profit, be permitted to comply with listing condition on the domestic stock exchanges within three years of having started making profit. Further, the press release states that no fresh issues of FCCBs, ADR/GDRs by such companies will be permitted without listing first in the domestic exchanges. Hence the Company would not be able to raise funds by issuing ADRs until such time the Company complies with the ‘Issue of Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Ordinary Shares (through Depository Receipt Mechanism) Scheme 1993’ and lists in the domestic stock exchanges as per the above press release.

42. Issue of shares on a private placement basis to the existing promoter group

On August 4, 2010, the Board of Directors of the company approved the issuance, in a private placement, of upto an aggregate of 125,000,000 of the company’s equity shares, par value Rs.10 per share (“Equity shares”), for an aggregate purchase price of Rs.4,000,000, to a group of investors affiliated with the company’s promoter group, including entities affiliated with Mr Raju Vegesna, the company’s Chief Executive officer and Managing Director and Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, Executive Director and brother of Mr Raju Vegesna (the “Offering”). The company’s shareholders approved the terms of the Offering at the Company’s Annual General Meeting held on September 27, 2010.

159

On October 22 2010, the company entered into a Subscription Agreement with Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, acting as representative (the “Representative”) of the purchasers in connection with the Offering. In pursuance of the Agreement, the company issued and allotted 125,000,000 equity shares to M/s Raju Vegesna Infotech and Industries Private Limited (“RVIIPL”), a promoter group company. In accordance with Indian law, the purchase price is to be paid at such time as determined by Board of Directors of the company.

On August 14, 2011, the company received a letter from RVIIPL expressing its intention to transfer the above partly paid shares to its wholly owned subsidiary M/s Ramanand Core Investment Company Private limited (“RCICPL”). The company, on August 26, 2011, registered such transfer of partly paid shares in the name of RCICPL.

On September 7, 2011, the parties entered into an amendment to the Subscription Agreement (the “Amendment”) extending the validity of the agreement period to September 26, 2013. This Amendment provides the Board of Directors of the Company with additional time to call upon the purchasers to pay the balance money, in accordance with the terms of the Subscription Agreement, at any time before September 26, 2013.

As on March 31, 2012, these shares are partly paid to the extent of Rs.6.25 per share. Until the full purchase price is paid by the purchasers, the company retains a lien on the equity shares purchased in connection with the Offering. As of March 31, 2012, entities affiliated with our Chief Executive Officer, Raju Vegesna, beneficially owned approximately 86.27% of our outstanding equity shares, which includes the 125,000,000 shares (partly paid with proportionate voting rights) issued in connection with the above Offering.

160

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

IFRS Consolidated Financial Statements

As at March 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

161

Index


Particulars	Page No.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		163-164
Consolidated Statement of Balance Sheet		165
Consolidated Statement of Income		166
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income		167
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity		168
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow		169
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements		170

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Balance Sheet, and the related Consolidated Income Statement, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow (collectively “consolidated financial statements) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively “the Company”) at March 31, 2012 and & March 31, 2011 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2012 & March 31, 2011 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw your attention to

Note 2.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements which states that on October 31, 2011, MF Global Holdings Ltd (the “ultimate parent company”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Such liquidation of the Ultimate Parent Company has negatively impacted the scale of operations of the Company. The shareholders of the Company have entered into Share Purchase Agreement (SPA) with an international brokerage house for acquiring its respective stake in the Company for which necessary regulatory approvals have been received & formalities relating to completion of such acquisition are pending. The revival of the scale of operations and resultant profitability of the Company is dependent upon successful completion of such acquisition of the Company.

Note 8.1.2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements which states that brokerage aggregating to Rs. 12,019 (000) from Institutional Clients have neither been disputed nor denied by the respective clients. However, these amounts have remained overdue as the Institutional clients are awaiting the clarity about the change of ownership of the Company.

Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which describes the uncertainty related to the outcome of the ongoing discussions between the Company’s shareholders concerning the reconsideration of certain costs charged to the Company by MF Global Holdings Limited and its affiliated and associated group companies for the two years ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 which is being carried as a liability in the accounts.

Note 30.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements which states that as on October 31, 2011, MF Global Holdings Ltd (the “ultimate parent company”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Consequently, the Company has not obtained confirmation of outstanding balances with related parties as at March 31, 2012. The Company has confirmed that there were no significant transactions with such parties after the date of filing such petitions and therefore the Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared from the book balances which are subject to reconciliation / confirmations from the respective parties.

We conducted our audit of these consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

ASA & ASSOCIATES

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Mumbai , India

July 30, 2012

163

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated cash flow statement present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively “the Company”) at March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw your attention to Note 26 to the consolidated financial statements, which describes the uncertainty related to the outcome of the ongoing discussions between the Company’s shareholders concerning the reconsideration of certain costs charged to the Company by MF Global Holdings Limited and its affiliated and associated group companies for the two years ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008.

We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Price Waterhouse

Firm Registration No. 301112E

Place: Mumbai

Date: November 26, 2010

164

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

(All amounts in Indian Rupees thousands, except as otherwise stated)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF BALANCE SHEET


		As at
	Note	March 31, 2012			March 31, 2011
ASSETS
Cash and bank balance	11		146,980			281,486
Cash-restricted	12		2,324,000			2,959,063
Interest bearing deposits with bank	13		70,777			93,362
Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations	9		170,660			18,580
Receivable from customers (net of provision of Rs. 86,300 and Rs. 60,600 respectively)	8		340,998			447,770
Available-for-sale securities:
Marketable, at market value	14		41,005			133,644
Deposits with clearing organizations			78,613			173,783
Interest accrued but not due			57,301			67,124
Other assets	10		208,999			245,800
Intangible assets:
Computer software	5.1		7,886			19,271
Memberships in exchanges	5.2		6,385			5,733
Property, plant and equipment	6		11,021			21,827
Deferred tax asset (Net)	7		42,288			79,476

Total assets			3,506,913			4,546,919

EQUITY
Capital and reserves attributable to the Equity Holders
Ordinary shares	15		518,942			518,942
Additional paid in capital			28,968			28,968
Retained earnings			1,898,693			1,806,071
Currency translations			8,759			(232	)
Fair value adjustments			(774	)		(774	)

Total Equity			2,454,588			2,352,975

LIABILITIES
Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations	9		184,659			264,504
Payable to customers			684,802			1,272,571
Borrowings	17		—			53,000
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities	19		181,357			505,605
Employee benefit obligation	18		1,507			98,264

Total Liabilities			1,052,325			2,193,944

Total liabilities and equity			3,506,913			4,546,919

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

These financial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors on July 29, 2012

For and on behalf of the Board

Vineet Bhatnagar

Managing Director

165

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

(All amounts in Indian Rupees thousands, except as otherwise stated)

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT


		Year ended
	Note	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011		March 31, 2010
INCOME
Commissions			774,266		1,391,162		1,201,594
Depository and clearing fees			30,123		33,919		35,488
Interest on fixed deposits held as margin			256,869		198,412		238,491
Other Income	23		108,319		194,790		136,972

Total Income			1,169,577		1,818,283		1,612,545

EXPENSES
Employee compensation and benefits	21		517,075		794,535		607,775
Exchange expenses and clearance fees			152,642		220,153		165,769
Brokerage to other broker-dealers			95,940		136,470		152,002
Communications and data processing			28,373		30,100		28,168
Bank interest and guarantee commission			2,651		1,751		7,616
Depreciation and amortization			29,672		67,692		37,398
Occupancy			60,907		75,728		75,210
Write back of provision			—		—		(57,500	)
Provision for receivable from customers	22		25,700		38,300		—
Advertisement and business promotion			31,370		60,339		45,593
Other expenses	20		70,330		85,628		82,111

Total Expenses			1,014,660		1,510,696		1,144,142

Profit before income tax			154,917		307,587		468,403
Income tax expense	24		62,295		65,747		160,860

Profit for the year attributable to the Equity holders			92,622		241,840		307,543

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

These financial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors on July 29, 2012

For and on behalf of the Board

Vineet Bhatnagar

Managing Director

166

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

(All amounts in Indian Rupees thousands, except as otherwise stated)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years ended March 31,

2012

2011

2010

Net income for the year

92,622

241,840

307,543

Other comprehensive income

Available for sale financial assets

- Net change in fair value

—

(9,855

)

1,527

Foreign currency translation differences

Currency translation differences

8,991

(1,185

)

(5,657

)

8,991

(11,040

)

(4,130

)

Total comprehensive income for the year

101,613

230,800

303,413

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

These financial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors on July 29, 2012

For and on behalf of the Board

Vineet Bhatnagar

Managing Director

167

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

(All amounts in Indian Rupees thousands, except as otherwise stated)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Number of ordinary
shares

Par
value

Share Capital

Additional
paid -in
capital

Retained
earnings

Currency
transalation

Fair Value
adjustment

Total
Equity

Balance as at April 1, 2009

51,894,182

518,942

28,968

1,256,688

6,610

7,554

1,818,762

Currency translation differences

(5,657

)

(5,657

)

Fair value gains, net of tax on available-for-sale financial assets

1,527

1,527

Net income directly recognised in equity

—

(5,657

)

1,527

(4,130

)

Profit for the year

307,543

307,543

Total recognised income and expense for the year

307,543

(5,657

)

1,527

303,413

Balance as at March 31, 2010

51,894,182

518,942

28,968

1,564,231

953

9,081

2,122,175

Currency translation differences

(1,185

)

(1,185

)

Fair value gains, net of tax on available-for-sale financial assets

(9,855

)

(9,855

)

Net income directly recognised in equity

—

(1,185

)

(9,855

)

(11,040

)

Profit for the year

241,840

241,840

Total recognised income and expense for the year

241,840

(1,185

)

(9,855

)

230,800

Balance as at March 31, 2011

51,894,182

518,942

28,968

1,806,071

(232

)

(774

)

2,352,975

Currency translation differences

8,991

8,991

Fair value gains, net of tax on available-for-sale financial assets

—

Net income directly recognised in equity

—

8,991

—

8,991

Profit for the year

92,622

92,622

Total recognised income and expense for the year

92,622

8,991

—

101,613

Balance as at March 31, 2012

51,894,182

518,942

28,968

1,898,693

8,759

(774

)

2,454,588

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

These financial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors on July 29, 2012

For and on behalf of the Board

Vineet Bhatnagar

Managing Director

168

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

(All amounts in Indian Rupees thousands, except as otherwise stated)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW


	Year ended March 31,
	Note		2012			2011			2010
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before income tax				154,917			307,587			468,403
Adjustments for
Depreciation and amortization				29,672			67,692			37,398
Profit on sale of Available-for-sale securities				—			(23,603	)		—
Provision on receivable from customers		8		25,700			38,300			(57,700	)
Interest on fixed deposits with banks				(256,869	)		(198,412	)		(238,491	)
Loss(profit) on Sale of Property Plant & Equipment		6		(39	)		—			13
Interest and other financial costs				956			—			—
Interest Income				(6,567	)		(16,278	)		(5,566	)
Dividend Income				(3,897	)		(1,616	)		(283	)
Others				(592	)		(9,582	)		3,963

Movements in working capital
Cash-restricted		12		1,387,563			(469,216	)		(141,985	)
Interest bearing deposits with banks				22,585			202,297			(188,164	)
Deposits with clearing organizations				95,170			(62,814	)		9,896
Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations		9		(152,080	)		47,304			(23,656	)
Receivable from customers		8		81,072			(48,863	)		(207,514	)
Other assets		10		(132,647	)		19,051			(3,857	)
Payable to broker dealers and clearing organizations		9		(79,845	)		124,539			(87,821	)
Payable to customers				(587,768	)		95,053			192,442
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities		19		(345,141	)		111,278			42,370
Stock appreciation rights		16		(96,757	)		(38,338	)		88,907
Cash provided by operations				135,433			144,379			(111,645	)

Interest received				6,567			16,278			5,566
Interest received on fixed deposits placed				266,692			202,731			269,218
Income taxes paid				144,341			(171,891	)		(149,524	)

Net cash provided by/(used in) by operating activities				553,033			191,497			13,615

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of Available for Sale Securities: Marketable, At Market Value				133,644			(39,899	)		(877	)
Available for Sale Securities: Not readily marketable (at estimated fair value)				—			(57,818	)		—
Dividend Income				3,897			1,616			283
Expenditure on furniture and equipment				(6,463	)		(4,760	)		(14,288	)
Expenditure on Computer Software				(1,001	)		(5,671	)		(25,342	)
Sale of Property Plant & Equipment				(39	)		—			—

Net cash (used in) / provided in investing activities				130,038			(106,532	)		(40,224	)

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from loan from associate company				425,400			841,500			383,700
Repayment of loan to associate company				(478,400	)		(788,500	)		(383,700	)
Interest and other finance charges paid				(956	)
(Repaymnet of) / Proceeds from borrowings				—			(3,508	)		(1,137	)

Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities				(53,956	)		49,492			(1,137	)

Effect of foreign exchange fluctuation on Cash and Bank balances				8,991			(1,184	)		(5,657	)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and bank balance				638,106			133,273			(33,403	)
Cash and bank balance at beginning of the period				281,486			148,213			181,616

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year				919,592			281,486			148,213

Cash and cash equivalents comprise of:
Balances with Banks				126,087			281,486			148,213
Demand deposits (less than 3 months maturity)				752,500			—			—
Highly liquid investments				41,005			—			—

Total				919,592			281,486			148,213

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

These financial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors on July 29, 2012

For and on behalf of the Board

Vineet Bhatnagar

Managing Director

169

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.	*General information*

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as “MF” or “the group”) are engaged as a stock and commodity broker for foreign institutional investors (‘FIIs’), mutual funds, domestic financial institutions and retail investors. The group also acts as a depository participant and provides depository services to FIIs, mutual funds, domestic financial institutions and retail investors.

MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited (“MF Global Sify”) was incorporated on December 29, 1999 in India as a private limited company under the Companies Act, 1956. The address of its registered office is 2^nd Floor, C block, Modern Centre, 101 K. K. Marg, Jacob Circle, Mahalaxmi, Mumbai – 400 011. MF Global Sify has one wholly owned subsidiary in India, MF Global Commodities India Private Limited, which has one wholly owned subsidiary, MF Global Middle East DMCC incorporated in Dubai.

MF Global Overseas Limited (“MFG”) (formerly Man Financial Holdings Limited ), a company incorporated in the United Kingdom holds 70.15% of MF Global Sify and Sify Technologies Limited (“Sify”) holds the balance, 29.85% of MF Global Sify’s equity shares. The ultimate holding company of MF Global Sify is MF Global Holdings Limited (a company incorporated in the state of Delaware, USA and listed on the New York Stock Exchange).

These consolidated financial statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on July 29, 2012.

2.	*Summary of significant accounting policies*

2.1.

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). They have been prepared under the historical cost convention, on accrual basis as modified for certain financial instruments which are measured at fair value.

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 4.

As on October 31, 2011, MF Global Holdings Ltd (the “ultimate parent company”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Such liquidation of the ultimate parent company has negatively impacted the scale of operations of the Company. On March 27, 2012, MF Global Overseas Limited & Sify Technologies Limited has entered into Share Purchase Agreements (SPA) with an international brokerage house for acquiring its 70.15% and 29.85% stake respectively in the Company. In respect of such acquisition, the Company has received necessary regulatory approvals and acquisition is expected to be completed shortly. The Management believes that this acquisition is expected to substantially revive the business of the Company.

2.1.1.

Amendments and interpretations effective as at March 31, 2012 but not relevant

The following standards, amendments and interpretations to published standards are effective as at March 31, 2012 but are not relevant to the group’s operations:

•

IFRIC 3, (Revised) Business combinations.

•

IFRS 8 – Operating Segments.

•

IFRIC 13, ‘Customer loyalty programmers’.

•

IFRIC 15, ‘Agreements for the construction of real estate’.

•

IFRIC 16, ‘Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation’.

•

IFRIC 18, Transfers of assets from customers.

•

IFRIC 19, ‘Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments’

•

IAS 17,(Amended) Leases;

•

IAS 24, (revised), ‘Related party disclosures’

The Management has reviewed the above amendments and interpretation to standards and find that none of them are applicable or relevant to the activities of the company during the year.

170

2.1.2.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The following Standards and amendments are not yet mandatorily effective and have not been early adopted by the Company;

•

IFRS 7 “Disclosures—offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”.

•

IFRS 9, “Financial instruments”,

•

IFRS 10, “Consolidated financial statements”.

•

IFRS 11, “Joint arrangements”.

•

IFRS 12, “Disclosure of interests in other entities”.

•

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

•

IAS 1 (Amended) Presentation of Financial Statements

•

IAS-19 (Amended) “Employee benefits”

•

IAS 27 (Revised 2011), “Consolidated and separate financial statements”

•

IAS 28 (Revised 2011), “Investments in associates”

•

IAS 32 “Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities”

All the standards mentioned above are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013; earlier application is permitted. We are in the process of determining the impact of these amendments on our consolidated financial statements and the company does not believe that the adoption of these standards will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

2.2.

Consolidation

The Company is a subsidiary of MF Global Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in the State of Delaware, USA. MF Global Holdings Limited is listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Domestic and foreign subsidiaries considered for consolidation are as follows:


	Country of incorporation		Percentage of holding as at March 31, 2012			Percentage of holding as at March 31, 2011
Direct subsidiaries
1) MF Global Commodities India Private Limited		India		100	%		100	%

Indirect Subsidiary
1) MF Global Middle East DMCC		Dubai		100	%		100	%

The reporting date for all the above companies is March 31.

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to obtain economic benefits from its activities, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the group.

The financial statements of the Group companies are consolidated on a line-by-line basis and intra-group balances and transactions including unrealized gain / loss from such transactions are eliminated upon consolidation. These financial statements are prepared by applying uniform accounting policies in use at the Group.

2.3.

Foreign currency translation

a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements in each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). Indian rupee is the functional currency of MF Global Sify and its domestic subsidiaries. US dollar is the functional currency of MF Global Middle East Limited DMCC located in Dubai. These consolidated financial statements are presented in Indian Rupee (“INR”), which is the group’s presentation currency. The results and financial position are translated into presentation currency as follows:

•

assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated as at the closing rate at that balance sheet date;

•

income and expenses for each income statement are translated at an average exchange rate; and

•

all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.

171

b) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year–end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement.

2.4.

Cash and bank balance

Cash and bank balance include cash in hand and at bank, and short–term deposits with an original maturity period of three months or less. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying value of the assets. Bank overdrafts that are an integral part of cash management and where there is a legal right of set–off against positive cash balances are included in cash and bank balance. Otherwise bank overdrafts are classified as borrowings.

2.5.

Restricted Cash

Individual entities within the group are members of exchange, where cash or securities are deposited or bank guarantees are issued to conduct day-to-day trading and clearance activities. As required by the respective exchange, margin obligations towards clearing organizations are determined based on open positions by clearing organizations of the exchanges.

The group classifies bank fixed deposits as restricted cash on the balance sheet, when they are either placed with banks as margin for bank guarantees issued to clearing organisation or specifically earmarked as liens to clearing organizations towards margin.

2.6.

Interest bearing deposits with banks

Interest bearing deposits with bank represent fixed term deposits placed with banks earning fixed rate of interest. At the balance sheet date, these deposits are measured at amortised cost using effective interest method.

2.7.

Receivables

Receivables are recognized initially at fair value. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, net of provision for impairment, if the effect of discounting is considered material. The carrying amounts, net of provision for impairment, reported in the balance sheet approximate the fair value due to their short realisation period. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. The provision is established at amounts considered to be appropriate, based primarily upon Group’s past credit loss experience and an evaluation of potential losses on the receivables. The amount of the provision is recognized in the income statement. Receivables include receivables from broker-dealers and clearing organizations and receivables from customers, whereas the securities owned by customers are held as collateral for receivables.

2.8.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet, when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of an instrument, at fair value adjusted for transaction costs, except for financial assets classified at fair value through profit or loss where transaction costs are immediately recognised in the consolidated income statement. Financial assets are de-recognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or where they have been transferred and the Group has also transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Financial liabilities are de-recognised when the obligation under the liability has been discharged or cancelled.

Financial assets principally comprise investments, receivable from broker dealers, clearing organisations, customers and other receivables, bank deposits and cash and bank balance. Financial liabilities principally comprise bank overdraft, and payables to broker dealers, clearing organisations, customers, other payables and accrued expenses.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet if, and only if, there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise an asset and settle the liability simultaneously. In many cases, even though there is a legal right to set off is in place, the lack of an intention to settle on a net basis results in the related assets and liabilities being presented gross in the balance sheet.

2.9.

Financial assets

The financial assets of the group are classified into following categories: loans and receivables and available for sale. The classification of financial assets depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

a) Loans and Receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. The entity’s loans and receivables comprise receivable from broker dealers, clearing organisations, customers and other receivables, investments in bank deposits and cash and bank balance and loans to staff classified under other assets in balance sheet (Notes 2.10, 2.11 and 2.12).

b) Available for sale

Available for sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any other categories. Available for sale consists of marketable securities, which are investments in units of mutual funds and are reported at fair values. Securities not readily marketable represent investments in equity shares of BSEL, obtained by MF Global Sify pursuant to the exchange transaction under the ‘Bombay Stock Exchange (Corporatisation and Demutualization) scheme 2005’.

172

After initial recognition, investments, which are classified as available-for-sale, are measured at fair value. Gains or losses, on available-for-sale investments are recognised as a separate component of equity until the investment is sold, collected or otherwise disposed of, or until the investment is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is transferred to the consolidated income statement. For investments that are actively traded in organised financial markets, fair value is determined by reference to quoted market price at the close of business on the balance sheet date. For investments where there is no quoted market price, fair value is determined by using valuation techniques.

MF assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of securities classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered as an indicator that the equity securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss – is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement. Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement. Impairment testing of trade receivables is described in Note 2.10.

2.10.

Derivatives and Trading

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets held for trading or upon initial recognition are designated by the group as at fair value through profit or loss. A financial asset is primarily classified as held for trading in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term. Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of the ‘financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ category are presented in the income statement within ‘other (losses)/gains – net’ in the period in which they arise. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value at each reporting date.

2.11.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at actual cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. The cost of an item of premise and equipment comprises its purchase price and any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into use, while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred.

On April 1, 2010, the Company changed (with retrospective effect) its method of calculating depreciation on fixed assets, from the Written Down Value method (‘WDV’) to the Straight Line Method (“SLM”) at the rates based on management’s estimates of useful lives. Management believes that such change will result in a more appropriate presentation of financial statements.

The company adopted the straight line method (SLM) of depreciation so as to write off 100% of the cost of the assets based on management’s estimates of the useful lives of all the assets. Estimated useful lives over which assets are depreciated are as follows:


Type of assets	Rates (SLM) adopted by the Company
Computer systems		3 years
Office equipments		3 years
Furniture and fixtures		5 years
Vehicles		4 years

Tangible assets costing less than Rs.15 are fully depreciated in the year of purchase.

Depreciation on addition of Property, plant and equipment is charged considering the month of purchase as full month.

The residual values and useful economic lives of premises and equipment are reviewed annually.

Depreciation on leasehold improvements is provided using the straight–line method over the shorter of the lease term or the useful life of the asset.

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is an estimated amount for which a property could be exchanged on the date of acquisition between a willing buyer and a willing seller. The fair value of items of plant, equipment, fixtures and fittings is based on the market approach and cost approach.

2.12.

Intangible assets

All intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

a) Software

Capitalised costs of computer software obtained for internal use represents costs incurred to purchase computer software from third parties. These capitalised costs are amortised over the period of three years on a straight–line basis, if the estimated useful lives are beyond one year. However, if the estimated useful life of an asset is short i.e. less than a year, it is charged to the income statement. They are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The residual values and useful economic lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually.

The fair value of intangible assets acquired in the business combinations is expected to be derived from the use and realisable value.

173

b) Trading rights in Stock Exchange

BSE membership

MF Global Sify acquired The Stock Exchange, Mumbai (the ‘BSE’) membership card on December 6, 2000. During the year 2005-06, a scheme, The ‘Bombay Stock Exchange (Corporatisation and Demutualization) Scheme 2005’ (‘the Scheme’) was approved by the Securities Exchange Board of India with effect from August 19, 2005 which converted the BSE from an Association of Person to a corporate body in the name of Bombay Stock Exchange Limited (‘BSEL’).

In accordance with the scheme, the members of the erstwhile BSE, in exchange of their erstwhile BSE membership cards (rights) received membership rights of BSEL (i.e. right to trade on BSEL without placement of cash deposit) as well as equity shares of BSEL. (refer to note 5.2 – Membership in Exchanges)

DGCX membership

MF Global Middle East DMCC (‘DMCC’) is registered with and has been granted a trading license by the Dubai Multi Commodities Centre on February 7, 2006. The United Arab Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority issued the DMCC a license on June 18, 2006 to operate as a broker on the Dubai Gold and Commodities Exchange (‘DGCX’). DMCC has been admitted as a member of the DGCX on September 1, 2006. DMCC has paid and capitalized US$ 100 thousand towards the license of DGCX, which is assessed for impairment.

Trading rights in stock exchanges have indefinite useful life and are carried at cost less any accumulated impairment. They are reviewed for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

2.13.

Impairment of non–financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Both external as well as internal indicators are considered by the group for impairment testing. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash–generating units). Non–financial assets that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

2.14.

Payables

Payables include payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations and payable to customers. The payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations are at fair values because of their nature of short-term maturity. Amount payable to customers include amounts due on cash and margin transactions. These are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

2.15.

Borrowings – Bank overdraft

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

2.16.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. In the event that the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects a current market assessment of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

2.17.

Current and deferred income tax

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws in the countries where the group operates and generates taxable income. The tax rate of MF Global Sify and its Indian Subsidiaries is 32.445%. MF Global Middle East DMCC, the Dubai based subsidiary operates in a tax free jurisdiction. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences, if any, arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

174

Current and deferred income tax are recognized in the income statement, except when the tax relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is also dealt with directly in equity.

2.18.

Employee benefits

Employee benefits are accrued in the period in which the associated services are rendered by employees of the group. The group provides employees with retirement benefits through both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. Contributions to the defined contribution scheme are charged to the consolidated income statement as they become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme.

a) Provident Fund

b) Gratuity

The Gratuity Plan is a defined benefit plan that, at retirement or termination of employment, provides all employees with a lump sum payment, which is a function of the respective employee’s salary and completed years of service with the group. The group provides the gratuity benefit through annual contributions to a fund managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC). Under this scheme, the settlement obligation remains with the group, although the LIC administers the scheme and determines the contribution premium required to be paid by the group. The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of gratuity plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, if any, together with adjustments for unrecognised past–service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of Government of India securities (representing risk-free interest rates) and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related gratuity liability.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to income statement in the period in which they arise.

c) Share–based payment

The group’s employees participate in share-based payment plans; that is stock appreciation rights plan sponsored by MF and co-investment plan sponsored by Man Group plc. The group follows IFRS 2, “Share Based Payment” (“IFRS 2”).

For Equity settled share based payments; the fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the share awards and options granted is recognised as an expense. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date and expensed, together with a corresponding increase in equity, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

For cash settled share based payments; the fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the stock appreciation rights is recognised as an expense. The cost of cash-settled transactions is measured initially at fair value at the grant date. The fair value of each tranche of rights issued under the plan is expensed over the period until vesting, with recognition of a corresponding liability. The liability is remeasured at each balance sheet date up to and including the settlement date, with changes in fair value recognised in the consolidated income statement.

The impact of non-market vesting conditions is included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable. It recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the income statement.

2.19.

Revenue Recognition

a) Commission, clearing fees, depository fee income

Commission, clearing fees and related expenses are recorded on a trade-date basis as securities transactions occur. Depository fee income earned from customer is recognized in the period in which services are rendered.

b) Dividend and Interest Income

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive the payment is established. Interest income is recognised on accrual basis using the effective interest rate method.

c) Principal transactions

Principal transactions include revenues from proprietary transactions. The Company records in Principal transactions the gains or losses on repurchase and resale agreements accounted for as sales and purchase transactions.

The Company does not separately amortize purchase premiums and discounts associated with proprietary transactions, as these are a component of the recorded fair value. Changes in the fair value of such securities are recorded as unrealized gains and losses within Principal transactions in the consolidated statements of operations.

175

d) Other

Other revenues consist of revenues earned in the normal course of operations and other non operating revenue. The same is accounted on accrual basis.

2.20.

Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. All leases are classified as operating leases.

Under these arrangements, interest free deposits have been given to the lessor and are refundable at the end of lease term. The group recognises the security deposit at fair value using the market rate of interest for a deposit of similar term. The difference between the amount of security deposit and fair value is considered as prepaid lease rental, which is a non-financial asset.

The security deposit initially recognised at fair value will accrete to the amount of security deposit received through accruals as interest income over the term of security deposit and prepaid lease rental will be charged to income statement as lease rental over the lease term.

3.	*Financial risk management objectives and policies*

3.1.

Financial risk factors

The group is exposed to a variety of financial risks. The principal risks are business risk, interest rate risk, price risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and cash liquidity risk. Each of these risks is discussed in detail below. The group monitors financial risks on a consolidated basis. The group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the financial performance. The group has a risk management structure and processes to monitor, evaluate and manage the principal risks in conducting business.

Business Risk

The group’s results of operations will be affected by many factors including economic, political and market conditions, broad trends in the brokerage and finance industry, changes in level of trading activity in the broader market place, price levels and price volatility in the derivative, equity and commodity markets, legislative and regulatory changes and competition, among other factors. In particular, the revenues of the group are substantially dependent on the volume of client transactions that it executes and clears, the volatility in the principal markets in which it operates and the prevailing interest rates.

Interest rate Risk

The group is exposed to interest rate risk primarily due to changes in interest rates on bank fixed deposits that impact the amount of interest income the group earns. Interest income is earned on fixed deposits placed with banks out of the group’s funds and margin monies placed by clients. The group monitors the movement of interest rates to determine whether deposits need to be placed for a short , medium or long-term. Investments in fixed deposits placed with banks earn fixed rate of interest. As at March 31, 2012 the carrying value of bank deposits approximates fair value of these deposits as having original maturity of less than a year. The weighted average rate of interest earned on bank fixed deposits amounted to 7.73% p.a. and 6.49% p.a. during the year ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.

The group rolls-over fixed deposits on maturity based on the market condition and business needs; the weighted average remaining term of fixed deposits as at the balance sheet date is approximately 5.36 months and 7.35 months as at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.

As at March 31, 2012, a 100 bps increase / decrease in interest rates, with all other variables held constant , would have resulted in an increase / decrease in Interest Income by Rs.12,129 ( Previous year Rs. 18,064)

Price Risk

The group is subject to price risk in respect of investments held by the group in listed and unlisted equity shares and investment in money market mutual funds, which are held as available for sale securities. The impact of price risk on carrying value of these shares is not material compared to the size and operations of the group. Investments in money market funds are subject to minimum price risk due to their investment in instruments of highest safety call money market instruments. Highest Safety represents a credit rating equivalent of AAA.

Foreign Exchange Risk

The group has minimal transactional currency exposure arising from operations in currencies other than its functional currency.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the possibility that the group may suffer a loss from the failure of clients or counterparties to meet their financial obligations at all or in a timely manner. The group acts as an agent in providing execution and clearing services for exchange-traded products. The group’s clients’ security activities are transacted on either cash or margin basis. In the event that a client fails to satisfy its obligations for cash transactions, the group may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at the prevailing market price to fulfil the client’s obligations. The clients are required to maintain margin accounts with collateral sufficient to support their open trading positions. Initially, the group establishes each client’s margin requirements to levels it believes are sufficient to cover their open positions. However, later if the client’s subsequent trading activity or adverse market conditions may cause the client’s previous margin payments to be inadequate to support their trading obligations, the group then serves as the exchange clearing member for the trade and thus the group would cover any shortfall and thereby expose itself to potential losses.

The Credit exposure also arises in relation to fixed deposits placed with Banks. The group places fixed deposits with highly rated banks , which are reviewed on an on-going basis.

176

The group’s policy is to place fixed deposits with credit worthy banks. The following table depicts that the majority of the group’s fixed deposits are placed in highly rated banks :


	% of fixed deposits
Investment grade	2012		2011
Highest safety		100		100
High safety		—		—
Adequate safety		—		—

		100		100

Highest Safety represents a credit rating equivalent of AAA, A1+, P1+; High Safety represents a credit rating equivalent of AA; and Adequate Safety represents a credit rating of A.

The credit exposure also arises in relation to the deposits placed with exchanges and clearing corporations, which is required as per the rules of the exchanges / clearing corporation for the company membership. The risk is inherent in our industry and is largely controlled and influenced by the regulatory bodies that impose rules on the exchanges and clearing houses.

All exchanges and clearing houses are financially sound organisations and the Company is therefore not exposed to significant credit risk.

Risk Management Process and Mitigation

The group has a separate risk management department, which monitors, evaluates and manages the risks. Client-wise position limits are set by the risk department based on the collateral placed by the respective clients. The risk department is responsible for making daily risk reports based on day-end positions of clients. Client orders are directed to the exchange only if the risk parameters set by the risk department are met. The risk department monitors client activity levels to ensure exposures are within the risk parameters of the group. Intra-day margin calls are made on the clients to reflect market movements on the client positions and may result in clients being asked to reduce positions. Generally, the group reserves the right to liquidate any client position immediately in the event of a failure to meet a margin call. For the year ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, group’s bad debts as a percentage of broking income were 3.31% and 2.75%, respectively. For clearing business, the group generally mandates that initial margin be paid by the clients as deposit before they commence trading. The clients are required to provide collateral as margin to secure the performance of their obligations.

The group employs the following techniques to monitor the market environment and clients risk of default based upon the exposure created by their open positions:

•

establishing risk parameters based on analysis of current and historical prices and price volatility;

•

intra-day and end of day risk limit monitoring, including intra-day position and trade monitoring to identify any accounts trading beyond pre-set limits and parameters;

•

market risk analysis and evaluation of adequacy of margin requirements for traded products;

•

intra-day stress analysis for material market moves or accounts with material position taking and

•

approval of margin requirements, limits and risk control of new instruments

Cash Liquidity Risk

In normal conditions, the group’s core business of providing execution and clearing brokerage services is self-financing because the operations generate sufficient revenues to pay expenses as they become due. As a result, the group generally does not face a substantial cash liquidity risk – that is a risk that the group will be unable to raise cash quickly enough to meet payment obligations as they arise. The group has sufficient readily available liquid assets and credit facilities to ensure that the group can meet financial obligations as they become due under both normal and distressed market conditions. The group also has committed credit lines from banks to support the business in respect of settlement and intraday requirements. The group evaluates liquidity needs by analysing the impact of liquidity stress scenarios. The following table analyses the Group’s financial assets, liabilities and commitments. The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

177

As at March 31, 2012

Within 6

6 months

months

to 1 year

2 to 3 years

After 3 years

Total

Financial Liabilities

Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations

184,659

184,659

Payable to customers

684,803

684,803

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

181,357

181,357

1,050,819

—

1,050,819

Within 6
months

6 months to
1 year

2 to 3 years

After 3 years

Total

The group has at its disposal following financial assets in addition to unused lines of credit

Cash and bank balance

146,980

146,980

Cash-restricted

892,500

1,431,000

500

2,324,000

Interest bearing deposits with bank

49,277

21,500

70,777

Deposits with clearing organizations

—

78,613

78,613

Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations

170,660

170,660

Receivable from customers

340,998

340,998

Available-for-sale securities Marketable, at market value

41,005

41,005

Interest accrued but not due

57,302

57,302

1,698,722

1,452,500

500

78,613

3,230,335

As at March 31, 2011

Within 6
months

6 months
to 1 year

2 to 3
years

After 3
years

Total

Financial Liabilities

Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations

264,504

264,504

Payable to customers

1,272,571

1,272,571

Borrowings

53,000

—

53,000

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

505,605

505,605

2,095,680

—

2,095,680

Within 6
months

6 months
to 1 year

2 to 3
years

After 3
years

Total

The group has at its disposal following financial assets in addition to unused lines of credit

Cash and bank balance

281,486

281,486

Cash-restricted

2,832,900

126,163

2,959,063

Interest bearing deposits with bank

86,523

6,839

93,362

Deposits with clearing organizations

173,783

173,783

Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations

18,580

18,580

Receivable from customers

447,770

447,770

Available-for-sale securities Marketable, at market value

40,776

40,776

Interest accrued but not due

67,124

67,124

3,775,159

133,002

—

173,783

4,081,944

3.2.

Capital risk management

The objectives of the Group when managing capital are to safeguard the group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and to maintain minimal debt. Capital of the group is ‘equity’ as shown in the consolidated balance sheet. The exchange in which the group is a member has stipulated minimum net worth that must be maintained. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may adjust the amount of dividends to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. The group has embedded in its regulatory compliance framework the necessary test to ensure the continuous and full compliance with the net worth criteria set by the Exchange at each entity level. The group has complied with the net worth requirement at each entity level during the year and as at March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.

3.3.

Fair value estimation

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as available-for-sale securities) is based on the quoted market price at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the group is the closing market price. The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques except for the investment in equity shares of Bombay Stock Exchange Limited.

178

The fair value of Investment in the equity shares of BSEL is provided by BSEL. The fair value provided by BSEL is used for valuing investment in shares for the purposes of computation of net worth of trading member.

However the Investment in BSEL have been sold by the company during the financials year March 31, 2011.Please refer to note 14 for further details.

The carrying value, less impairment provision of trade receivables, is assumed to approximate their fair values.

4.	*Critical accounting estimates and judgements*

4.1. Critical accounting estimates

In the process of applying the group’s accounting policies, management has made estimates and judgements in preparing the financial statements.

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

MF makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

•

Valuation of financial assets where there is no quoted price—This determination requires significant judgement particularly in determining changes in fair value since the last formal valuation. When the fair value of the financial asset cannot be measured reliably, it is measured at cost.

•

Impairment of non-financial assets—The recoverable amount of an asset or a cash-generating unit is determined based on value-in-use calculations prepared on the basis of management’s assumptions and estimates.

•

Income taxes—There are transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain and would get finalized on completion of assessment by tax authorities. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

•

Defined benefit schemes—Gratuity Liability – The costs of and period-end obligations under defined benefit schemes are determined using an actuarial valuation. The actuarial valuation involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases. Due to the long-term nature of these schemes, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty. The group reviews its assumptions annually in conjunction with its independent actuary and considers this adjustment appropriate given the geographical and demographic profile of the scheme.

•

Share-based payment transactions—Share-based payments are measured at fair value by an independent valuer using the Black-Scholes model and expensed over the vesting period based on the group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

4.2.

Critical accounting judgements in applying the entity’s accounting policy

4.2.1. Revenue recognition

MF estimates that fixed deposits placed with banks will be held till maturity while determining the accrued interest, which is unpaid on the balance sheet date. In the event 1% of such deposit is withdrawn before it’s its maturity date the Interest income will be lower by Rs. 1,197.

179

5.	*Intangible assets*

5.1. Software


	Computer software			Web development costs		Total
Cost
As at March 31, 2010		88,691			207,422		296,113
Additions		5,671			—		5,671
Disposals		—			—		—
Exchange difference		(2	)		—		(2	)

As at March 31, 2011		94,360			207,422		301,782
Additions		1,003			—		1,003
Disposals		—			—		—
Exchange difference		29			—		29

As at March 31, 2012		95,392			207,422		302,814

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
As at March 31, 2010		60,505			207,422		267,927
Charge for the year		14,587			—		14,587
Disposals		—			—		—
Exchange difference		(3	)		—		(3	)

As at March 31, 2011		75,089			207,422		282,511
Charge for the year		12,386			—		12,386
Disposals		—			—		—
Exchange difference		31			—		31

As at March 31, 2012		87,506			207,422		294,928

Net book amount as at
March 31, 2012		7,886			—		7,886
March 31, 2011		19,271			—		19,271

5.2.

Membership in exchanges

Membership in exchanges consists of:

BSE membership of Rs.1,257 and Rs 1,257 as at March 31, 2012 and 2011 respectively, and

DGCX membership of Rs. 5,128 and Rs. 4,476 as at March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. DGCX membership value underwent a change due to foreign currency translation.

BSE membership

The carrying value of the erstwhile BSE membership card in the books of MF Global Sify was Rs.13,570 in August 2005. Consequent to the corporatisation of the BSE, MF Global Sify computed the fair value of the membership rights of BSEL and shares of BSEL as follows:


Membership rights of BSEL		On the basis of the benefits which MF Global Sify would get over the current deposit based membership right of BSEL

Equity shares of BSEL		On the basis of the fair value of the equity shares of BSEL determined by management

The fair value of the membership rights of BSEL is calculated by present value over 10 years of opportunity costs incurred on current deposit and admission fees required for new membership on the date of the balance sheet. The interest rate and present value is determined @ 8% p.a. On the balance sheet date the current deposit requirement is Rs. 1,000 and admission fees (non – refundable) is Rs. 250.

In accordance with the above methodology, an impairment charge arose in BSE membership rights of Rs. Nil for the year ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 respectively.

180

6.	Property, plant and equipment*


	Furniture and Fixtures			Computers Systems			Office equipments			Vehicles			Total
Cost
As at March 31, 2010		8,317			177,927			37,780			13,101			237,125
Additions		50			4,498			212			—			4,760
Disposals		—			—						—			—
Exchange difference		(14	)		(9	)		(8	)		(10	)		(41	)

As at March 31, 2011		8,353			182,416			37,984			13,091			241,844
Additions		160			5,652			635			—			6,447
Disposals		—			(553	)		—			(10,369	)		(10,922	)
Exchange difference		189			123			124			128			564

As at March 31, 2012		8,702			187,638			38,743			2,850			237,933

Accumulated depreciation
As at March 31, 2010		4,011			142,704			13,375			6,876			166,966
Charge for the year		2,739			25,595			20,233			4,506			53,073
Disposals		—												—
Exchange difference		(7	)		(7	)		(4	)		(4	)		(22	)

As at March 31, 2011		6,743			168,292			33,604			11,378			220,017
Charge for the year		1,555			10,497			4,774			1,838			18,664
Disposals		—			(553	)		—			(10,369	)		(10,922	)
Exchange difference		(105	)		(74	)		(393	)		(275	)		(847	)

As at March 31, 2012		8,193			178,162			37,985			2,572			226,912

Net book amount as at
March 31, 2012		509			9,476			758			278			11,021
March 31, 2011		1,610			14,124			4,380			1,713			21,827

Change in estimates

On the basis of comprehensive evaluation on April 1, 2010, the Group has changed its method of calculating depreciation on fixed assets from the Written Down Value method (‘WDV’) to the Straight Line method (“SLM”) at the revised rates based on management’s estimates of useful lives of the assets.

In view of such changes, the charge of depreciation for the current year is Nil (Previous year higher by Rs. 31,395 (of which Rs.28,180 pertains to earlier periods upto March 31, 2010 and Rs. 3,232 pertains to the Previous year.) and the profit for the year is lower by Nil (Previous Year Rs.31,395.) Correspondingly, the net block of the Fixed Asset is lower by Nil (Previous Year Rs. 31,395).

As it is impracticable to estimate the effect of such changes on depreciation for the future periods, the same is not disclosed.

7.	*Deferred income tax*

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the respective years is as follows:


	2012			2011
At April 1		79,476			17,901
Property, plant and equipment		1,511			10,479
Provision on receivable from customers		7,870			12,765
Gratuity		(27	)		891
Stock appreciation rights		(31,881	)		24,404
Provision for bonus		(13,033	)		12,106
Stamp duty		(1,628	)		930

At March 31		42,288			79,476

Comprised Of:
Deferred tax assets		42,288			79,476
Deferred tax liabilities		—			—

		42,288			79,476

181

An analysis of the gross deferred tax asset and liability balances is as follows:


	2012		2011
Deferred tax assets:
Property, plant and equipment		12,819		11,308
Provision on receivable from customers		27,999		20,129
Stock appreciation rights		—		31,881
Provision for bonus		—		13,033
Stamp duty		920		2,548
Gratuity		550		577

		42,288		79,476

The analysis of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is as follows:


	March 31, 2012		March 31, 2011
Deferred tax assets:
– Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months		41,739		33,985
– Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months		549		45,491

		42,288		79,476


Deferred tax assets:	Property Plant and Equipment		Provision on receivable from customers		Stock appreciation rights			Provision for Bonus			Gratuity			Stamp Duty			Grand Total
Opening Balance as on April 1, 2011		829		7,364		7,477			927			—			1,618			18,215
Charged / (Credited) to Other Comprehensive Income		10,479		12,765		24,404			12,106			577			930			61,261
Effect of Change in Tax rates																		—

As at March 31, 2011		11,308		20,129		31,881			13,033			577			2,548			79,476
Charged / (Credited) to Other Comprehensive Income		1,511		7,870		(31,881	)		(13,033	)		(28	)		(1,628	)		(37,188	)

As at March 31, 2012		12,819		27,999		—			—			549			920			42,288

182

8.1.1.

Receivables from customers

Receivables from customers that are due for less than six months are generally not considered impaired. In respect of receivables that are neither past due nor impaired, as at the reporting date, there are no indications that the customers will not meet their payment obligations.

As at March 31, 2012, receivables of Rs. 85,310 (March 31, 2011: Rs. 10,193) were past due but not impaired. There are no indications that these customers will not meet their payment obligations. The ageing analysis of receivables, which are not impaired, is as follows:


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011
up to 6 months		255,688		437,577
more than 6 months		85,310		10,193

		340,998		447,770

Receivables are tested individually for impairment. Based on such testing as at March 31, 2012, receivables of Rs. 86,300 (March 31, 2011: Rs. 60,600) were impaired and provided for. The amount of the provision was Rs. 86,300 as at March 31, 2012 (March 31, 2011: Rs. 60,600).

The ageing of these receivables is as follows:


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011
up to 6 months		17,525		45,796
more than 6 months		68,775		14,804

		86,300		60,600

The carrying amounts of the group’s receivables are denominated in Indian Rupees (INR):


As at March 31,
2012		2011
	340,998		447,770

	340,998		447,770

Movements on the group’s provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
As at the beginning of the year		60,600		22,300		80,000
Provision for impairment		25,700		38,300		—
Write back of provision		—		—		(57,700	)

As at the closing of the year		86,300		60,600		22,300

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of each class of receivable mentioned above.

8.1.2.

Trade receivables include brokerage aggregating to Rs. 12,019 from Institutional Clients, invoiced on account of trades executed on their behalf. While these parties, with whom regular business has discontinued, have neither disputed nor denied such claims. However the amounts have remained outstanding as the Institutional Clients are awaiting clarity about the change of ownership of the Company. The Management is confident of recovery of these amounts.

183

9. Receivable from and payable to broker-dealer and clearing organisations

Amounts receivable from and payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations (non-interest bearing) within six months from the balance sheet date consist of the following:

As at March 31

2012

2011

Receivable

Payable

Receivable

Payable

Clearing organizations

- Unsettled trade

159,809

29,965

8,208

38,638

Broker-dealer

10,851

154,694

10,372

225,866

Total

170,660

184,659

18,580

264,504

10.	*Other assets*


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011
Prepaid expenses		11,553		14,544
Advance tax (net of provisions)		134,726		168,746
Deposits		28,900		32,663
Loans and advances (to staff)		6,110		12,594
Gratuity Trust		3,994		2,228
Others*		23,716		15,025

		208,999		245,800

*	includes Advances to vendors towards expenses, delayed payment charges from clients, withholding tax recoverable, etc.

11.	*Cash and Bank Balance*

Cash and bank balance consist of:


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Cash in hand		11		0		32
Cash at bank		146,969		281,486		148,181

		146,980		281,486		148,213

12.	*Cash – restricted*

Restricted cash as of March 31, 2012 includes fixed deposits of Rs. Nil (Rs. 100,000 as of March 31, 2011) placed with banks as margins for bank guarantees issued to clearing organizations and fixed deposits of Rs.2,324,000 (Rs. 2,859,062 as of March 31, 2011) specifically earmarked as liens to clearing organizations towards margins.

Excess margin placed in the form of fixed deposits or bank guarantees can be withdrawn by giving one-day notice to the clearing organizations of the exchange.

Bank guarantees outstanding are Rs. Nil as at March 31, 2012 (March 31, 2011: Rs. 200,000). Bank guarantees are generally provided to the Exchanges for the purposes of Margins. An exchange may invoke these guarantees if they suffer any losses or damage through the breach of any of the covenants contained in the agreements.

13.	*Interest bearing deposits with banks*

The net decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks by Rs. 657,648 during the year is primarily on account of cash money repaid to customers.

184

14.	Available for sale securities

Available for sale securities include following:


	As at March 31,
	2012				2011
(a) Equity Shares (Quoted)	Quantity		Amount		Quantity		Amount
Patni Computers Systems Limited		—		—		18,096		8,633
Piramal Health Care Limited		—		—		4,888		2,037
Siemens Limited		—		—		34,171		30,106

Total (a)		—		—		57,155		40,776

Templeton India—Dividend reinvestment plan		4,100,471		41,005		9,286,667		92,868

Total (b)		4,100,471		41,005		9,286,667		92,868

The fair value of unlisted securities is determined based on the valuations provided by Bombay Stock Exchange Limited. This value is considered as fair value of investment in the net worth computation of trading member.

15.	Share capital and Dividend distribution


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011
Authorised capital
70,000,000 ordinary shares of Rs.10/- per share		700,000		700,000

As at March 31, 2012, 51,894,182 ordinary shares (March 31, 2011: 51,894,182 ordinary shares) of Rs.10/- each, issued and fully paid–up aggregating to Rs.518,942 (March 31, 2012 Rs. 518,942)

Dividend distribution

Dividends payable to equity shareholders are based on the net income available for distribution as reported in the stand–alone financial statements of MF Global Sify prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP. The net income in accordance with IFRS may, in certain years, either not be fully available or will be additionally available for distribution to equity shareholders.

Under the Companies Act, 1956 of India dividends may be paid out of the profits of a Company in the year in which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years. Before declaring a dividend greater than 10% of the par value of its equity shares, a company is required to transfer to its reserves a minimum percentage of its profits for that year, ranging from 2.5% to 10%, depending on the dividend percentage to be declared in such year. Dividends declared are subject to a dividend distribution tax of 16.22%.

16.	*Share–based payments*

Employee’s Stock Appreciation Scheme

The group had introduced the ‘Stock Appreciation Rights Plan 2006 ‘ (‘SARs Plan 2006’), ‘Stock Appreciation Rights Plan 2007’ (‘SARS Plan 2007’) and and ‘Stock Appreciation Rights Plan 2008’ (‘SARS Plan 2008’) during the years ended March 31, 2007, March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009, respectively, and granted stock appreciation rights to eligible employees. The group believes that such awards better align the interests of its employees with those of its shareholders. As per the SARS Plan, the stock appreciation rights shall vest with the employee and shall be settled in cash on the day following the fourth anniversary of the grant date. The Board of Directors of the Company has preponed the vesting date of the SARS Plan 2007 and SARS Plan 2008 from March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 to July 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively. The exercise price for the grant is Rs. Nil. SARs are accounted as cash settled share-based payments.

The group has granted a total of 711,247 SARs under the SARs Plan 2006, 809,500 SARs under the SARs Plan 2007 and 1,386,000 SARs under the SARs Plan 2008 to the employees. The weighted-average fair value of SARs as at March 31, 2011 is Rs 70 per unit (2010: Rs. 86 per unit) for SARs Plan 2006, SARs plan 2007 and SARs plan 2008, respectively. The forfeited SARs are reissued to the other eligible employees, where the vesting period is from the date of reissue to the vesting date as per the initial grant of SARs. The Company has carried out an independent fair valuation of the stock appreciation rights as of March 31, 2011. The total unrecognized compensation costs relating to SARs to be recognized in the future over the remaining vesting period is estimated to be Rs. Nil and Rs. 111,718 as of March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010 respectively.

The fair value of each SARs is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes valuation model that uses the following variables:

Stock Price: Current value of the underlying asset is derived through a valuation exercise, wherein the profit earning capacity has been considered as an appropriate method of valuation.

185

The valuation has been undertaken based on the methodology of Price Earning Capacity Value (PECV Method) for the valuation of SARS every year.

PECV Method requires determination of three parameters, which are relevant to the company whose shares are being valued. These are

•

Corporate tax rate – Current period tax rate is considered as corporate tax rate.

•

Future maintainable profit – Future maintainable profit is derived based on simple average adjusted PBT for each year. From the future maintainable profit, corporate tax at the corporate tax rate has been deducted to derive future maintainable profit after tax.

•

Expected rate of return – Expected rate of return is determined based on the average price earnings multiple of comparable companies on the basis of their 12 months average market prices.

The above parameters are approved by the Board of Directors. In accordance of this, an independent valuer has provided the valuation certificate at Balance Sheet date.

In the valuation as at March 31, 2011 the corporate tax rate is considered at 32.445% and Expected rate of return is determined at 7.81%.

Changes in number of SARs representing stock options outstanding were as follows:


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011			2010
As at the beginning of the year		—		2,879,747			2,898,747
Granted during the year							—
Exercised		—		(2,558,394	)		—
Forfeited		—		(321,353	)		(120,008	)
Reissued		—		—			100,508
Lapsed							—

As at the end of the year		—		—			2,879,747

Exercisable at the end of the year		—		—			—
Approximate remaining vesting period in years		—		—			1.24

17.	*Borrowings*

Aggregate maturities of the borrowings are as follows:


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011
On demand or within one year		—		53,000
In one to three years		—		—
In three to five years		—		—

		—		53,000

186

18.

Employee benefit obligation


	Years ended March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Gratuity		1,507		1,432		856
Stock appreciation rights		—		96,832		135,746

		1,507		98,264		136,602

The movement in the defined benefit obligation of gratuity over the period is as follows:


	Years ended March 31,
	2012			2011		2010
Opening defined benefit obligation		17,403			9,861		9,700
Current service cost		2,640			2,879		2,853
Interest cost		1,359			715		679
Actuarial losses/ (gains)		(1,829	)		3,948		(3,373	)
Benefits paid		(836	)		—

Closing defined benefit obligation		18,737			17,403		9,859

The movement in the fair value of plan assets of the year is as follows:


	Years ended March 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Beginning of year		18,198			12,237			11,200
Expected return on plan assets		1,728			1,343			1,025
Actuarial (losses)/gains		(81	)		(278	)		11
Employer contributions		2,214			6,732			—
Benefits paid		(836	)		(1,836	)		—

Closing fair value of plan assets		21,223			18,198			12,236

The amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of gratuity are as follows:


	Years ended March 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Current service cost		2,640			2,879			2,853
Interest cost		1,359			715			679
Actuarial loss		(1,747	)		6,061			(3,384	)
Expected return on plan asset		(1,728	)		(1,344	)		(1,025	)

		524			8,311			(877	)

The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:


	Years ended March 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Discount rate		8.00	%		8.00	%		7.00	%
Expected return on plan assets		9.15	%		9.25	%		9.25	%
Long term rate of compensation increase		6.00	%		6.00	%		6.00	%
Mortality rates at various age groups are taken as per 1994-96 Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) Ultimate table

19.

Accounts payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Accruals		55,360		41,758		41,489
Withholding tax payable		15,868		85,062		71,382
Bonus payable		16,567		255,242		157,410
Other payables		93,562		123,543		124,046

Total		181,357		505,605		394,327

187

20.

Other expenses


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Professional fees		11,085		12,087		11,059
Travelling and conveyance		9,272		18,901		16,068
Books & periodicals, postage, printing and stationary		28,533		29,120		25,817
Loss on account of error trades (net)		2,583		10,923		12,602
Repairs & maintenance		424		818		145
Currency loss on revaluation of current		9,205		—		—
Insurance premium		1,590		1,248		963
Others		7,638		12,531		15,457

Total		70,330		85,628		82,111

21.

Employee benefit expense


	Year ended March 31
	2012		2011		2010
Salaries and bonus		505,907		670,766		508,264
Defined contribution plans		3,992		4,047		3,452
Defined benefit plans		2,169		9,134		159
Staff welfare expenses		5,007		14,677		6,796
Share–based compensation expense		—		95,911		89,104

		517,075		794,535		607,775

Share based compensation expense has increased during the year due to increase in fair value of SARS .

22.

Provision for doubtful debts

The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon management’s continuing review and evaluation of factors such as collateral value, aging and the financial condition of the customers. The allowance is assessed to reflect the best estimate of probable losses due to client defaults that have been incurred as of the balance sheet date. Any changes in the estimate are included in the operating results for the current period. In circumstances where a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligation is known, the Company records a specific provision against accounts receivable to reduce the receivable to the amount that it reasonably believes will be collected. The bad debt expense aggregating to Rs. 25,700 is recognised for the years ended March 31, 2012 (March 31, 2011: Rs 38,300).

23.

Other income


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Profit on sale of available-for-sale securities		—		23,603		—
Delayed payment charges (*)		23,219		60,014		24,999
Research fees		8,851		—		3,072
Referral fees (**)		46,000		57,745		51,160
Interest		6,567		16,278		5,566
Dividend		3,897		1,617		283
Currency fluctuation fain		119		912		7,960
Expenses reversal (***)		—		—		17,567
Principal trading activity		3,493		4,056		—
Miscellaneous income		16,173		30,565		26,365

		108,319		194,790		136,972

(*)	Delayed payment charges represents the penal charges levied to clients on account of delay in settlement of their trade related obligations.

(**)	Referral fees consist of payments received for introducing clients to other MF Global associated companies.

(***)

The amount of Rs 17,567 was provided in year 2009 on account of group recharges from MF Global Holdings Limited (formerly known as MF Global Limited) has been reversed during the year 2010, on account of mutual agreement between the stakeholders.

188

24.

Income tax expense


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Current tax		25,106		127,322			122,679
Deferred tax (Note 7)		37,189		(61,575	)		38,181

		62,295		65,747			160,860

The tax on MF’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the consolidated entities as follows:


	Year ended March 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Net income before taxes		154,917			307,587			468,403
Enacted tax rates in India		32.445	%		33.220	%		33.990	%

Computed tax expense		50,263			102,180			159,210

Income exempt from tax:
Dividend		(1,264	)		(536	)		(96	)
Non-deductible expenses:
Contribution to co-investment plan		—			734			751
Others including donations, IT interest etc.		773			678			1,228
Recharges by parent and affiliate companies		—			—			980
Excess Provisions for earlier years reverse back in current year		7,207			(26,491	)		—
Income charged at lower rate		—			(7,171	)		—
(Gain) / loss in subsidiaries		(442	)		(4,209	)		(3,294	)
Others		5,758			562			2081

Income taxes recognized in the statement of income		62,295			65,747			160,860

25.

Financial instruments by category

The accounting policies for financial instruments have been applied to the line items below:

As at March 31, 2012

Loans and

Available

receivables

for sale

Total

Assets as per Balance Sheet

Cash and bank balance

146,980

146,980

Cash-restricted

2,324,000

2,324,000

Interest bearing deposits with bank

70,777

70,777

Deposits with clearing organizations

78,613

78,613

Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations

170,660

170,660

Receivable from customers

340,998

340,998

Available-for-sale securities:

Marketable, at market value

41,005

41,005

Not readily marketable (at estimated fair value)

—

Interest accrued but not due

57,302

57,302

Other assets

208,999

208,999

3,398,329

41,005

3,439,334


	Other
	financial
	liabilities		Total
Liabilities as per Balance Sheet
Payable to broker dealers and clearing organizations		184,659		184,659
Payable to customers		684,802		684,802
Borrowings		—		—
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities		181,357		181,357

		1,050,818		1,050,818

189

As at March 31, 2011

Loans and
receivables

Available
for sale

Total

Assets as per Balance Sheet

Cash and bank balance

281,486

281,486

Cash-restricted

2,959,063

2,959,063

Interest bearing deposits with bank

93,362

93,362

Deposits with clearing organizations and others

173,783

173,783

Receivable from broker-dealers and clearing organizations

18,580

18,580

Receivable from customers

447,770

447,770

Available-for-sale securities:

Marketable, at market value

40,776

40,776

Not readily marketable (at estimated fair value)

92,868

92,868

Interest accrued but not due

67,124

67,124

Other assets

251,868

251,868

4,293,036

133,644

4,426,680


	Other financial liabilities		Total
Liabilities as per Balance Sheet
Payable to broker-dealers and clearing organizations		264,504		264,504
Payable to customers		1,272,571		1,272,571
Borrowings		53,000		53,000
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities		505,605		505,605

		2,095,680		2,095,680

The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents, receivables, amounts due to or from related parties, accounts payable and other liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to their short maturity.

During October 2010, Sify Technologies Limited, the minority shareholder of the Company holding 29.85 percent of the outstanding shares of the Company, requested the Company’s Board of Directors to reconsider certain costs charged to the Company by MF Global Holdings Limited (the majority shareholder) and its affiliated and associated group companies, who hold 70.15 percent of the outstanding shares of the Company. These charges are currently recorded in the financial statements of the Company for year ended March 31, 2008 aggregating to Rs. 43,479 and March 31, 2009 aggregating to Rs. 15,375. The resolution of this matter between the shareholders remains uncertain and any financial adjustment that may arise is not presently known. Any financial adjustment that may arise on resolution of the said matter would be expected to be handled prospectively and therefore would be reported in the period in which it is resolved.

26.

Merger of Subsidiary Company

The Scheme of Amalgamation (the ‘Scheme’) of MF Global Capital India Private Limited (‘MFGCIPL’) [the Transferor Company] with MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited (‘MFGSSIPL’) [the Transferee Company] was sanctioned by the Bombay High Court on March 25, 2011 and the order sanctioning the Scheme was filed with the Registrar of Companies at Mumbai on April 15, 2011 (‘the Effective Date’).

Accordingly, pursuant to the Scheme, the undertaking of the erstwhile MFGCIPL (comprising all of its properties and assets (whether movable or immovable, tangible or intangible) such as security deposits, licenses, permits, quotas, approvals, leases, tenancy rights, permissions, incentives if any, and all other rights, title, interests, contracts, consent, approvals or powers of every nature and descriptions shall without any further act, instrument or deed stand transferred to and vested in and/or deemed to be transferred to and vested in the Transferee Company, free from all encumbrances, but subject to subsisting charges and pledges, if any. All debts, liabilities, contingent liabilities, financial commitments, duties and obligations pertaining to the Transferor Company, whether provided for or not in the books of account of the Transferor Company and whether disclosed or undisclosed in its Balance Sheet has been transferred to and vested with MFGSSIPL retrospectively with effect from April 1, 2010 (the ‘Appointed Date’). The Scheme has accordingly been given effect to in these financial statements.

27.

Commitments and contingencies

Contingent Liabilities

(i)Guarantee given by scheduled banks on behalf of the company in favour of commodity Exchange Rs. Nil (March 31, 2011 Rs. 200,000).

190

(ii) Claims against the company not acknowledged as debts Rs. 15,030 (March 31, 2011 Rs. 15,030). In the said claim, based on the facts and merits of the case, the Company is hopeful of succeeding and as such does not expect any significant liability to crystallize.

Operating lease commitments – MF as lessee

The group has obligations under long term operating leases with initial non-cancellable terms in excess of one year. Aggregate annual rentals for office space as of March 31, 2012, are approximately as listed below:


	As at March 31,
	2012		2011
Not later than 1 year		13,728		59,409
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years		12,821		20,346
Later than 5 years		—		—

Total minimum lease commitments		26,549		79,755

Rent expense for the current year aggregated to Rs. 44,273 (2011: Rs. 59,979) and is included in the occupancy expense line item on the consolidated statements of income.

c) Contingencies

The group is a member of various exchanges that trade and clear securities, commodities and/or futures contracts. Associated with its membership, the group may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange. While the rules governing different exchange memberships vary, in general the group’s exposure would be restricted only to the extent of amounts receivable from the exchange and would arise only if the exchange had previously exhausted its resources. However, based on its experience, the company expects the risk of loss to be remote.

28.

Capital commitment

Estimated amount of contract (net of advances) remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for is Rs. 400 (March 31, 2011: Rs. 314)

29.

Related party transactions

The share capital of MF is held jointly by MF Global Overseas Limited and Sify Technologies Limited. The ultimate holding company of MF Global Sify is MF Global Holdings Limited.

a)	Related party relationship


Related parties where control exists:

Nature of relationship		Related party
Holding enterprises:		MF Global Overseas Limited

Ultimate Holding company:		MF Global Holdings Limited

Party having substantial interest:		Sify Technologies Limited

Other related parties with whom transactions have taken place:

Nature of relationship		Related party
Subsidiary Companies:		MF Global Commodities India Private Limited
		MF Global Middle East DMCC

Fellow subsidiary Companies:		MF Global India Private Limited
(where transactions exist)		MF Global Holdings HK Limited MF Global Hong Kong Limited MF Global Australia Limited MF Global Singapore Limited MF Global Finance & Investment Services India Private Limited MF Global Centralised Services India Private Limited MF Global UK Limited MF Global Inc (DE) MF Global Futures Trust Company Limited

Key management personnel:		Mr. Vineet Bhatnagar
		Mr. Rajendra Bhambhani
		Mr. Randy MacDonald (resigned w.e.f. November 28, 2011)
		Michael Charles Blomfield (appointed w.e.f. June 22, 2011 and resigned w.e.f. November 28, 2011
		Abizer Diwanji (appointed w.e.f. November 28, 2011)

191

b)	*Transactions involving services*


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Services provided by MF to :

Holding Companies
Reimbursement of expenses		549		—			539

Fellow subsidiary Companies
Referral fees		48,449		57,750			51,162
Research fees		173
Brokerage income		18,673		5,333
Reimbursement of expenses		3,676		5,165			5,646

		71,520		68,248			57,347

Services received by MF from :

Holding Companies
Bank guarantee commission		—		72			497
Insurance premium		—		—			(17,567	)

Fellow subsidiary Companies
Lease line charges
IB commission expense		4,001		4,691			2,006
Interest expense		956		1,562			888
Membership & subscription		2,197		6,368			3,266

		7,154		12,693			(10,910	)

Loan (taken) and repaid (Net)		5,300		(5,300	)		383,700

c)	Key management compensation


	Year ended March 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits		138,362		122,410		71,361
Other long-term benefits (Co-investment plan)		—		—		2,208
Share-based payments		—		—		19,653

		138,362		122,410		93,222

d)	Year-end balances arising from transactions involving services


*Due To Related Parties*
MF Global Holdings Ltd.	36,985	32,857
MF Global UK Ltd.	33,662	57,953
MF Global Inc. DE	9,220	6,372
MF Global Holdings USA Inc.	2,308	2,014
MF Global Singapore Pte Ltd.	206	1,028
MF Global Holdings HK Ltd.	243	—
MF Global Finance and Investment Services India Private Limited	—	53,000
MF Global Australia Limited	143	125

	82,767	153,349

*Due from Related Parties*
MF Global Inc. DE	256	179
MF Global Mauritius Pvt. Ltd.	153	1,116
MF Global Singapore Pte Ltd.	5,014	1,243
MF Global Holdings HK Ltd.	—	109
MF Global HK Ltd.	308	269
MF Global UK Ltd.	6,953	7,765
MF Global Futures Trust Company Limited	13	—
MF Global India Pvt. Ltd.	1,550	1,153
MF Global FXA Securites Limited	231	200

	14,478	12,034

192

29.1.

As stated in Note – 1, MF Global Holdings Ltd (the “ultimate parent company”) filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Meanwhile, the affairs of other affiliated Company of MF Global Group are being managed by the Administrator / Liquidators.

The Company has reconciled outstanding receivables / payables with the related parties on monthly basis in the ERP system till September 30, 2011. In view of the above petitions, the Company has not obtained confirmation of outstanding balances with related parties as at March 31, 2012. There were no significant transactions with such parties after the date of filing such petitions. Under these circumstances, the Financials Statements have been prepared from the book balances which are subject to reconciliation / confirmations from the respective parties. Moreover, MF Global Overseas Limited and Sify Technologies Ltd. have entered into Share Purchase Agreements (SPA) with an international brokerage house for acquiring its 70.15% and 29.85% respectively. In respect of such acquisition, the Company has received necessary regulatory approvals and acquisition is expected to be completed shortly.

For and on behalf of the Board

Vineet Bhatnagar

Managing Director

193

ITEM 19.

Exhibits


Number			Description

	1	.1	Amended Articles of Association of Sify Technologies Limited. (1)

	1	.2	Memorandum of Association of Sify Technologies Limited. (2)

	1	.3	Amendment of Memorandum of Association. (3)

	2	.1	Deposit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 1999, among Sify Technologies Limited, Citibank, N.A. and holders from time to time of American Depository Shares evidenced by American Depository Receipts issued thereunder (including, as an exhibit, the form of American Depository Receipt). (4)

	2	.2	Amendment No. 1 to Deposit Agreement among Sify Technologies Limited, Citibank, N.A. and holders from time to time of American Depository Shares evidenced by American Depository Receipts issued thereunder (including, as an exhibit, the form of American Depository Receipt). (4)

	2	.3	Amendment No. 2 to Deposit Agreement among Sify Technologies Limited, Citibank, N.A. and holders from time to time of American Depository Shares evidenced by American Depository Receipts issued thereunder (including, as an exhibit, the form of American Depository Receipt). (5)

	2	.4	Subscription Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Sify Technologies Limited and Infinity Capital Ventures, LP. (9)

	2	.5	Standstill Agreement dated November 10, 2005 by and among Sify Technologies Limited, Infinity Capital Ventures, LP and Mr Raju Vegesna. (9)

	2	.6	Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 20, 2005 between Sify Technologies Limited, Infinity Satcom Universal (P) Limited, and Sify Communications Limited(erstwhile subsidiary). (10)

	2	.7	Shareholders’ Agreement dated November 25, 2005 between Sify Technologies Limited and Man Financial. (11)

	4	.1	Associate Stock Option Plan 2000 (6)

	4	.2	Associate Stock Option Plan 2002 (6)

	4	.3	Associate Stock Option Plan 2005 (12)

	4	.4	Associate Stock Option Plan 2007 (14)

	4	.5	Form of Indemnification Agreement. (7)

	4	.6	License Agreement for Provision of Internet Service, including Internet Telephony dated as of April 1, 2002 by and between Sify Technologies Limited and the Government of India, Ministry of Communications and Information Technology, Department of Telecommunications, Telecom Commission. (3)

	4	.7	Bank Guarantee, dated as of November 4, 1998. (2)

	4	.8	Agreement, dated November 10, 2004, between Sify Technologies Limited, Satyam Computer Services Limited, SAIF Investment Company Limited and Venture Tech Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (8)

	4	.9	Subscription Agreement dated March 24, 2008 between Sify Technologies Limited and Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited. (13)

	4	.10	Scheme of Amalgamation between Sify Communications Limited with Sify Technologies Limited and their respective shareholders (15)

	4	.11	Subscription agreement dated October 22, 2010 between Sify Technologies Limited and Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, Representative of the entities and affiliates in India of Mr Raju Vegesna, Chief Executive and Managing Director of the company. (16)

	4	.12	Amendment to subscription agreement dated September 7, 2011between Sify Technologies Limited and Mr Ananda Raju Vegesna, Representative of the entities and affiliates in India of Mr Raju Vegesna, Chief Executive and Managing Director of the company. (17)

	8	.1	List of Subsidiaries.

	11	.1	Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy (6)

194



12.1		Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer

12.2		Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer

13.1		Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

13.2		Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

15.1		Consent of ASA & Associates in respect of the Sify Technologies Limited

15.2		Consent of KPMG in respect of the Sify Technologies Limited

15.3		Consent of Price Waterhouse in respect of the MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

15.4		Consent of ASA & Associates in respect of MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

(1)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on October 17, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)	Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Commission on October 4, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.

(3)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on October 17, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

(4)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form F-6 filed with the Commission on January 5, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-101322) filed with Commission on November 20, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on June 29, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)	Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-2 filed with the Commission on October 13, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on November 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(9)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on November 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(10)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on December 7, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(11)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on December 23, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(12)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on June 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

(13)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on April 14, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

(14)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on October 11, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

(15)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.

(16)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on November 15, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

(17)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on September 8, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

195

SIGNATURES

The company hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.


	SIFY TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

	By:	/s/ Raju Vegesna
	Name:	Raju Vegesna
	Title:	Chief Executive Officer

	By:	/s/ M P Vijay Kumar
	Name:	M P Vijay Kumar
Date: August 13, 2012	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

196

ITEM 19.

Exhibits (continued)


Number			Description

	1	.1	Amended Articles of Association of Sify Technologies Limited. (1)

	1	.2	Memorandum of Association of Sify Technologies Limited. (2)

	1	.3	Amendment of Memorandum of Association. (3)

	2	.1	Deposit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 1999, among Sify Technologies Limited, Citibank, N.A. and holders from time to time of American Depository Shares evidenced by American Depository Receipts issued thereunder (including, as an exhibit, the form of American Depository Receipt). (4)

	2	.2	Amendment No. 1 to Deposit Agreement among Sify Technologies Limited, Citibank, N.A. and holders from time to time of American Depository Shares evidenced by American Depository Receipts issued thereunder (including, as an exhibit, the form of American Depository Receipt). (4)

	2	.3	Amendment No. 2 to Deposit Agreement among Sify Technologies Limited, Citibank, N.A. and holders from time to time of American Depository Shares evidenced by American Depository Receipts issued thereunder (including, as an exhibit, the form of American Depository Receipt). (5)

	2	.4	Subscription Agreement dated November 10, 2005 between Sify Technologies Limited and Infinity Capital Ventures, LP. (9)

	2	.5	Standstill Agreement dated November 10, 2005 by and among Sify Technologies Limited, Infinity Capital Ventures, LP and Mr Raju Vegesna. (9)

	2	.6	Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 20, 2005 between Sify Technologies Limited, Infinity Satcom Universal (P) Limited, and Sify Communications Limited(erstwhile subsidiary). (10)

	2	.7	Shareholders’ Agreement dated November 25, 2005 between Sify Technologies Limited and Man Financial. (11)

	4	.1	Associate Stock Option Plan 2000 (6)

	4	.2	Associate Stock Option Plan 2002 (6)

	4	.3	Associate Stock Option Plan 2005 (12)

	4	.4	Associate Stock Option Plan 2007 (14)

	4	.5	Form of Indemnification Agreement. (7)

	4	.6	License Agreement for Provision of Internet Service, including Internet Telephony dated as of April 1, 2002 by and between Sify Technologies Limited and the Government of India, Ministry of Communications and Information Technology, Department of Telecommunications, Telecom Commission. (3)

	4	.7	Bank Guarantee, dated as of November 4, 1998. (2)

	4	.8	Agreement, dated November 10, 2004, between Sify Technologies Limited, Satyam Computer Services Limited, SAIF Investment Company Limited and Venture Tech Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (8)

	4	.9	Subscription Agreement dated March 24, 2008 between Sify Technologies Limited and Infinity Satcom Universal Private Limited. (13)

	4	.10	Scheme of Amalgamation between Sify Communications Limited with Sify Technologies Limited and their respective shareholders (15)

	8	.1	List of Subsidiaries.

	11	.1	Code of Conduct and Conflict of Interest Policy (6)

	12	.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer

	12	.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer

	13	.1	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

197



13	.2	Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

15	.1	Consent of ASA & Associates in respect of the Sify Technologies Limited

15	.2	Consent of KPMG in respect of the Sify Technologies Limited

15	.3	Consent of Price Waterhouse in respect of the MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

15	.4	Consent of ASA & Associates in respect of the MF Global Sify Securities India Private Limited

(1)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on October 17, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)	Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the Commission on October 4, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.

(3)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on October 17, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

(4)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form F-6 filed with the Commission on January 5, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-101322) filed with Commission on November 20, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on June 29, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)	Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-2 filed with the Commission on October 13, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on November 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(9)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on November 21, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(10)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on December 7, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(11)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on December 23, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(12)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on June 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

(13)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on April 14, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

(14)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 20-F filed with the Commission on October 11, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference

(15)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on January 23, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference

(16)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on November 15, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.

(17)	Previously filed as an exhibit to the Report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on September 8, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

198